Tetrahydronaphthalene and tetrahydroisoquinoline derivatives as estrogen receptor degraders

ABSTRACT

The present disclosure relates to bifunctional compounds, which find utility as modulators of estrogen receptor (target protein). In particular, the present disclosure is directed to bifunctional compounds, which contain on one end at least one of a Von Hippel-Lindau ligand, a cereblon ligand, Inhibitors of Apoptosis Proteins ligand, mouse double-minute homolog 2 ligand, or a combination thereof, which binds to the respective E3 ubiquitin ligase, and on the other end a moiety which binds the target protein, such that the target protein is placed in proximity to the ubiquitin ligase to effect degradation (and inhibition) of target protein. The present disclosure exhibits a broad range of pharmacological activities associated with degradation/inhibition of target protein. Diseases or disorders that result from aggregation or accumulation of the target protein are treated or prevented with compounds and compositions of the present disclosure.

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

The present disclosure is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser.No. 16/744,414, filed 16 Jan. 2020, which is a divisional application ofU.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/829,541, filed 1 Dec. 2017, whichclaims priority to and the benefit of U.S. Provisional PatentApplication No. 62/429,041, filed 1 Dec. 2016 and tilted:TETRAHYDRONAPHTHALENE AND TETRAHYDROISOQUINOLINE DERIVATIVES AS ESTROGENRECEPTOR DEGRADERS, and U.S. Provisional Patent Application No.62/540,049, filed 1 Aug. 2017 and tilted: TETRAHYDRONAPHTHALENE ANDTETRAHYDROISOQUINOLINE DERIVATIVES AS ESTROGEN RECEPTOR DEGRADERS, thecontents of each are incorporated herein by reference in their entiretyfor all purposes.

INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/230,354, filed on Aug. 5, 2016; andU.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/206,497 filed 11 Jul. 2016; and U.S.patent application Ser. No. 15/209,648 filed 13 Jul. 2016; and U.S.patent application Ser. No. 15/730,728, filed on Oct. 11, 2017; and U.S.patent application Ser. No. 14/686,640, filed on Apr. 14, 2015,published as U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0291562; andU.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/792,414, filed on Jul. 6, 2015,published as U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0058872; andU.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/371,956, filed on Jul. 11, 2014,published as U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2014/0356322; andPatent Application Ser. No. 62/395,228, filed on Sep. 15, 2016, entitled“INDOLE DERIVATIVES AS ESTROGEN RECEPTOR DEGRADERS”; and U.S. patentapplication Ser. No. 15/074,820, filed on Mar. 18, 2016, published asU.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0272639; and U.S.Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 62/452,972, filed Jan. 31, 2017;and U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 62/429,041, filed Dec.1, 2016; and International Patent Application No. PCT/US2016/023258,filed Mar. 18, 2016, published as International Patent ApplicationPublication No. WO2016/149668, all of which are incorporated herein byreference in their entirety. Furthermore, all references cited hereinare incorporated by reference herein in their entirety.

FIELD OF THE INVENTION

The present disclosure relates to compounds, compositions, andmedicaments including the compounds and processes for the preparationthereof. The present disclosure also relates to the use of thecompounds, compositions and medicaments, for example, as inhibitors ofthe activity of the estrogen receptor, including degrading the estrogenreceptor, the treatment of diseases and conditions mediated by theestrogen receptor, e.g. the treatment of breast cancer.

BACKGROUND

The estrogen receptor (ER) is a member of the nuclear hormone receptorfamily and functions as a ligand-activated transcription factor involvedwith the up and down regulation of gene expression. The natural hormonefor the estrogen receptor is 17-beta-estradiol (E2) and closely relatedmetabolites. Binding of estradiol to the estrogen receptor causes adimerization of the receptor and the dimer in turn binds to estrogenresponse elements (ERE's) on DNA. The ER-DNA complex recruits othertranscription factors responsible for the transcription of DNAdownstream from the ERE into mRNA, which is eventually translated intoprotein. Alternatively, the interaction of ER with DNA may be indirectthrough the intermediacy of other transcription factors, most notablyfos and jun. Since the expression of a large number of genes isregulated by the estrogen receptor and since the estrogen receptor isexpressed in many cell types, modulation of the estrogen receptorthrough binding of either natural hormones or synthetic ER ligands canhave profound effects on the physiology and pathophysiology of theorganism.

A variety of diseases have their etiology and/or pathology mediated bythe ER. Collectively these diseases are called estrogen-dependentdiseases. Estrogens are critical for sexual development in females. Inaddition, estrogens play an important role in maintaining bone density,regulation of blood lipid levels, and appear to have neuroprotectiveeffects. Consequently, decreased estrogen production in post-menopausalwomen is associated with a number of diseases such as osteoporosis,atherosclerosis, depression and cognitive disorders. Conversely, certaintypes of proliferative diseases such as breast and uterine cancer andendometriosis are stimulated by estrogens and therefore antiestrogens(i.e. estrogen antagonists) have utility in the prevention and treatmentof these types of disorders.

There are two different forms of the estrogen receptor, usually referredto as α and β, each encoded by a separate gene (ESR1 and ESR2,respectively). Both ERs are widely expressed in different tissue types,but there are some notable differences in their expression patterns. TheERα is found in endometrium, breast cancer cells, ovarian stroma cells,and the hypothalamus. In males, ERα protein is found in the epitheliumof the efferent ducts. The expression of the ER/3 protein has beendocumented in kidney, brain, bone, heart, lungs, intestinal mucosa,prostate, and endothelial cells. Development therefore of selectiveligands may therefore preserve the beneficial aspects of estrogen.

Breast cancer is the most common malignancy to affect women and theincidence of the disease is increasing worldwide. Estrogens, inparticular, act as endocrine growth factors for at least one-third ofbreast cancers, and depriving the tumor of this stimulus is a recognizedtherapy for advanced disease in premenopausal women, this is achieved bythe ablation of ovarian function through surgical, radio therapeutic, ormedical means and, in postmenopausal women, by the use of aromataseinhibitors.

An alternative approach to estrogen withdrawal is to antagonise estrogenwith antiestrogens. These are drugs that bind to and compete forestrogen receptors (ER) present in estrogen-responsive tissue.Conventional nonsteroidal antiestrogens, such as tamoxifen, competeefficiently for ER binding but their effectiveness is often limited bythe partial agonism they display, which results in an incompleteblockade of estrogen-mediated activity. A specific or “pure”antiestrogen with high affinity for ER and without any agonist effectmay have advantages over conventional nonsteroidal anti-estrogens in thetreatment of estrogen-dependent disease. Fulvestrant is the first of anew class of potent pure anti-estrogens and is completely free of thepartial agonist, estrogen-like activity, associated with currentlyavailable antiestrogens like tamoxifen.

As such, there is a need for other approaches to antagonise the ERreceptor. One approach would be to develop selective ER down regulatorsor degraders that reduce ER expression at either the transcript orprotein level.

Most small molecule drugs bind enzymes or receptors in tight andwell-defined pockets. On the other hand, protein-protein interactionsare notoriously difficult to target using small molecules due to theirlarge contact surfaces and the shallow grooves or flat interfacesinvolved. E3 ubiquitin ligases (of which hundreds are known in humans)confer substrate specificity for ubiquitination, and therefore, are moreattractive therapeutic targets than general proteasome inhibitors due totheir specificity for certain protein substrates. The development ofligands of E3 ligases has proven challenging, in part due to the factthat they must disrupt protein-protein interactions. However, recentdevelopments have provided specific ligands which bind to these ligases.For example, since the discovery of nutlins, the first small molecule E3ligase inhibitors, additional compounds have been reported that targetE3 ligases but the field remains underdeveloped. For example, since thediscovery of Nutlins, the first small molecule E3 ligase mouse doubleminute 2 homolog (MDM2) inhibitors, additional compounds have beenreported that target MDM2 (i.e., human double minute 2 or HDM2) E3ligases (J. Di, et al. Current Cancer Drug Targets (2011), 11(8),987-994).

Tumor suppressor gene p53 plays an important role in cell growth arrestand apoptosis in response to DNA damage or stress (A. Vazquez, et al.Nat. Rev. Drug. Dis. (2008), 7, 979-982), and inactivation of p53 hasbeen suggested as one of the major pathway for tumor cell survival (A.J. Levine, et al. Nature (2000), 408, 307-310). In cancer patients,about 50% were found with p53 mutation (M. Hollstein, et al. Science(1991), 233, 49-53), while patients with wild type p53 were often foundp53 down regulation by MDM2 through the protein-protein interaction ofp53 and MDM2 (P. Chene, et al. Nat. Rev. Cancer (2003), 3, 102-109).Under normal cell condition without oncogenic stress signal, MDM2 keepsp53 at low concentration. In response to DNA damage or cellular stress,p53 level increases, and that also causes increase in MDM2 due to thefeedback loop from p53/MDM2 auto regulatory system. In other words, p53regulates MDM2 at the transcription level, and MDM2 regulates p53 at itsactivity level (A. J. Levine, et al. Genes Dev. (1993) 7, 1126-1132).

Several mechanisms can explain p53 down regulation by MDM2. First, MDM2binds to N-terminal domain of p53 and blocks expression ofp53-responsive genes (J. Momand, et al. Cell (1992), 69, 1237-1245).Second, MDM2 shuttles p53 from nucleus to cytoplasm to facilitateproteolytic degradation (J. Roth, et al. EMBO J. (1998), 17, 554-564).Lastly, MDM2 carries intrinsic E3 ligase activity of conjugatingubiquitin to p53 for degradation through ubiquitin-dependent 26sproteasome system (UPS) (Y. Haupt, et al. Nature (1997) 387, 296-299).As such, because MDM2 functions as E3 ligase, recruiting MDM2 to adisease causing protein and effectuating its ubiquitination anddegradation is an approach of high interest for drug discovery.

One E3 ligase with exciting therapeutic potential is the vonHippel-Lindau (VHL) tumor suppressor, the substrate recognition subunitof the E3 ligase complex VCB, which also consists of elongins B and C,Cul2 and Rbx1. The primary substrate of VHL is Hypoxia Inducible Factor1α (HIF-1α), a transcription factor that upregulates genes such as thepro-angiogenic growth factor VEGF and the red blood cell inducingcytokine erythropoietin in response to low oxygen levels. The firstsmall molecule ligands of Von Hippel Lindau (VHL) to the substraterecognition subunit of the E3 ligase were generated, and crystalstructures were obtained confirming that the compound mimics the bindingmode of the transcription factor HIF-1α, the major substrate of VHL.

Cereblon is a protein that in humans is encoded by the CRBN gene. CRBNorthologs are highly conserved from plants to humans, which underscoresits physiological importance. Cereblon forms an E3 ubiquitin ligasecomplex with damaged DNA binding protein 1 (DDB1), Cullin-4A (CUL4A),and regulator of cullins 1 (ROC1). This complex ubiquitinates a numberof other proteins. Through a mechanism which has not been completelyelucidated, cereblon ubquitination of target proteins results inincreased levels of fibroblast growth factor 8 (FGF8) and fibroblastgrowth factor 10 (FGF10). FGF8 in turn regulates a number ofdevelopmental processes, such as limb and auditory vesicle formation.The net result is that this ubiquitin ligase complex is important forlimb outgrowth in embryos. In the absence of cereblon, DDB1 forms acomplex with DDB2 that functions as a DNA damage-binding protein.

Inhibitors of Apotosis Proteins (IAPs) are a protein family involved insuppressing apoptosis, i.e. cell death. The human IAP family includes 8members, and numerous other organisms contain IAP homologs. IAPs containan E3 ligase specific domain and baculoviral IAP repeat (BIR) domainsthat recognize substrates, and promote their ubiquitination. IAPspromote ubiquitination and can directly bind and inhibit caspases.Caspases are proteases (e.g. caspase-3, caspase-7 and caspace-9) thatimplement apoptosis. As such, through the binding of caspases, IAPsinhibit cell death. However, pro-apoptotic stimuli can result in therelease of mitochondrial proteins DIABLO (also known as secondmitrochondria-derived activator of caspases or SMAC) and HTRA2 (alsoknown as Omi). Binding of DIABLO and HTRA2 appears to block IAPactivity.

SMAC interacts with essentially all known IAPs including XIAP, c-IAP1,c-IAP2, NIL-IAP, Bruce, and survivin. The first four amino acids (AVPI)of mature SMAC bind to a portion of IAPs, which is believed to beessential for blocking the anti-apoptotic effects of IAPs.

Bifunctional compounds such as those that are described in U.S. PatentApplication Publication Nos. 2015-0291562 and 2014-0356322 (incorporatedherein by reference), function to recruit endogenous proteins to an E3ubiquiuin ligase for degradation. In particular, the publicationsdescribe bifunctional or proteolysis targeting chimeric (PROTAC)compounds, which find utility as modulators of targeted ubiquitinationof a variety of polypeptides and other proteins, which are then degradedand/or otherwise inhibited by the bifunctional compounds.

The present disclosure identifies compounds that are capable ofinhibiting estrogen receptor function, including compounds which degradethe estrogen receptor.

SUMMARY

The present disclosure describes bifunctional compounds which functionto recruit endogenous proteins to an E3 ubiquitin ligase fordegradation, and methods of using the same. In particular, the presentdisclosure provides bifunctional or proteolysis targeting chimeric(PROTAC) compounds, which find utility as modulators of targetedubiquitination of a variety of polypeptides and other proteins, whichare then degraded and/or otherwise inhibited by the bifunctionalcompounds as described herein. An advantage of the compounds providedherein is that a broad range of pharmacological activities is possible,consistent with the degradation/inhibition of targeted polypeptides fromvirtually any protein class or family. In addition, the descriptionprovides methods of using an effective amount of the compounds asdescribed herein for the treatment or amelioration of a diseasecondition, such as cancer, e.g., breast cancer.

As such, in one aspect the disclosure provides bifunctional or PROTACcompounds, which comprise an E3 ubiquitin ligase binding moiety (i.e., aligand for an E3 ubquitin ligase or “ULM” group), and a moiety thatbinds a target protein (i.e., a protein/polypeptide targeting ligand or“PTM” group) such that the target protein/polypeptide is placed inproximity to the ubiquitin ligase to effect degradation (and inhibition)of that protein. In a preferred embodiment, the ULM (ubiquitinationligase modulator) can be Von Hippel-Lindau E3 ubiquitin ligase (VHL)binding moiety (VLM), or a cereblon E3 ubiquitin ligase binding moiety(CLM), or a mouse double minute 2 homolog (MDM2) E3 ubiquitin ligasebinding moiety (MLM), or an IAP E3 ubiquitin ligase binding moiety(i.e., a “ILM”). For example, the structure of the bifunctional compoundcan be depicted as: PTM-ULM.

The respective positions of the PTM and ULM moieties (e.g., VLM, CLM,MLM, ILM, or a combination thereof) as well as their number asillustrated herein is provided by way of example only and is notintended to limit the compounds in any way. As would be understood bythe skilled artisan, the bifunctional compounds as described herein canbe synthesized such that the number and position of the respectivefunctional moieties can be varied as desired.

In certain embodiments, the bifunctional compound further comprises achemical linker (“L”). In this example, the structure of thebifunctional compound can be depicted as PTM-L-ULM, where PTM is aprotein/polypeptide targeting moiety, L is a linker, e.g., a bond or achemical group coupling PTM to ULM, and ULM is a IAP E3 ubiquitin ligasebinding moiety (ILM), or a Von Hippel-Lindau E3 ubiquitin ligase (VHL)binding moiety (VLM), or a cereblon E3 ubiquitin ligase binding moiety(CLM), or a mouse double minute 2 homolog (MDM2) E3 ubiquitin ligasebinding moiety (MLM).

For example, the structure of the bifunctional compound can be depictedas: PTM-L-VLM, PTM-L-CLM, PTM-L-MLM, or PTM-L-ILM, wherein: PTM is aprotein/polypeptide targeting moiety; “L” is a linker (e.g. a bond or achemical linker group) coupling the PTM and at least one of VLM, CLM,MLM, ILM, or a combination thereof; VLM is Von Hippel-Lindau E3ubiquitin ligase binding moiety that binds to VHL E3 ligase; CLM iscereblon E3 ubiquitin ligase binding moiety that binds to cereblon; MLMis an MDM2 E3 ubiquitin ligase binding moiety; and ILM is a IAP bindingmoiety which binds to IAP.

In an aspect, the present disclosure provides a compound of Formula (I)or (II):

wherein:

-   -   each X_(PTM) is independently CH, N;    -   ULM is ULM is a ILM, or a VLM, or a CLM, or a MLM;    -   L is a bond or a linker moiety coupling the        tetrahydronaphthalene or tetrahydroisoquinoline moiety and at        least one of VLM, CLM, ILM, VLM, or a combination thereof;    -   each R_(PTM1) is independently OH, halogen, alkoxy (e.g.,        methoxy or ethoxy), O(CO)R_(PTM), wherein the substitution can        be mono-, di- or tri-substituted and R_(PTM) is alkyl or        cycloalkyl group with 1 to 6 carbons or aryl groups;    -   each R_(PTM2) is independently H, halogen, CN, CF₃, linear or        branched alkyl, alkoxy (e.g., methoxy or ethoxy), wherein the        substitution can be mono- or di-substitution;    -   each R_(PTM3) is independently H, halogen, wherein the        substitution can be mono- or di-substitution; and    -   R_(PTM4) is a H, alkyl, methyl, ethyl.

In certain preferred embodiments, the ILM is an AVPI tetrapeptidefragment. As such, in certain additional embodiments, the ILM of thebifunctional compound comprises the amino acids alanine (A), valine (V),proline (P), and isoleucine (I) or their unnatural mimetics,respectively. In additional embodiments, the amino acids of the AVPItetrapeptide fragment are connected to each other through amide bonds(i.e., —C(O)NH— or —NHC(O)—).

In certain embodiments, the compounds as described herein comprisemultiple independently selected ULMs, multiple PTMs, multiple chemicallinkers or a combination thereof.

In certain embodiments, ILM comprises chemical moieties such as thosedescribed herein.

In additional embodiments, VLM can be hydroxyproline or a derivativethereof. Furthermore, other contemplated VLMs are included in U.S.Patent Application Publication No. 2014/03022523, which as discussedabove, is incorporated herein in its entirety.

In an embodiment, the CLM comprises a chemical group derived from animide, a thioimide, an amide, or a thioamide. In a particularembodiment, the chemical group is a phthalimido group, or an analog orderivative thereof. In a certain embodiment, the CLM is thalidomide,lenalidomide, pomalidomide, analogs thereof, isosteres thereof, orderivatives thereof. Other contemplated CLMs are described in U.S.Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0291562, which is incorporatedherein in its entirety.

In certain embodiments, MLM can be nutlin or a derivative thereof.Furthermore, other contemplated MLMs are included in U.S. patentapplication Ser. No. 15/206,497 filed 11 Jul. 2016, which as discussedabove, is incorporated herein in its entirety. In certain additionalembodiments, the MLM of the bifunctional compound comprises chemicalmoieties such as substituted imidazolines, substitutedspiro-indolinones, substituted pyrrolidines, substituted piperidinones,substituted morpholinones, substituted pyrrolopyrimidines, substitutedimidazolopyridines, substituted thiazoloimidazoline, substitutedpyrrolopyrrolidinones, and substituted isoquinolinones.

In additional embodiments, the MLM comprises the core structuresmentioned above with adjacent bis-aryl substitutions positioned as cis-or trans-configurations.

In certain embodiments, “L” is a bond. In additional embodiments, thelinker “L” is a connector with a linear non-hydrogen atom number in therange of 1 to 20. The connector “L” can contain, but not limited to thefunctional groups such as ether, amide, alkane, alkene, alkyne, ketone,hydroxyl, carboxylic acid, thioether, sulfoxide, and sulfone. The linkercan contain aromatic, heteroaromatic, cyclic, bicyclic and tricyclicmoieties. Substitution with halogen, such as Cl, F, Br and I can beincluded in the linker. In the case of fluorine substitution, single ormultiple fluorines can be included.

In certain embodiments, VLM is a derivative of trans-3-hydroxyproline,where both nitrogen and carboxylic acid in trans-3-hydroxyproline arefunctionalized as amides.

In an embodiment, the CLM comprises a chemical group derived from animide, a thioimide, an amide, or a thioamide. In particular embodiments,the chemical group is a phthalimido group, or an analog or derivativethereof. In certain embodiments, the CLM is thalidomide, lenalidomide,pomalidomide, analogs thereof, isosteres thereof, or derivativesthereof. Other contemplated CLMs are described in U.S. PatentApplication Publication US 2015-0291562, which is incorporated herein inits entirety. In some embodiments, the CLM is a derivative ofpiperidine-2,6-dione, where piperidine-2,6-dione can be substituted atthe 3-position, and the 3-substitution can be bicyclic hetero-aromaticswith the linkage as C—N bond or C—C bond. Examples of the CLM can be,but not limited to, pomalidomide, lenalidomide and thalidomide and theirderivatives.

In certain embodiments, the “L” is a bond. In additional embodiments,the linker “L” is a connector with a linear non-hydrogen atom number inthe range of 1 to 20. The connector “L” can contain, but not limited tothe functional groups such as ether, amide, alkane, alkene, alkyne,ketone, hydroxyl, carboxylic acid, thioether, sulfoxide, and sulfone.The linker can contain aromatic, heteroaromatic, cyclic, bicyclic andtricyclic moieties. Substitution with halogen, such as Cl, F, Br and Ican be included in the linker. In the case of fluorine substitution,single or multiple fluorines can be included.

In an additional aspect, the description provides therapeuticcompositions comprising an effective amount of a compound as describedherein or salt form thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.The therapeutic compositions modulate protein degradation and/orinhibition in a patient or subject, for example, an animal such as ahuman, and can be used for treating or ameliorating disease states orconditions which are modulated through the degraded and/or inhibitedprotein. In certain embodiments, the therapeutic compositions asdescribed herein may be used to effectuate the degradation of proteinsof interest for the treatment or amelioration of a disease, e.g.,cancer. In certain additional embodiments, the disease is at least oneof breast cancer, uterine cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer,endometrial cancer, endometriosis, or a combination thereof. In yetanother aspect, the present disclosure provides a method ofubiquitinating/degrading a target protein in a cell. In certainembodiments, the method comprises administering a bifunctional compoundas described herein comprising an ILM and a PTM, a PTM and a VLM, or aPTM and a CLM, or a PTM and a MLM, preferably linked through a linkermoiety, as otherwise described herein, wherein the VLM/ILM/CLM/MLM iscoupled to the PTM through a linker to target protein that binds to PTMfor degradation. Similarly, wherein the PTM (e.g., thetetrahydronaphthalene or tetrahydroisoquinoline moiety) is coupled to atleast one of VLM, CLM, MLM, ILM, or a combination thereof through alinker to target a protein or polypeptide for degradation. Degradationof the target protein will occur when the target protein is placed inproximity to the E3 ubiquitin ligase, thus resulting indegradation/inhibition of the effects of the target protein and thecontrol of protein levels. The control of protein levels afforded by thepresent disclosure provides treatment of a disease state or condition,which is modulated through the target protein by lowering the level ofthat protein in the cells of a patient.

In still another aspect, the description provides methods for treatingor ameliorating a disease, disorder or symptom thereof in a subject or apatient, e.g., an animal such as a human, comprising administering to asubject in need thereof a composition comprising an effective amount,e.g., a therapeutically effective amount, of a compound as describedherein or salt form thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier,wherein the composition is effective for treating or ameliorating thedisease or disorder or symptom thereof in the subject.

In another aspect, the description provides methods for identifying theeffects of the degradation of proteins of interest in a biologicalsystem using compounds according to the present disclosure.

The preceding general areas of utility are given by way of example onlyand are not intended to be limiting on the scope of the presentdisclosure and appended claims. Additional objects and advantagesassociated with the compositions, methods, and processes of the presentdisclosure will be appreciated by one of ordinary skill in the art inlight of the instant claims, description, and examples. For example, thevarious aspects and embodiments of the disclosure may be utilized innumerous combinations, all of which are expressly contemplated by thepresent description. These additional aspects and embodiments areexpressly included within the scope of the present disclosure. Thepublications and other materials used herein to illuminate thebackground of the disclosure, and in particular cases, to provideadditional details respecting the practice, are incorporated byreference.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

The accompanying drawings, which are incorporated into and form a partof the specification, illustrate several embodiments of the presentdisclosure and, together with the description, serve to explain theprinciples of the disclosure. The drawings are only for the purpose ofillustrating an embodiment of the disclosure and are not to be construedas limiting the disclosure. Further objects, features and advantages ofthe disclosure will become apparent from the following detaileddescription taken in conjunction with the accompanying figures showingillustrative embodiments of the disclosure, in which:

FIGS. 1A and 1B. Illustration of general principle for PROTAC function.(A) Exemplary PROTACs comprise a protein targeting moiety (PTM; darklyshaded rectangle), a ubiquitin ligase binding moiety (ULM; lightlyshaded triangle), and optionally a linker moiety (L; black line)coupling or tethering the PTM to the ULM. (B) Illustrates the functionaluse of the PROTACs as described herein. Briefly, the ULM recognizes andbinds to a specific E3 ubiquitin ligase, and the PTM binds and recruitsa target protein bringing it into close proximity to the E3 ubiquitinligase. Typically, the E3 ubiquitin ligase is complexed with an E2ubiquitin-conjugating protein, and either alone or via the E2 proteincatalyzes attachment of ubiquitin (dark circles) to a lysine on thetarget protein via an isopeptide bond. The poly-ubiquitinated protein(far right) is then targeted for degradation by the proteosomalmachinery of the cell.

FIG. 2. Degradation of ERα in MCF7 cells by exemplary compounds of thepresent disclosure: Example 1 and Example 62. MCF7 Cells were treatedwith compounds at 7 concentrations (100 nM, 30 nM, 10 nM, 3 nM, 1 nM,0.3 nM and 0.1 nM) in the presence of 10% FBS. Cells were incubated for48 hours before lysis. The lysate was analyzed by immunoblotting. D:DMSO.

FIG. 3. Degradation of ERα in MCF7 cells by exemplary compounds of thepresent disclosure: Example 341, Example 510, Example 511 and Example515. MCF7 Cells were treated with compounds at 5 concentrations (100 nM,33 nM, 11 nM, 3.7 nM, and 1.2 nM) or with Fulvestrant at 100 nM in thepresence of 10% FBS. Cells were incubated for 72 hours before lysis. Thelysate was analyzed by immunoblotting. F: Fulvestrant.

FIG. 4. Degradation of ERα in T47D cells by exemplary compounds of thepresent disclosure: Example 1 and 62. T47D Cells were treated withcompounds at 7 concentrations (100 nM, 30 nM, 10 nM, 3 nM, 1 nM, 0.3 nM,and 0.1 nM) or with DMSO in the presence of 10% FBS. Cells wereincubated for 72 hours before lysis. The lysate was analyzed byimmunoblotting. D: DMSO.

FIG. 5. Table 1: Activity, synthetic methods and characterization ofexemplary ER PROTACs.

FIG. 6. Table 2: Activity, synthetic methods and characterization ofexemplary ER PROTACs.

FIG. 7. Table 3. ERα Degradation Activity, Chemical Name, and NMR Datafor Exemplary ER PROTACs. Degradation DC50 ranges: DC50<5 nM (A); 5nM<DC50<50 nM (B); DC50>50 nM (C); Degradation Dmax ranges: Dmax>75%(A); 50%<Dmax<75 (B); Dmax<50% (C).

DETAILED DESCRIPTION

The following is a detailed description provided to aid those skilled inthe art in practicing the present disclosure. Those of ordinary skill inthe art may make modifications and variations in the embodimentsdescribed herein without departing from the spirit or scope of thepresent disclosure. All publications, patent applications, patents,figures and other references mentioned herein are expressly incorporatedby reference in their entirety.

Presently described are compositions and methods that relate to thesurprising and unexpected discovery that an E3 ubiquitin ligase protein(e.g., inhibitors of apoptosis proteins (IAP), a Von Hippel-Lindau E3ubiquitin ligase (VHL), a cereblon E3 ubiquitin ligase, or a mousedouble minute 2 homolog (MDM2) E3 ubiquitin ligase) ubiquitinates atarget protein once it and the target protein are placed in proximity bya bifunctional or chimeric construct that binds the E3 ubiquitin ligaseprotein and the target protein. Accordingly the present disclosureprovides such compounds and compositions comprising an E3 ubiquintinligase binding moiety (“ULM”) coupled to a protein target binding moiety(“PTM”), which result in the ubiquitination of a chosen target protein(e.g., estrogen receptor [ER]), which leads to degradation of the targetprotein by the proteasome (see FIGS. 1A and 1B). The present disclosurealso provides a library of compositions and the use thereof.

In certain aspects, the present disclosure provides compounds whichcomprise a ligand, e.g., a small molecule ligand (i.e., having amolecular weight of below 2,000, 1,000, 500, or 200 Daltons), which iscapable of binding to a E3 ubiquitin ligase, such as IAP, VHL, MDM2, orcereblon, and a moiety that is capable of binding to target protein, insuch a way that a target protein (such as ER) is placed in proximity tothe E3 ubiquitin ligase to effect degradation (and/or inhibition) ofthat protein. Small molecule can mean, in addition to the above, thatthe molecule is non-peptidyl, that is, it is not generally considered apeptide, e.g., comprises fewer than 4, 3, or 2 amino acids. Inaccordance with the present description, the PTM, ULM or PROTAC moleculecan be a small molecule.

Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used hereinhave the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill inthe art to which this disclosure belongs. The terminology used in thedescription is for describing particular embodiments only and is notintended to be limiting of the disclosure.

Where a range of values is provided, it is understood that eachintervening value, to the tenth of the unit of the lower limit unlessthe context clearly dictates otherwise (such as in the case of a groupcontaining a number of carbon atoms in which case each carbon atomnumber falling within the range is provided), between the upper andlower limit of that range and any other stated or intervening value inthat stated range is encompassed within the present disclosure. Theupper and lower limits of these smaller ranges may independently beincluded in the smaller ranges is also encompassed within the presentdisclosure, subject to any specifically excluded limit in the statedrange. Where the stated range includes one or both of the limits, rangesexcluding either both of those included limits are also included in thedisclosure.

The following terms are used to describe the present disclosure. Ininstances where a term is not specifically defined herein, that term isgiven an art-recognized meaning by those of ordinary skill applying thatterm in context to its use in describing the present disclosure.

The articles “a” and “an” as used herein and in the appended claims areused herein to refer to one or to more than one (i.e., to at least one)of the grammatical object of the article unless the context clearlyindicates otherwise. By way of example, “an element” means one elementor more than one element.

The phrase “and/or,” as used herein in the specification and in theclaims, should be understood to mean “either or both” of the elements soconjoined, i.e., elements that are conjunctively present in some casesand disjunctively present in other cases. Multiple elements listed with“and/or” should be construed in the same fashion, i.e., “one or more” ofthe elements so conjoined. Other elements may optionally be presentother than the elements specifically identified by the “and/or” clause,whether related or unrelated to those elements specifically identified.Thus, as a non-limiting example, a reference to “A and/or B”, when usedin conjunction with open-ended language such as “comprising” can refer,in one embodiment, to A only (optionally including elements other thanB); in another embodiment, to B only (optionally including elementsother than A); in yet another embodiment, to both A and B (optionallyincluding other elements); etc.

As used herein in the specification and in the claims, “or” should beunderstood to have the same meaning as “and/or” as defined above. Forexample, when separating items in a list, “or” or “and/or” shall beinterpreted as being inclusive, i.e., the inclusion of at least one, butalso including more than one, of a number or list of elements, and,optionally, additional unlisted items. Only terms clearly indicated tothe contrary, such as “only one of” or “exactly one of,” or, when usedin the claims, “consisting of,” will refer to the inclusion of exactlyone element of a number or list of elements. In general, the term “or”as used herein shall only be interpreted as indicating exclusivealternatives (i.e., “one or the other but not both”) when preceded byterms of exclusivity, such as “either,” “one of,” “only one of,” or“exactly one of.”

In the claims, as well as in the specification above, all transitionalphrases such as “comprising,” “including,” “carrying,” “having,”“containing,” “involving,” “holding,” “composed of,” and the like are tobe understood to be open-ended, i.e., to mean including but not limitedto. Only the transitional phrases “consisting of” and “consistingessentially of” shall be closed or semi-closed transitional phrases,respectively, as set forth in the United States Patent Office Manual ofPatent Examining Procedures, Section 2111.03.

As used herein in the specification and in the claims, the phrase “atleast one,” in reference to a list of one or more elements, should beunderstood to mean at least one element selected from anyone or more ofthe elements in the list of elements, but not necessarily including atleast one of each and every element specifically listed within the listof elements and not excluding any combinations of elements in the listof elements. This definition also allows that elements may optionally bepresent other than the elements specifically identified within the listof elements to which the phrase “at least one” refers, whether relatedor unrelated to those elements specifically identified. Thus, as anonlimiting example, “at least one of A and B” (or, equivalently, “atleast one of A or B,” or, equivalently “at least one of A and/or B”) canrefer, in one embodiment, to at least one, optionally including morethan one, A, with no B present (and optionally including elements otherthan B); in another embodiment, to at least one, optionally includingmore than one, B, with no A present (and optionally including elementsother than A); in yet another embodiment, to at least one, optionallyincluding more than one, A, and at least one, optionally including morethan one, B (and optionally including other elements); etc.

It should also be understood that, in certain methods described hereinthat include more than one step or act, the order of the steps or actsof the method is not necessarily limited to the order in which the stepsor acts of the method are recited unless the context indicatesotherwise.

The terms “co-administration” and “co-administering” or “combinationtherapy” refer to both concurrent administration (administration of twoor more therapeutic agents at the same time) and time variedadministration (administration of one or more therapeutic agents at atime different from that of the administration of an additionaltherapeutic agent or agents), as long as the therapeutic agents arepresent in the patient to some extent, preferably at effective amounts,at the same time. In certain preferred aspects, one or more of thepresent compounds described herein, are coadministered in combinationwith at least one additional bioactive agent, especially including ananticancer agent. In particularly preferred aspects, theco-administration of compounds results in synergistic activity and/ortherapy, including anticancer activity.

The term “compound”, as used herein, unless otherwise indicated, refersto any specific chemical compound disclosed herein and includestautomers, regioisomers, geometric isomers, and where applicable,stereoisomers, including optical isomers (enantiomers) and otherstereoisomers (diastereomers) thereof, as well as pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts and derivatives, including prodrug and/or deuteratedforms thereof where applicable, in context. Deuterated small moleculescontemplated are those in which one or more of the hydrogen atomscontained in the drug molecule have been replaced by deuterium.

Within its use in context, the term compound generally refers to asingle compound, but also may include other compounds such asstereoisomers, regioisomers and/or optical isomers (including racemicmixtures) as well as specific enantiomers or enantiomerically enrichedmixtures of disclosed compounds. The term also refers, in context toprodrug forms of compounds which have been modified to facilitate theadministration and delivery of compounds to a site of activity. It isnoted that in describing the present compounds, numerous substituentsand variables associated with same, among others, are described. It isunderstood by those of ordinary skill that molecules which are describedherein are stable compounds as generally described hereunder. When thebond is shown, both a double bond and single bond are represented orunderstood within the context of the compound shown and well-known rulesfor valence interactions.

The term “ubiquitin ligase” refers to a family of proteins thatfacilitate the transfer of ubiquitin to a specific substrate protein,targeting the substrate protein for degradation. For example, IAP an E3ubiquitin ligase protein that alone or in combination with an E2ubiquitin-conjugating enzyme causes the attachment of ubiquitin to alysine on a target protein, and subsequently targets the specificprotein substrates for degradation by the proteasome. Thus, E3 ubiquitinligase alone or in complex with an E2 ubiquitin conjugating enzyme isresponsible for the transfer of ubiquitin to targeted proteins. Ingeneral, the ubiquitin ligase is involved in polyubiquitination suchthat a second ubiquitin is attached to the first; a third is attached tothe second, and so forth. Polyubiquitination marks proteins fordegradation by the proteasome. However, there are some ubiquitinationevents that are limited to mono-ubiquitination, in which only a singleubiquitin is added by the ubiquitin ligase to a substrate molecule.Mono-ubiquitinated proteins are not targeted to the proteasome fordegradation, but may instead be altered in their cellular location orfunction, for example, via binding other proteins that have domainscapable of binding ubiquitin. Further complicating matters, differentlysines on ubiquitin can be targeted by an E3 to make chains. The mostcommon lysine is Lys48 on the ubiquitin chain. This is the lysine usedto make polyubiquitin, which is recognized by the proteasome.

The term “patient” or “subject” is used throughout the specification todescribe an animal, preferably a human or a domesticated animal, to whomtreatment, including prophylactic treatment, with the compositionsaccording to the present disclosure is provided. For treatment of thoseinfections, conditions or disease states which are specific for aspecific animal such as a human patient, the term patient refers to thatspecific animal, including a domesticated animal such as a dog or cat ora farm animal such as a horse, cow, sheep, etc. In general, in thepresent disclosure, the term patient refers to a human patient unlessotherwise stated or implied from the context of the use of the term.

The term “effective” is used to describe an amount of a compound,composition or component which, when used within the context of itsintended use, effects an intended result. The term effective subsumesall other effective amount or effective concentration terms, which areotherwise described or used in the present application.

Compounds and Compositions

In one aspect, the description provides compounds comprising an E3ubiquitin ligase binding moiety (“ULM”) that is an IAP E3 ubiquitinligase binding moiety (an “ILM”), a cereblon E3 ubiquitin ligase bindingmoiety (a “CLM”), a Von Hippel-Lindae E3 ubiquitin ligase (VHL) bindingmoiety (VLM), and/or a mouse double minute 2 homologue (MDM2) E3ubiquitin ligase binding moiety (MLM). In an exemplary embodiment, theULM is coupled to a target protein binding moiety (PTM) via a chemicallinker (L) according to the structure:

PTM-L-ULM  (A)

wherein L is a bond or a chemical linker group, ULM is a E3 ubiquitinligase binding moiety, and PTM is a target protein binding moiety. Thenumber and/or relative positions of the moieties in the compoundsillustrated herein is provided by way of example only. As would beunderstood by the skilled artisan, compounds described herein can besynthesized with any desired number and/or relative position of therespective functional moieties.

The terms ULM, ILM, VLM, MLM, and CLM are used in their inclusive senseunless the context indicates otherwise. For example, the term ULM isinclusive of all ULMs, including those that bind IAP (i.e., ILMs), MDM2(i.e., MLM), cereblon (i.e., CLM), and VHL (i.e., VLM). Further, theterm ILM is inclusive of all possible IAP E3 ubiquitin ligase bindingmoieties, the term MLM is inclusive of all possible MDM2 E3 ubiquitinligase binding moieties, the term VLM is inclusive of all possible VHLbinding moieties, and the term CLM is inclusive of all cereblon bindingmoieties.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides bifunctional ormultifunctional compounds (e.g., PROTACs) useful for regulating proteinactivity by inducing the degradation of a target protein. In certainembodiments, the compound comprises an ILM or a VLM or a CLM or a MLMcoupled, e.g., linked covalently, directly or indirectly, to a moietythat binds a target protein (i.e., a protein targeting moiety or a“PTM”). In certain embodiments, the ILM/VLM/CLM/MLM and PTM are joinedor coupled via a chemical linker (L). The ILM binds the IAP E3 ubiquitinligase, the VLM binds VHL, CLM binds the cereblon E3 ubiquitin ligase,and MLM binds the MDM2 E3 ubiquitin ligase, and the PTM recognizes atarget protein and the interaction of the respective moieties with theirtargets facilitates the degradation of the target protein by placing thetarget protein in proximity to the ubiquitin ligase protein. Anexemplary bifunctional compound can be depicted as:

PTM-ILM  (B)

PTM-CLM  (C)

PTM-VLM  (D)

PTM-MLM  (E)

In certain embodiments, the bifunctional compound further comprises achemical linker (“L”). For example, the bifunctional compound can bedepicted as:

PTM-L-ILM  (F)

PTM-L-CLM  (G)

PTM-L-VLM  (H)

PTM-L-MLM  (I)

wherein the PTM is a protein/polypeptide targeting moiety, the L is achemical linker, the ILM is a IAP E3 ubiquitin ligase binding moiety,the CLM is a cereblon E3 ubiquitin ligase binding moiety, the VLM is aVHL binding moiety, and the MLM is a MDM2 E3 ubiquitin ligase bindingmoiety.

In certain embodiments, the ULM (e.g., a ILM, a CLM, a VLM, or a MLM)shows activity or binds to the E3 ubiquitin ligase (e.g., IAP E3ubiquitin ligase, cereblon E3 ubiquitin ligase, VHL, or MDM2 E3ubiquitin ligase) with an IC₅₀ of less than about 200 μM. The IC₅₀ canbe determined according to any method known in the art, e.g., afluorescent polarization assay.

In certain additional embodiments, the bifunctional compounds describedherein demonstrate an activity with an IC₅₀ of less than about 100, 50,10, 1, 0.5, 0.1, 0.05, 0.01, 0.005, 0.001 mM, or less than about 100,50, 10, 1, 0.5, 0.1, 0.05, 0.01, 0.005, 0.001 μM, or less than about100, 50, 10, 1, 0.5, 0.1, 0.05, 0.01, 0.005, 0.001 nM, or less thanabout 100, 50, 10, 1, 0.5, 0.1, 0.05, 0.01, 0.005, 0.001 pM.

In certain embodiments, the compounds as described herein comprisemultiple PTMs (targeting the same or different protein targets),multiple ULMs, one or more ULMs (i.e., moieties that bind specificallyto multiple/different E3 ubiquitin ligase, e.g., VHL, IAP, cereblon,and/or MDM2) or a combination thereof. In any of the aspects orembodiments described herein, the PTMs and ULMs (e.g., ILM, VLM, CLM,and/or MLM) can be coupled directly or via one or more chemical linkersor a combination thereof. In additional embodiments, where a compoundhas multiple ULMs, the ULMs can be for the same E3 ubiquintin ligase oreach respective ULM can bind specifically to a different E3 ubiquitinligase. In still further embodiments, where a compound has multiplePTMs, the PTMs can bind the same target protein or each respective PTMcan bind specifically to a different target protein.

In certain embodiments, where the compound comprises multiple ULMs, theULMs are identical. In additional embodiments, the compound comprising aplurality of ULMs (e.g., ULM, ULM′, etc.), at least one PTM coupled to aULM directly or via a chemical linker (L) or both. In certain additionalembodiments, the compound comprising a plurality of ULMs furthercomprises multiple PTMs. In still additional embodiments, the PTMs arethe same or, optionally, different. In still further embodiments,wherein the PTMs are different, the respective PTMs may bind the sameprotein target or bind specifically to a different protein target.

In certain embodiments, the compound may comprise a plurality of ULMsand/or a plurality of ULM's. In further embodiments, the compoundcomprising at least two different ULMs, a plurality of ULMs, and/or aplurality of ULM's further comprises at least one PTM coupled to a ULMor a ULM′ directly or via a chemical linker or both. In any of theembodiments described herein, a compound comprising at least twodifferent ULMs can further comprise multiple PTMs. In still additionalembodiments, the PTMs are the same or, optionally, different. In stillfurther embodiments, wherein the PTMs are different the respective PTMsmay bind the same protein target or bind specifically to a differentprotein target. In still further embodiments, the PTM itself is a ULM(or ULM′), such as an ILM, a VLM, a CLM, a MLM, an ILM′, a VLM′, a CLM′,and/or a MLM′.

In additional embodiments, the description provides the compounds asdescribed herein including their enantiomers, diastereomers, solvatesand polymorphs, including pharmaceutically acceptable salt formsthereof, e.g., acid and base salt forms.

In an aspect, the present disclosure provides a compound of Formula (I)or (II):

wherein:

-   -   each X_(PTM) is independently CH, N;    -   ULM is ULM is a ILM, or a VLM, or a CLM, or a MLM;    -   L is a bond or a linker moiety coupling the        tetrahydronaphthalene or tetrahydroisoquinoline moiety and at        least one of VLM, CLM, ILM, VLM, or a combination thereof;    -   each R_(PTM1) is independently OH, halogen, alkoxy (e.g., a        methoxy or ethoxy), O(CO)R_(PTM), wherein the substitution can        be a mono-, di-, or tri-substitution and R_(PTM) is alkyl or        cycloalkyl group with 1 to 6 carbons or aryl groups;    -   each R_(PTM2) is independently H, halogen, CN, CF₃, linear or        branched alkyl, alkoxy (e.g., methoxy or ethoxy), wherein the        substitution can be mono- or di-substitution;    -   each R_(PTM3) is independently H, halogen, wherein the        substitution can be mono- or di-substitution; and    -   R_(PTM4) is a H, alkyl, methyl, ethyl.

The target protein (e.g., estrogen receptor) include oligopeptides andpolypeptide sequences of sufficient length that they can bind to a PTMgroup according to the present disclosure. PTM groups according to thepresent disclosure include, for example, any moiety which binds toestrogen receptor specifically (binds to a target protein). Thecompositions described below exemplify some of the members of smallmolecule target protein binding moieties. Such small molecule targetprotein binding moieties also include pharmaceutically acceptable salts,enantiomers, solvates and polymorphs of these compositions, as well asother small molecules that may target a protein of interest. Thesebinding moieties are linked to the ubiquitin ligase binding moietypreferably through a linker in order to present a target protein (towhich the protein target moiety is bound) in proximity to the ubiquitinligase for ubiquitination and degradation.

The present disclosure may be used to treat a number of disease statesand/or conditions, including any disease state and/or condition in whichproteins are dysregulated and where a patient would benefit from thedegradation and/or inhibition of proteins.

In an additional aspect, the description provides therapeuticcompositions comprising an effective amount of a compound as describedherein or salt form thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier,additive or excipient, and optionally an additional bioactive agent. Thetherapeutic compositions modulate protein degradation and/or inhibitionin a patient or subject, for example, an animal such as a human, and canbe used for treating or ameliorating disease states or conditions whichare modulated through the degraded/inhibited protein. In certainembodiments, the therapeutic compositions as described herein may beused to effectuate the degradation of proteins of interest for thetreatment or amelioration of a disease, e.g., cancer. In certainadditional embodiments, the disease is at least one of breast cancer,uterine cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, endometrial cancer,endometriosis, or a combination thereof.

In alternative aspects, the present disclosure relates to a method fortreating a disease state or ameliorating the symptoms of a disease orcondition in a subject in need thereof by degrading a protein orpolypeptide through which a disease state or condition is modulatedcomprising administering to said patient or subject an effective amount,e.g., a therapeutically effective amount, of at least one compound asdescribed hereinabove, optionally in combination with a pharmaceuticallyacceptable carrier, additive or excipient, and optionally an additionalbioactive agent, wherein the composition is effective for treating orameliorating the disease or disorder or symptom thereof in the subject.The method according to the present disclosure may be used to treat alarge number of disease states or conditions including cancer and/orendometriosis, by virtue of the administration of effective amounts ofat least one compound described herein. The disease state or conditionmay be a disease caused by a microbial agent or other exogenous agentsuch as a virus, bacteria, fungus, protozoa or other microbe or may be adisease state, which is caused by overexpression of a protein, whichleads to a disease state and/or condition.

In another aspect, the description provides methods for identifying theeffects of the degradation of proteins of interest in a biologicalsystem using compounds according to the present disclosure.

The term “target protein” is used to describe a protein or polypeptide,which is a target for binding to a compound according to the presentdisclosure and degradation by ubiquitin ligase hereunder. Such smallmolecule target protein binding moieties also include pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts, enantiomers, solvates and polymorphs of thesecompositions, as well as other small molecules that may target a proteinof interest, such as estrogen receptor. These binding moieties arelinked to at least one ULM group (e.g. VLM and/or CLM) through at leastone linker group L.

The term “protein target moiety” or PTM is used to describe a smallmolecule which binds to a target protein or other protein or polypeptideof interest and places/presents that protein or polypeptide in proximityto an ubiquitin ligase such that degradation of the protein orpolypeptide by ubiquitin ligase may occur. Non-limiting examples ofsmall molecule target protein binding moieties include selectiveestrogen receptor modulators, among numerous others. The compositionsdescribed below exemplify some of the members of the small moleculetarget proteins.

The compounds and compositions described herein exemplify some of themembers of these types of small molecule target protein bindingmoieties. Such small molecule target protein binding moieties alsoinclude pharmaceutically acceptable salts, enantiomers, solvates andpolymorphs of these compositions, as well as other small molecules thatmay target a protein of interest. References which are cited hereinbelow are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety.

Exemplary ILMs

AVPI Tetrapeptide Fragments

In any of the compounds described herein, the ILM can comprise analanine-valine-proline-isoleucine (AVPI) tetrapeptide fragment or anunnatural mimetic thereof. In certain embodiments, the ILM is selectedfrom the group consisting of chemical structures represented by Formulas(I), (II), (III), (IV), and (V):

wherein:

-   -   R¹ for Formulas (I), (II), (III), (IV), and (V) is selected from        H or alkyl;    -   R² for Formulas (I), (II), (III), (IV), and (V) is selected from        H or alkyl;    -   R³ for Formulas (I), (II), (III), (IV), and (V) is selected from        H, alkyl, cycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl;    -   R⁵ and R⁶ for Formulas (I), (II), (III), (IV), and (V) are        independently selected from H, alkyl, cycloalkyl,        heterocycloalkyl, or more preferably, R⁵ and R⁶ taken together        for Formulas (I), (II), (III), (IV), and (V) form a pyrrolidine        or a piperidine ring further optionally fused to 1-2 cycloalkyl,        heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl rings, each of which can        then be further fused to another cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl,        aryl or heteroaryl ring;    -   R³ and R⁵ for Formulas (I), (II), (III), (IV), and (V) taken        together can form a 5-8-membered ring further optionally fused        to 1-2 cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl rings;    -   R⁷ for Formulas (I), (II), (III), (IV), and (V) is selected from        cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl,        heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl or        heteroarylalkyl, each one further optionally substituted with        1-3 substituents selected from halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl,        hydroxyl, alkoxy, cyano, (hetero)cycloalkyl or (hetero)aryl, or        R⁷ is —C(O)NH—R⁴; and    -   R⁴ is selected from alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl,        cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl,        heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, further optionally substituted with        1-3 substituents as described above.

As shown above, P1, P2, P3, and P4 of Formular (II) correlate with A, V,P, and I, respectively, of the AVPI tetrapeptide fragment or anunnatural mimetic thereof. Similarly, each of Formulas (I) and (III)through (V) have portions correlating with A, V, P, and I of the AVPItetrapeptide fragment or an unnatural mimetic thereof.

In any of the compounds described herein, the ILM can have the structureof Formula (VI), which is a derivative of IAP antagonists described inWO Pub. No. 2008/014236, or an unnatural mimetic thereof:

wherein:

-   -   R₁ of Formula (VI) is, independently selected from H,        C₁-C₄-alkyl, C₁-C₄-alkenyl, C₁-C₄-alkynyl or C₃-C₁₀-cycloalkyl        which are unsubstituted or substituted;    -   R₂ of Formula (VI) is, independently selected from HI,        C₁-C₄-alkyl, C₁-C₄-alkenyl, C₁-C₄-alkynyl or C₃-C₁₀-cycloalkyl        which are unsubstituted or substituted;    -   R₃ of Formula (VI) is, independently selected from H, —CF₃,        —C₂H₅, C₁-C₄-alkyl, C₁-C₄-alkenyl, C₁-C₄-alkynyl, —CH₂—Z or any        R₂ and R₃ together form a heterocyclic ring;    -   each Z of Formula (VI) is, independently selected from H, —OH,        F, Cl, —CH₃, —CF₃, —CH₂Cl, —CH₂F or —CH₂OH;    -   R₄ of Formula (VI) is, independently selected from C₁-C₁₆        straight or branched alkyl, C₁-C₁₆-alkenyl, C₁-C₁₆-alkynyl,        C₃-C₁₀-cycloalkyl, —(CH₂)₀₋₆—Z₁, —(CH₂)₀₋₆-aryl, and        —(CH₂)₀₋₆-het, wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl, and phenyl are        unsubstituted or substituted;    -   R₅ of Formula (VI) is, independently selected from H,        C₁₋₁₀-alkyl, aryl, phenyl, C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl,        (CH₂)₁₋₆—C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl, —C₁₋₁₀-alkyl-aryl,        —(CH₂)₀₋₆—C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl-(CH₂)₀₋₆-phenyl,        —(CH₂)₀₋₄—CH[(CH₂)₁₋₄-phenyl]₂, indanyl, —C(O)—C₁₋₁₀-alkyl,        —C(O)—(CH₂)₁₋₆—C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl, —C(O)—(CH₂)₀₋₆-phenyl,        —(CH₂)₀₋₆—C(O)-phenyl, —(CH₂)₀₋₆-het, —C(O)—(CH₂)₁₋₆-het, or R₅        is selected from a residue of an amino acid, wherein the alkyl,        cycloalkyl, phenyl, and aryl substituents are unsubstituted or        substituted;    -   Z₁ of Formula (VI) is, independently selected from        —N(R₁₀)—C(O)—C₁₋₁₀-alkyl, —N(R₁₀)—C(O)—(CH₂)₀₋₆—C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl,        —N(R₁₀)—C(O)—(CH₂)₀₋₆-phenyl, —N(R₁₀)—C(O)(CH₂)₁₋₆-het,        —C(O)—N(R₁₁)(R₁₂), —C(O)—O—C₁₋₁₀-alkyl,        —C(O)—O—(CH₂)₁₋₆—C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl, —C(O)—O—(CH₂)₀₋₆-phenyl,        —C(O)—O— (CH₂)₁₋₆-het, —O—C(O)—C₁₋₁₀-alkyl,        —O—C(O)—(CH₂)₁₋₆—C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl, —O—C(O)—(CH₂)₀₋₆-phenyl,        —O—C(O)—(CH₂)₁₋₆-het, wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl, and phenyl are        unsubstituted or substituted;    -   het of Formula (VI) is, independently selected from a 5-7 member        heterocyclic ring containing 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O,        and S, or an 8-12 member fused ring system including at least        one 5-7 member heterocyclic ring containing 1, 2, or 3        heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, which heterocyclic ring        or fused ring system is unsubstituted or substituted on a carbon        or nitrogen atom;    -   R₁₀ of Formula (VI) is selected from H, —CH₃, —CF₃, —CH₂OH, or        —CH₂Cl;    -   R₁₁ and R₁₂ of Formula (VI) are independently selected from H,        C₁₋₄-alkyl, C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl, —(CH₂)₁₋₆—C₃₋₇-cycloakyl,        (CH₂)₀₋₆-phenyl, wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl, and phenyl are        unsubstituted or substituted; or R₁₁ and R₁₂ together with the        nitrogen form het, and    -   U of Formula (VI) is, independently, as shown in Formula (VII):

wherein:

-   -   each n of Formula (VII) is, independently selected from 0 to 5;    -   X of Formula (VII) is selected from the group —CH and N;    -   R_(a) and R_(b), of Formula (VII) are independently selected        from the group O, S, or N atom or C₀₋₈-alkyl wherein one or more        of the carbon atoms in the alkyl chain are optionally replaced        by a heteroatom selected from O, S, or N, and where each alkyl        is, independently, either unsubstituted or substituted;    -   R_(d) of Formula (VII) is selected from the group        Re-Q-(R_(f))_(p)(R_(g))_(q), and Ar₁-D-Ar₂;    -   R_(c) of Formula (VII) is selected from the group H or any R_(c)        and R_(d) together form a cycloalkyl or het; where if R_(c) and        R_(d) form a cycloalkyl or het, R₅ is attached to the formed        ring at a C or N atom;    -   p and q of Formula (VII) are independently selected from 0 or 1;    -   R_(e) of Formula (VII) is selected from the group C₁₋₈-alkyl and        alkylidene, and each Re is either unsubstituted or substituted;    -   Q is selected from the group N, O, S, S(O), and S(O)₂;    -   Ar₁ and Ar₂ of Formula (VII) are independently selected from the        group of substituted or unsubstituted aryl and het;    -   R_(f) and R_(g) of Formula (VII) are independently selected from        H, —C1-10-alkyl, C₁₋₁₀-alkylaryl, —OH, —O—C₁₋₁₀-alkyl,        —(CH₂)₀₋₆—C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl, —O—(CH₂)₀₋₆-aryl, phenyl, aryl,        phenyl-phenyl, —(CH₂)₁₋₆-het, —O—(CH₂)₁₋₆-het, —OR₁₃, —C(O)—R₁₃,        —C(O)—N(R₁₃)(R₁₄), —N(R₁₃)(R₁₄), —S—R₁₃, —S(O)—R₁₃, —S(O)₂—R₁₃,        —S(O)₂— NR₁₃R₁₄, —NR₁₃—S(O)₂—R₁₄, —S—C₁₋₁₀-alkyl,        aryl-C₁₋₄-alkyl, or het-C₁₋₄-alkyl, wherein alkyl, cycloalkyl,        het, and aryl are unsubstituted or substituted, —SO₂—C₁₋₂-alkyl,        —SO₂—C₁₋₂-alkylphenyl, —O—C₁₋₄-alkyl, or any R_(g) and R_(f)        together form a ring selected from het or aryl;    -   D of Formula (VII) is selected from the group —CO—,        —C(O)—C₁₋₇-alkylene or arylene, —CF₂—, —O—, —S(O), where r is        0-2,1,3-dioxalane, or C₁₋₇-alkyl-OH; where alkyl, alkylene, or        arylene are unsubstituted or substituted with one or more        halogens, OH, —O—C₁₋₆-alkyl, —S—C₁₋₆-alkyl, or —CF₃; or each D        is, independently selected from N(R_(h));    -   Rh is selected from the group H, unsubstituted or substituted        C₁₋₇-alkyl, aryl, unsubstituted or substituted        —O—(C₁₋₇-cycloalkyl), —C(O)—C₁₋₁₀-alkyl, —C(O)—C₀₋₁₀-alkyl-aryl,        —C—O—C₀₁₋₁₀-alkyl, —C—O—C₀₋₁₀-alkyl-aryl, —SO₂—C₁₋₁₀-alkyl, or        —SO₂—(C₀₋₁₀— alkylaryl);    -   R₆, R₇, R₈, and R₉ of Formula (VII) are, independently, selected        from the group H, —C₁₋₁₀-alkyl, —C₁₋₁₀-alkoxy, aryl-C₁₋₁₀—        alkoxy, —OH, —O—C₁₋₁₀-alkyl, —(CH₂)₀₋₆—C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl,        —O—(CH₂)₀₋₆-aryl, phenyl, —(CH₂)₁₋₆-het, —O—(CH₂)₁₋₆-het, —OR₁₃,        —C(O)—R₁₃, —C(O)—N(R₁₃)(R₁₄), —N(R₁₃)(R₁₄), —S—R₁₃, —S(O)—R₁₃,        —S(O)₂—R₁₃, —S(O)₂—NR₁₃R₁₄, or —NR₁₃—S(O)₂—R₁₄; wherein each        alkyl, cycloalkyl, and aryl is unsubstituted or substituted; and        any R₆, R₇, R₈, and R₉ optionally together form a ring system;    -   R₁₃ and R₁₄ of Formula (VII) are independently selected from the        group H, C₁₋₁₀-alkyl, —(CH₂)₀₋₆—C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl,        —(CH₂)₀₋₆—(CH)₀₋₁-(aryl)₁₋₂, —C(O)—C₁₋₁₀-alkyl,        —C(O)—(CH₂)₁₋₆—C₃₋₇-cycloakyl, —C(O)—O—(CH₂)₀₋₆-aryl,        —C(O)—(CH₂)₀₋₆—O-fluorenyl, —C(O)—NH—(CH₂)₀₋₆-aryl,        —C(O)—(CH₂)₀₋₆-aryl, —C(O)—(CH₂)₀₋₆-het, —C(S)—C₁₋₁₀-alkyl,        —C(S)—(CH₂)₁₋₆—C₃₋₇-cycloalkyl, —C(S)—O—(CH₂)₀₋₆-aryl,        —C(S)—(CH₂)₀₋₆—O-fluorenyl, —C(S)—NH—(CH₂)₀₋₆-aryl,        —C(S)—(CH₂)₀₋₆-aryl, or —C(S)—(CH₂)₁₋₆-het, wherein each alkyl,        cycloalkyl, and aryl is unsubstituted or substituted: or any R₁₃        and R₁₄ together with a nitrogen atom form het;    -   wherein alkyl substituents of R₁₃ and R₁₄ of Formula (VII) are        unsubstituted or substituted and when substituted, are        substituted by one or more substituents selected from        C₁₋₁₀-alkyl, halogen, OH, —O—C₁₋₆-alkyl, —S—C₁₋₆-alkyl, and        —CF₃; and substituted phenyl or aryl of R₁₃ and R₁₄ are        substituted by one or more substituents selected from halogen,        hydroxyl, C₁₋₄-alkyl, C₁₋₄-alkoxy, nitro, —CN,        —O—C(O)—C₁₋₄-alkyl, and —C(O)—O—C₁₋₄-aryl; or a pharmaceutically        acceptable salt or hydrate thereof.

In certain embodiments, the compound further comprises an independentlyselected second ILM attached to the ILM of Formula (VI), or an unnaturalmimetic thereof, by way of at least one additional independentlyselected linker group. In an embodiment, the second ILM is a derivativeof Formula (VI), or an unnatural mimetic thereof. In a certainembodiment, the at least one additional independently selected linkergroup comprises two additional independently selected linker groupschemically linking the ILM and the second ILM. In an embodiment, the atleast one additional linker group for an ILM of the Formula (VI), or anunnatural mimetic thereof, chemically links groups selected from R₄ andR₅. For example, an ILM of Formula (VI) and a second ILM of Formula(VI), or an unnatural mimetic thereof, can be linked as shown below:

In certain embodiments, the ILM, the at least one additionalindependently selected linker group L, and the second ILM has astructure selected from the group consisting of:

which are derivatives of IAP antagonists described in WO Pub. No.2008/014236.

In any of the compounds described herein, the ILM can have the structureof Formula (VIII), which is based on the IAP ligrands described inNdubaku, C., et al. Antagonism of c-IAP and XIAP proteins is requiredfor efficient induction of cell death by small-molecule IAP antagonists,ACS Chem. Biol., 557-566, 4 (7) (2009), or an unnatural mimetic thereof:

-   -   wherein each of A1 and A2 of Formula (VIII) is independently        selected from optionally substituted monocyclic, fused rings,        aryls and hetoroaryls; and    -   R of Formula (VIII) is selected from H or Me.

In a particular embodiment, the linker group L is attached to Al ofFormula (VIII). In another embodiment, the linker group L is attached toA2 of Formula (VIII).

In a particular embodiment, the ILM is selected from the groupconsisting of

In any of the compounds described herein, the ILM can have the structureof Formula (IX), which is derived from the chemotypes cross-referencedin Mannhold, R., et al. IAP antagonists: promising candidates for cancertherapy, Drug Discov. Today, 15 (5-6), 210-9 (2010), or an unnaturalmimetic thereof:

wherein R¹ is selected from alkyl, cycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl and,most preferably, from isopropyl, tert-butyl, cyclohexyl andtetrahydropyranyl, and R² of Formula (IX) is selected from —OPh or H.

In any of the compounds described herein, the ILM can have the structureof Formula (X), which is derived from the chemotypes cross-referenced inMannhold, R., et al. IAP antagonists: promising candidates for cancertherapy, Drug Discov. Today, 15 (5-6), 210-9 (2010), or an unnaturalmimetic thereof:

wherein:

-   -   R¹ of Formula (X) is selected from H, —CH₂OH, —CH₂CH₂OH,        —CH₂NH₂, —CH₂CH₂NH₂;    -   X of Formula (X) is selected from S or CH₂;    -   R² of Formula (X) is selected from:

-   -   R³ and R⁴ of Formula (X) are independently selected from H or Me

In any of the compounds described herein, the ILM can have the structureof Formula (XI), which is derived from the chemotypes cross-referencedin Mannhold, R., et al. IAP antagonists: promising candidates for cancertherapy, Drug Discov. Today, 15 (5-6), 210-9 (2010), or an unnaturalmimetic thereof:

-   -   wherein R¹ of Formula (XI) is selected from H or Me, and R² of        Formula (XI) is selected from H or

In any of the compounds described herein, the ILM can have the structureof Formula (XII), which is derived from the chemotypes cross-referencedin Mannhold, R., et al. IAP antagonists: promising candidates for cancertherapy, Drug Discov. Today, 15 (5-6), 210-9 (2010), or an unnaturalmimetic thereof:

wherein:R¹ of Formula (XII) is selected from:

andR² of Formula (XII) is selected from:

In any of the compounds described herein, the IAP E3 ubiquitin ligasebinding moiety is selected from the group consisting of:

In any of the compounds described herein, the ILM can have the structureof Formula (XIII), which is based on the IAP ligands summarized inFlygare, J. A., et al. Small-molecule pan-IAP antagonists: a patentreview, Expert Opin. Ther. Pat., 20 (2), 251-67 (2010), or an unnaturalmimetic thereof:

wherein:

-   -   Z of Formula (XIII) is absent or O;    -   R¹ of Formula (XIII) is selected from:

-   -   R¹⁰ of

is selected from H, alkyl, or aryl;

-   -   X is selected from CH2 and O; and

is a nitrogen-containing heteroaryl.

In any of the compounds described herein, the ILM can have the structureof Formula (XIV), which is based on the IAP ligands summarized inFlygare, J. A., et al. Small-molecule pan-IAP antagonists: a patentreview, Expert Opin. Ther. Pat., 20 (2), 251-67 (2010), or an unnaturalmimetic thereof:

wherein:

-   -   Z of Formula (XIV) is absent or O;    -   R³ and R⁴ of Formula (XIV) are independently selected from H or        Me;    -   R¹ of Formula (XIV) is selected from:

-   -   R¹⁰ of

is selected from H, alkyl, or aryl;

-   -   X of

is selected from CH2 and O; and

of or is a nitrogen-containing heteraryl.

In any of the compounds described herein, the ILM is selected from thegroup consisting of:

-   -   which are derivatives of ligands disclose in US Patent Pub. No.        2008/0269140 and U.S. Pat. No. 7,244,851.

In any of the compounds described herein, the ILM can have the structureof Formula (XV), which was a derivative of the IAP ligand described inWO Pub. No. 2008/128171, or an unnatural mimetic thereof:

wherein:

-   -   Z of Formula (XV) is absent or O;    -   R¹ of Formula (XV) is selected from:

-   -   R¹⁰ of

is selected from H, alkyl, or aryl;

-   -   X of

is selected from CH2 and O; and

of or is a nitrogen-containing heteraryl; and

-   -   R² of Formula (XV) selected from H, alkyl, or acyl;

In a particular embodiment, the ILM has the following structure:

In any of the compounds described herein, the ILM can have the structureof Formula (XVI), which is based on the IAP ligand described in WO Pub.No. 2006/069063, or an unnatural mimetic thereof:

wherein:

-   -   R² of Formula (XVI) is selected from alkyl, cycloalkyl and        heterocycloalkyl; more preferably, from isopropyl, tert-butyl,        cyclohexyl and tetrahydropyranyl, most preferably from        cyclohexyl;

of Formula (XVI) is a 5- or 6-membered nitrogen-containing heteroaryl;more preferably, 5-membered nitrogen-containing heteroaryl, and mostpreferably thiazole; and

-   -   Ar of Formula (XVI) is an aryl or a heteroaryl.

In any of the compounds described herein, the ILM can have the structureof Formula (XVII), which is based on the IAP ligands described in Cohen,F. et al., Antogonists of inhibitors of apoptosis proteins based onthiazole amide isosteres, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett., 20(7), 2229-33(2010), or an unnatural mimetic thereof:

wherein:

-   -   R¹ of Formula (XVII) is selected from the group halogen (e.g.        fluorine), cyano,

-   -   X of Formula (XVII) is selected from the group O or CH2.

In any of the compounds described herein, the ILM can have the structureof Formula (XVIII), which is based on the IAP ligands described inCohen, F. et al., Antogonists of inhibitors of apoptosis proteins basedon thiazole amide isosteres, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett., 20(7), 2229-33(2010), or an unnatural mimetic thereof:

-   -   wherein R of Formula (XVIII) is selected from alkyl, aryl,        heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl or halogen (in variable        substitution position).

In any of the compounds described herein, the ILM can have the structureof Formula (XIX), which is based on the IAP ligands described in Cohen,F. et al., Antogonists of inhibitors of apoptosis proteins based onthiazole amide isosteres, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett., 20(7), 2229-33(2010), or an unnatural mimetic thereof:

wherein

is a 6-member nitrogen heteroaryl.

In a certain embodiment, the ILM of the composition is selected from thegroup consisting of:

In certain embodiments, the ILM of the composition is selected from thegroup consisting of:

In any of the compounds described herein, the ILM can have the structureof Formula (XX), which is based on the IAP ligands described in WO Pub.No. 2007/101347, or an unnatural mimetic thereof:

-   -   wherein X of Formula (XX) is selected from CH₂, O, NH, or S.

In any of the compounds described herein, the ILM can have the structureof Formula (XXI), which is based on the IAP ligands described in U.S.Pat. Nos. 7,345,081 and 7,419,975, or an unnatural mimetic thereof:

wherein:

-   -   R² of Formula (XXI) is selected from:

-   -   R⁵ of Formula (XXI) is selected from:

and

-   -   W of Formula (XXI) is selected from CH or N; and    -   R⁶ of

are independently a mono- or bicyclic fused aryl or heteroaryl.

In certain embodiments, the ILM of the compound is selected from thegroup consisting of:

In certain embodiments, the ILM of the compound is selected from thegroup consisting of:

which are described in WO Pub. No. 2009/060292, U.S. Pat. No. 7,517,906,WO Pub. No. 2008/134679, WO Pub. No. 2007/130626, and WO Pub. No.2008/128121.

In any of the compounds described herein, the ILM can have the structureof Formula (XXII) or (XXIII), which are derived from the IAP ligandsdescribed in WO Pub. No. 2015/006524 and Perez H L, Discovery of potentheterodimeric antagonists of inhibitor of apoptosis proteins (IAPs) withsustained antitumor activity. J. Med. Chem. 58(3), 1556-62 (2015), or anunnatural mimetic thereof:

wherein:

-   -   R¹ of Formula (XXII) or (XXIII) is optionally substituted alkyl,        optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted        cycloalkylalkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally        substituted arylalkyl or optionally substituted aryl;    -   R² of Formula (XXII) or (XXIII) is optionally substituted alkyl,        optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted        cycloalkylalkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally        substituted arylalkyl or optionally substituted aryl;    -   or alternatively, R¹ and R² of Formula (XXII) or (XXIII) are        independently optionally substituted thioalkyl wherein the        substituents attached to the S atom of the thioalkyl are        optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted branched        alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, —(CH₂)_(v)COR²⁰,        —CH₂CHR²¹COR²² or —CH₂R²³;    -   wherein:    -   v is an integer from 1-3;    -   R²⁰ and R²² of —(CH₂)_(v)COR²⁰ and —CH₂R²³ are independently        selected from OH, NR²⁴R²⁵ or OR²⁶;    -   R²¹ of —CH₂CHR²¹COR² is selected from the group NR²⁴R²⁵;    -   R²³ of —CH₂R²³ is selected from optionally substituted aryl or        optionally substituted heterocyclyl, where the optional        substituents include alkyl and halogen;    -   R²⁴ of NR²⁴R²⁵ is selected from hydrogen or optionally        substituted alkyl;    -   R²⁵ of NR²⁴R²⁵ is selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted        alkyl, optionally substituted branched alkyl, optionally        substituted arylalkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl,        —CH₂(OCH₂CH₂O)_(m)CH₃, or a polyamine chain, such as spermine or        spermidine;    -   R²⁶ of OR²⁶ is selected from optionally substituted alkyl,        wherein the optional substituents are OH, halogen or NH₂; and    -   m is an integer from 1-8;    -   R³ and R⁴ of Formula (XXII) or (XXIII) are independently        selected from optionally substituted alkyl, optionally        substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally        substituted arylalkyl, optionally substituted arylalkoxy,        optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted        heterocyclyl, optionally substituted heteroarylalkyl or        optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, wherein the        substituents are alkyl, halogen or OH;    -   R⁵, R⁶, R⁷ and R⁸ of Formula (XXII) or (XXIII) are independently        selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl or        optionally substituted cycloalkyl; and    -   X is selected from a bond or a chemical linker group, and/or a        pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer or stereoisomer        thereof.

In certain embodiments, X is a bond or is selected from the groupconsisting of:

wherein “*” is the point of attachment of a PTM, L or ULM, e.g., an ILM.

In any of the compounds described herein, the ILM can have the structureof Formula (XXIV) or (XXVI), which are derived from the IAP ligandsdescribed in WO Pub. No. 2015/006524 and Perez H L, Discovery of potentheterodimeric antagonists of inhibitor of apoptosis proteins (IAPs) withsustained antitumor activity. J. Med. Chem. 58(3), 1556-62 (2015), or anunnatural mimetic thereof, and the chemical linker to linker group L asshown:

wherein:

-   -   R¹ of Formula (XXIV), (XXV) or (XXVI) is selected from        optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl,        optionally substituted cycloalkylalkyl, optionally substituted        heterocyclyl, optionally substituted arylalkyl or optionally        substituted aryl;    -   R² of Formula (XXIV), (XXV) or (XXVI) is selected from        optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl,        optionally substituted cycloalkylalkyl, optionally substituted        heterocyclyl, optionally substituted arylalkyl or optionally        substituted aryl;    -   or alternatively,    -   R¹ and R² of Formula (XXIV), (XXV) or (XXVI) are independently        selected from optionally substituted thioalkyl wherein the        substituents attached to the S atom of the thioalkyl are        optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted branched        alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, —(CH₂)_(v)COR²⁰,        —CH₂CHR²¹COR²² or —CH₂R²³,    -   wherein:        -   v is an integer from 1-3;        -   R²⁰ and R²² of —(CH₂)_(v)COR²⁰ and —CH₂R²³ are independently            selected from OH, NR²⁴R²⁵ or OR²⁶;        -   R²¹ of —CH₂CHR²¹COR² is selected from NR²⁴R²⁵;        -   R²³ of —CH₂R²³ is selected from optionally substituted aryl            or optionally substituted heterocyclyl, wherein the optional            substituents include alkyl and halogen;        -   R²⁴ of NR²⁴R²⁵ is selected from hydrogen or optionally            substituted alkyl;        -   R²⁵ of NR²⁴R²⁵ is selected from hydrogen, optionally            substituted alkyl, optionally substituted branched alkyl,            optionally substituted arylalkyl, optionally substituted            heterocyclyl, —CH₂(OCH₂CH₂O)_(m)CH₃, or a polyamine chain,            such as spermine or spermidine;        -   R²⁶ of OR²⁶ is selected from optionally substituted alkyl,            wherein the optional substituents are OH, halogen or NH₂;            and        -   m is an integer from 1-8;        -   R³ and R⁴ of Formula (XXIV), (XXV) or (XXVI) are            independently optionally substituted alkyl, optionally            substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl,            optionally substituted arylalkyl, optionally substituted            arylalkoxy, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally            substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted            heteroarylalkyl or optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl,            wherein the substituents are alkyl, halogen or OH;        -   R⁵, R⁶, R⁷ and R⁸ of Formula (XXIV), (XXV) or (XXVI) are            independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl or            optionally substituted cycloalkyl; and/or a pharmaceutically            acceptable salt, tautomer or stereoisomer thereof.

In a particular embodiment, the ILM according to Formulas (XXII) through(XXVI):

R⁷ and R⁸ are selected from the H or Me;R⁵ and R⁶ are selected from the group comprising:

R³ and R⁴ are selected from the group comprising:

In any of the compounds described herein, the ILM can have the structureof Formula (XXVII) or (XXVII), which are derived from the IAP ligandsdescribed in WO Pub. No. 2014/055461 and Kim, K S, Discovery oftetrahydroisoquinoline-based bivalent heterodimeric IAP antagonists.Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 24(21), 5022-9 (2014), or an unnatural mimeticthereof:

wherein:

-   -   R³⁵ is 1-2 substituents selected from alkyl, halogen, alkoxy,        cyano and haloalkoxy;    -   R¹ of Formula (XXVII) and (XXVIII) is selected from H or an        optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl,        optionally substituted cycloalkylalkyl, optionally substituted        heterocyclyl, optionally substituted arylalkyl or optionally        substituted aryl;    -   R² of Formula (XXVII) and (XXVIII) is selected from H or an        optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl,        optionally substituted cycloalkylalkyl, optionally substituted        heterocyclyl, optionally substituted arylalkyl or optionally        substituted aryl;    -   or alternatively,    -   R¹ and R² of Formula (XXVII) and (XXVIII) are independently        selected from an optionally substituted thioalkyl —CR⁶⁰R⁶¹SR⁷⁰,        wherein R⁶⁰ and R⁶¹ are selected from H or methyl, and R⁷⁰ is        selected from an optionally substituted alkyl, optionally        substituted branched alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl,        —(CH₂)_(v)COR²⁰, —CH₂CHR²¹COR²² or —CH₂R²³    -   wherein:        -   v is an integer from 1-3;        -   R²⁰ and R²² of —(CH₂)_(v)COR²⁰ and —CH₂CHR²¹COR²² are            independently selected from OH, NR²⁴R²⁵ or OR²⁶;        -   R²¹ of —CH₂CHR²¹COR²² is selected from NR²⁴R²⁵;        -   R²³ of —CH₂R²³ is selected from an optionally substituted            aryl or optionally substituted heterocyclyl, where the            optional substituents include alkyl and halogen;        -   R²⁴ of NR²⁴R²⁵ is selected from hydrogen or optionally            substituted alkyl;        -   R²⁵ of NR²⁴R²⁵ is selected from hydrogen, optionally            substituted alkyl, optionally substituted branched alkyl,            optionally substituted arylalkyl, optionally substituted            heterocyclyl, —CH₂CH₂(OCH₂CH₂)_(m)CH₃, or a polyamine chain            —[CH₂CH₂(CH₂)_(δ)NH]_(ψ)CH₂CH₂(CH₂)ωNH₂, such as spermine or            spermidine;        -   wherein δ=0-2, ψ=1-3, ω=0-2;        -   R²⁶ of OR²⁶ is an optionally substituted alkyl, wherein the            optional substituents are OH, halogen or NH₂; and        -   m is an integer from 1-8,        -   R³ and R⁴ of Formula (XXVII) and (XXVIII) are independently            selected from an optionally substituted alkyl, optionally            substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl,            optionally substituted arylalkyl, optionally substituted            arylalkoxy, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally            substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted            heteroarylalkyl or optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl,            wherein the substituents are alkyl, halogen or OH;        -   R⁵, R⁶, R⁷ and R⁸ of Formula (XXVII) and (XXVIII) are            independently selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted            alkyl or optionally substituted cycloalkyl;        -   R³¹ of Formulas (XXVII) and (XXVIII) is selected from alkyl,            aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl optionally            further substituted, preferably selected form the group            consisting of:

-   -   -   X of Formulas (XXVII) and (XXVIII) is selected from            —(CR⁸¹R⁸²)_(m)—, optionally substituted heteroaryl or            heterocyclyl,

-   -   -   Z of Formulas (XXVII) is selected from C═O, —O—, —NR,            —CONH—, —NHCO—, or may be absent;        -   R⁸¹ and R⁸² of —(CR⁸¹R⁸²)_(m)— are independently selected            from hydrogen, halogen, alkyl or cycloalkyl, or R⁸¹ and R⁸²            can be taken together to form a carbocyclic ring;        -   R¹⁰ and R¹¹ of

are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen or alkyl;

-   -   -   R¹², R¹³, R¹⁴, R¹⁵ and R¹⁶ of

-   -   -   are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen or            optionally substituted alkyl or OR¹⁷;        -   R¹⁷ is selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl            or optionally substituted cycloalkyl;        -   m and n of —(CR²¹R²²)_(m)— and

are independently 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;

-   -   -   o and p of

are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3;

-   -   q and t of

are independently 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;

-   -   -   r of

r is 0 or 1;

-   -   and/or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer or        stereoisomer thereof.

In any of the compounds described herein, the ILM can have the structureof Formula (XXIX), (XXX), (XXXI), or (XXXII), which are derived from theIAP ligands described in WO Pub. No. 2014/055461 and Kim, K S, Discoveryof tetrahydroisoquinoline-based bivalent heterodimeric IAP antagonists.Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 24(21), 5022-9 (2014), or an unnatural mimeticthereof, and the chemical linker to linker group L as shown:

wherein:

-   -   R² of Formula (XXIX) through (XXXII) is selected from H, an        optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl,        optionally substituted cycloalkylalkyl, optionally substituted        heterocyclyl, optionally substituted arylalkyl or optionally        substituted aryl;    -   or alternatively;    -   R¹ and R² of Formula (XXVII) and (XXVIII) are independently        selected from H, an optionally substituted thioalkyl        —CR⁶⁰R⁶¹SR⁷⁰ wherein R⁶⁰ and R⁶¹ are selected from H or methyl,        and R⁷⁰ is an optionally substituted alkyl, optionally        substituted branched alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl,        —(CH₂)_(v)COR²⁰, —CH₂CHR²¹COR²² or —CH₂R²³;    -   wherein:    -   v is an integer from 1-3;    -   R²⁰ and R²² of —(CH₂)_(v)COR²⁰ and —CH₂CHR²¹COR²² are        independently selected from OH, NR²⁴R²⁵ or OR²⁶;    -   R²¹ of —CH₂CHR²¹COR²² is selected from NR²⁴R²⁵;    -   R²³ of —CH₂R²³ is selected from an optionally substituted aryl        or optionally substituted heterocyclyl, where the optional        substituents include alkyl and halogen;    -   R²⁴ of NR²⁴R²⁵ is selected from hydrogen or optionally        substituted alkyl;    -   R²⁵ of NR²⁴R²⁵ is selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted        alkyl, optionally substituted branched alkyl, optionally        substituted arylalkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl,        —CH₂CH₂(OCH₂CH₂)_(m)CH₃, or a polyamine chain        —[CH₂CH₂(CH₂)_(δ)NH]_(ψ)CH₂CH₂(CH₂)ω _(r)NH₂, such as spermine        or spermidine,    -   wherein δ=0-2, ψ=1-3, ω=0-2;    -   R²⁶ of OR²⁶ is an optionally substituted alkyl, wherein the        optional substituents are OH, halogen or NH₂;    -   m is an integer from 1-8;    -   R⁶ and R⁸ of Formula (XXIX) through (XXXII) are independently        selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl or        optionally substituted cycloalkyl; and    -   R³¹ of Formulas (XXIX) through (XXXII) is selected from alkyl,        aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl optionally        further substituted, preferably selected form the group        consisting of:

In certain embodiments, the ILM of the compound is:

In any of the compounds described herein, the ILM can have the structureof Formula (XXXIII), which are derived from the IAP ligands described inWO Pub. No. 2014/074658 and WO Pub. No. 2013/071035, or an unnaturalmimetic thereof:

wherein:

-   -   R² of Formula (XXXIII) is selected from H, an optionally        substituted alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally        substituted cycloalkylalkyl, optionally substituted        heterocyclyl, optionally substituted arylalkyl or optionally        substituted aryl;    -   R⁶ and R⁸ of Formula (XXXIII) are independently selected from        hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl or optionally substituted        cycloalkyl;    -   R³² of Formula (XXXIII) is selected from (C1-C4 alkylene)-R³³        wherein R³³ is selected from hydrogen, aryl, heteroaryl or        cycloalkyl optionally further substituted;    -   X of Formula (XXXIII) is selected from:

-   -   Z and Z′ of Formula (XXXIII) are independently selected from:

wherein each

represents a point of attachment to the compound, and Z and Z′ cannotboth be

in any given compound;

-   -   Y of Formula (XXXIII) is selected from:

wherein Z and Z′ of Formula (XXXIII) are the same and Z is

wherein each

represents a point of attachment to the compound, X is selected from:

-   -   Y of Formula (XXXIII) is independently selected from:

-   -   wherein:        -   represents a point of attachment to a —C═O portion of the            compound;        -   represents a point of attachment to a —NH portion of the            compound;        -   represents a first point of attachment to Z;        -   represents a second point of attachment to Z;        -   m is an integer from 0-3;        -   n is an integer from 1-3;        -   p is an integer from 0-4; and        -   A is —C(O)R³;        -   R³ is selected from —C(O)R³ is OH, NHCN, NHSO₂R¹⁰, NHOR¹¹ or            N(R¹²)(R¹³);        -   R¹⁰ and F¹¹ of NHSO₂R¹⁰ and NHOR¹¹ are independently            selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted —C₁-C₄ alkyl,            cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl or            heterocycloalkyl;        -   R¹² and R¹³ of N(R¹²)(R¹³) are independently selected from            hydrogen, —C₁-C₄ alkyl, —(C₁-C₄) alkylene)-NH—(C₁-C₄ alkyl),            and —(C₁-C₄ alkylene)-O—(C₁-C₄ hydroxyalkyl), or R¹² and R¹³            taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are            commonly bound to form a saturated heterocyclyl optionally            comprising one additional heteroatom selected from N, O and            S, and wherein the saturated heterocycle is optionally            substituted with methyl.

In any of the compounds described herein, the ILM can have the structureof Formula (XXXIV) or (XXXV), which are derived from the IAP ligandsdescribed in WO Pub. No. 2014/047024, or an unnatural mimetic thereof:

wherein:

-   -   X of Formula (XXXIV) or (XXXV) is absent or a group selected        from —(CR¹⁰R¹¹)_(m), optionally substituted heteroaryl or        optionally substituted heterocyclyl,

-   -   Y and Z of Formula (XXXIV) or (XXXV) are independently selected        from C═O, —O—, —NR⁹—, —CONH—, —NHCO— or may be absent;    -   R¹ and R² of Formula (XXXIV) or (XXXV) are independently        selected from an optionally substituted alkyl, optionally        substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkylalkyl,        optionally substituted arylalkyl, optionally substituted aryl,        or    -   R¹ and R² of Formula (XXXIV) or (XXXV) are independently        selected from optionally substituted thioalkyl wherein the        substituents attached to the S atom of the thioalkyl are        optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted branched        alkyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, —(CH₂)_(v)COR²⁰,        —CH₂CHR²¹COR²² or —CH₂R²³; wherein        -   v is an integer from 1-3;        -   R²⁰ and R²² of —(CH₂)_(v)COR²⁰ and —CH₂CHR²¹COR²² are            independently selected from OH, NR²⁴R²⁵ or OR²⁶;        -   R²¹ of —CH₂CHR²¹COR²² is selected from NR²⁴R²⁵;        -   R²³ of —CH₂R²³ are selected from an optionally substituted            aryl or optionally substituted heterocyclyl, where the            optional substituents include alkyl and halogen;        -   R²⁴ of NR²⁴R²⁵ is selected from hydrogen or optionally            substituted alkyl;        -   R²⁵ of NR²⁴R²⁵ is selected from hydrogen, optionally            substituted alkyl, optionally substituted branched alkyl,            optionally substituted arylalkyl, optionally substituted            heterocyclyl, —CH₂(OCH₂CH²⁰)_(m)CH3, or a polyamine chain;        -   R²⁶ is an optionally substituted alkyl, wherein the optional            substituents are OH, halogen or NH₂;        -   m of —(CR¹⁰R¹¹)_(m)— is an integer from 1-8;    -   R³ and R⁴ of Formula (XXXIV) or (XXXV) are independently        selected from optionally substituted alkyl, optionally        substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally        substituted arylalkyl, optionally substituted arylalkoxy,        optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted        heterocyclyl, optionally substituted heteroarylalkyl or        optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, wherein the        substituents are alkyl, halogen or OH;    -   R⁵, R⁶, R⁷ and R⁸ of Formula (XXXIV) or (XXXV) are independently        selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl or        optionally substituted cycloalkyl;    -   R¹⁰ and R¹¹ of —(CR¹⁰R¹¹)_(m)— are independently selected from        hydrogen, halogen or optionally substituted alkyl;    -   R¹² and R¹³ of

are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen or optionallysubstituted alkyl, or R¹² and R¹³ can be taken together to form acarbocyclic ring;

-   -   R¹⁴, R¹⁵, R¹⁶, R¹⁷ and R¹⁸ of

are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, optionallysubstituted alkyl or OR¹⁹;

-   -   R¹⁹ of OR¹⁹ is selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted        alkyl or optionally substituted cycloalkyl;    -   m and n of —(CR¹⁰R¹¹)_(m)— are independently 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;    -   o and p of —(CR¹⁰R¹¹)_(m)— are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3;    -   q of —(CR¹⁰R¹¹)_(m)— is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; r is 0 or 1;    -   t of —(CR¹⁰R¹¹)_(m)— is 1, 2, or 3; and/or a pharmaceutically        acceptable salt, tautomer or stereoisomer thereof.

In any of the compounds described herein, the ILM can have the structureof Formula (XXXVI), which are derived from the IAP ligands described inWO Pub. No. 2014/025759, or an unnatural mimetic thereof:

where:

-   -   A of Formula (XXXVI) is selected from:

where the dotted line represents an optional double bond;

-   -   X of Formula (XXXVI) is selected from: —(CR²¹R²²)_(m),

-   -   Y and Z of Formula (XXXVI) are independently selected from —O—,        —NR⁶— or are absent;    -   V of Formula (XXXVI) is selected from —N— or —CH—;    -   W of Formula (XXXVI) is selected from —CH— or —N—;    -   R¹ of Formula (XXXVI) is selected from an optionally substituted        alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted        cycloalkylalkyl, optionally substituted arylalkyl or optionally        substituted aryl;    -   R³ and R⁴ of Formula (XXXVI) are independently selected from        optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl,        optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl,        optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted        arylalkyl, optionally substituted heteroarylalkyl or optionally        substituted heterocycloalkyl;    -   R⁵, R⁶, R⁷ and R⁸ of Formula (XXIV), (XXV) or (XXVI) are        independently selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted        alkyl or optionally substituted cycloalkyl, or preferably        methyl;    -   R⁹ and R¹⁰ of

are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen or optionallysubstituted alkyl, or R⁹ and R¹⁰ can be taken together to form a ring;

-   -   R¹¹, R¹², R¹³ and R¹⁴ of

are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, optionallysubstituted alkyl or OR¹⁵;

-   -   R¹⁵ of OR¹⁵ is selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted        alkyl or optionally substituted cycloalkyl;    -   m and n of —(CR²¹R²²)_(m)— and

are independently selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;

-   -   o and p of

and are independently selected from 0, 1, 2 or 3;

-   -   q of

is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;

-   -   r of

is selected from 0 or 1, and/or or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt,tautomer or stereoisomer thereof.

In any of the compounds described herein, the ILM can have the structureof Formula (XXXVII) or (XXXVIII), which are derived from the IAP ligandsdescribed in WO Pub. No. 2014/011712, or an unnatural mimetic thereof:

wherein:

-   -   X of Formulas (XXXVII) and (XXXVIII) is —(CR¹⁶R¹⁷)_(m)—,

or absent;

-   -   Y and Z of Formula (XXXVII) and (XXXVIII) are independently        selected from —O—, C═O, NR⁶ or are absent;    -   R¹ and R² of Formula (XXXVII) and (XXXVIII) are selected from        optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl,        optionally substituted alkylaryl or optionally substituted aryl;    -   R³ and R⁴ of Formula (XXXVII) and (XXXVIII) are independently        selected from optionally substituted alkyl, optionally        substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkylalkyl,        optionally substituted arylalkyl or optionally substituted aryl;    -   R⁵ and R⁶ of Formula (XXXVII) and (XXXVIII) are independently        selected from optionally substituted alkyl or optionally        substituted cycloalkyl;    -   R⁷ and R⁸ of Formula (XXXVII) and (XXXVIII) are independently        selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl or        optionally substituted cycloalkyl, or preferably methyl;    -   R⁹ and R¹⁰ of

are independently selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl,or R⁹ and R¹⁰ may be taken together to form a ring;

-   -   R¹¹ to R¹⁴ of

are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, optionallysubstituted alkyl or OR¹⁵;

-   -   R¹⁵ of OR¹⁵ is selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted        alkyl or optionally substituted cycloalkyl;    -   R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ of —(CR¹⁶R¹⁷)_(m)— are independently selected from        hydrogen, halogen or optionally substituted alkyl;    -   R⁵⁰ and R⁵¹ of Formula (XXXVII) and (XXXVIII) are independently        selected from optionally substituted alkyl, or R⁵⁰ and R⁵¹ are        taken together to form a ring;    -   m and n of —(CR¹⁶R¹⁷)_(m)— and

are independently an integer from 0-4;

-   -   o and p of

are independently an integer from 0-3;

-   -   q of

is an integer from 0-4; and

-   -   r of

is an integer from 0-1;

-   -   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer or stereoisomer        thereof.

In an embodiment, R¹ and R² of the ILM of Formula (XXXVII) or (XXXVIII)are t-butyl and R³ and R⁴ of the ILM of Formula (XXXVII) or (XXXVIII)are tetrahydronaphtalene.

In any of the compounds described herein, the ILM can have the structureof Formula (XXXIX) or (XL), which are derived from the IAP ligandsdescribed in WO Pub. No. 2013/071039, or an unnatural mimetic thereof:

wherein:

-   -   R⁴³ and R⁴⁴ of Formulas (XXXIX) and (XL) are independently        selected from hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl,        heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl further optionally        substituted, and    -   R⁶ and R⁸ of Formula (XXXIX) and (XL) are independently selected        from hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl or optionally        substituted cycloalkyl.    -   each X of Formulas (XXXIX) and (XL) is independently selected        from:

-   -   each Z of Formulas (XXXIX) and (XL) is selected from

wherein each

represents a point of attachment to the compound; and

-   -   each Y is selected from:

wherein:

-   -   represents a point of attachment to a —C═O portion of the        compound;    -   represents a point of attachment to an amino portion of the        compound;    -   represents a first point of attachment to Z;    -   represents a second point of attachment to Z; and    -   A is selected from —C(O)R³ or

or a tautomeric form of any of the foregoing, wherein:

-   -   R³ of —C(O)R³ is selected from OH, NHCN, NHSO₂R¹⁰, NHOR¹¹ or        N(R¹²)(R¹³);    -   R¹⁰ and R¹¹ of NHSO₂R¹⁰ and NHOR¹¹ are independently selected        from —C₁-C₄ alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or        heterocycloalkyl, any of which are optionally substituted, and        hydrogen;    -   each of R¹² and R¹³ of N(R¹²)(R¹³) are independently selected        from hydrogen, —C₁-C₄ alkyl, —(C₁-C₄ alkylene)-NH—(C₁-C₄ alkyl),        benzyl, —(C₁-C₄ alkylene)-C(O)OH,    -   (C₁-C₄ alkylene)-C(O)CH₃, —CH(benzyl)-COOH, —C₁-C₄ alkoxy, and    -   (C₁-C₄ alkylene)-O—(C₁-C₄ hydroxyalkyl); or R¹² and R¹³ of        N(R¹²)(R¹³) are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which        they are commonly bound to form a saturated heterocyclyl        optionally comprising one additional heteroatom selected from N,        O and S, and wherein the saturated heterocycle is optionally        substituted with methyl.

In any of the compounds described herein, the ILM can have the structureof Formula (XLI), which are derived from the IAP ligands described in WOPub. No. 2013/071039, or an unnatural mimetic thereof:

wherein:

-   -   W¹ of Formula (XLI) is selected from O, S, N—R^(A), or        C(R^(8a))(R^(8b));    -   W² of Formula (XLI) is selected from O, S, N—R^(A), or        C(R^(8c))(R^(8d)); provided that W¹ and W² are not both O, or        both S;    -   R¹ of Formula (XLI) is selected from H, C₁-C₆alkyl,        C₃-C₆cycloalkyl, —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted        C₃-C₆cycloalkyl), substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted        or unsubstituted heteroaryl, —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or        unsubstituted aryl), or —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or        unsubstituted heteroaryl);    -   when X¹ is selected from O, N—R^(A), S, S(O), or S(O)₂, then X²        is C(R^(2a)R^(2b));    -   or:    -   X¹ of Formula (XLI) is selected from CR^(2C)R^(2d) and X² is        CR^(2a)R^(2b), and R^(2c) and R^(2a) together form a bond;    -   or:    -   X¹ and X² of Formula (XLI) are independently selected from C and        N, and are members of a fused substituted or unsubstituted        saturated or partially saturated 3-10 membered cycloalkyl ring,        a fused substituted or unsubstituted saturated or partially        saturated 3-10 membered heterocycloalkyl ring, a fused        substituted or unsubstituted 5-10 membered aryl ring, or a fused        substituted or unsubstituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl ring;    -   or:    -   X¹ of Formula (XLI) is selected from CH₂ and X² is C=0,        C═C(R^(C))₂, or C═NR^(C); where each R^(c) is independently        selected from H, —CN, —OH, alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted        C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl,        substituted or unsubstituted C₂-C₅heterocycloalkyl, substituted        or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl,        —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl),        —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted        C₂-C₅heterocycloalkyl), —C₁-C₆alkyl- (substituted or        unsubstituted aryl), or —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or        unsubstituted heteroaryl);    -   R^(A) of N—R^(A) is selected from H, C₁-C₆alkyl,        —C(═O)C₁-C₂alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or        substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;    -   R^(2a), R^(2b), R^(2c), R^(2d) of CR^(2C)R^(2d) and        CR^(2a)R^(2b) are independently selected from H, substituted or        unsubstituted C1-C6alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted        C₁-C₆heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl,        substituted or unsubstituted C₂-C₅heterocycloalkyl, substituted        or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl,        —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl),        —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted        C₂-C₅heterocycloalkyl), —C₁-C₆alkyl- (substituted or        unsubstituted aryl), —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted        heteroaryl) and —C(═O)R^(B);    -   R^(B) of —C(═O)R^(B) is selected from substituted or        unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted        C₃-C₆cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted        C₂-C₅heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,        substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl,        —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl),        —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted        C₂-C₅heterocycloalkyl), —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or        unsubstituted aryl), —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted        heteroaryl), or —NR^(D)R^(E);    -   R^(D) and R^(E) of NR^(D)R^(E) are independently selected from        H, substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted or        unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted        C₂-C₅heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,        substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, —C₁-C₆alkyl-        (substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl),        —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted        C₂-C₅heterocycloalkyl), —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or        unsubstituted aryl), or —C₁-C₆alkyl- (substituted or        unsubstituted heteroaryl);    -   m of Formula (XLI) is selected from 0, 1 or 2;    -   —U— of Formula (XLI) is selected from —NHC(═O)—, —C(═O)NH—,        —NHS(═O)₂—, —S(═O)₂NH—, —NHC(═O)NH—, —NH(C═O)O—, —O(C═O)NH—, or        —NHS(═O)₂NH—;    -   R³ of Formula (XLI) is selected from C₁-C₃alkyl, or        C₁-C₃fluoroalkyl;    -   R⁴ of Formula (XLI) is selected from —NHR⁵, —N(R⁵)2, —N+(R⁵)3 or        —OR⁵;    -   each R⁵ of —NHR⁵, —N(R⁵)2, —N+(R⁵)3 and —OR⁵ is independently        selected from H, C₁-C₃alkyl, C₁-C₃haloalkyl, C₁-C₃heteroalkyl        and —C₁-C₃alkyl-(C₃-C₅cycloalkyl);    -   or:    -   R³ and R⁵ of Formula (XLI) together with the atoms to which they        are attached form a substituted or unsubstituted 5-7 membered        ring;    -   or:    -   R³ of Formula (XLI) is bonded to a nitrogen atom of U to form a        substituted or unsubstituted 5-7 membered ring;    -   R⁶ of Formula (XLI) is selected from —NHC(═O)R⁷, —C(═O)NHR⁷,        —NHS(═O)2R⁷, —S(═O)₂NHR⁷; —NHC(═O)NHR⁷, —NHS(═O)₂NHR⁷,        —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-NHC(═O)R⁷, —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-C(═O)NHR⁷,        —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-NHS(═O)2R⁷, —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-S(═O)2NHR⁷;        —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-NHC(═O)NHR⁷, —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-NHS(═O)2NHR⁷,        substituted or unsubstituted C₂-C₁₀heterocycloalkyl, or        substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;    -   each R⁷ of —NHC(═O)R⁷, —C(═O)NHR⁷, —NHS(═O)2R⁷, —S(═O)₂NHR⁷;        —NHC(═O)NHR⁷, —NHS(═O)₂NHR⁷, —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-NHC(═O)R⁷,        —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-C(═O)NHR⁷, —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-NHS(═O)2R⁷,        —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-S(═O)2NHR⁷; —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-NHC(═O)NHR⁷,        —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-NHS(═O)2NHR⁷ is independently selected from        C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₁-C₆heteroalkyl, a substituted or        unsubstituted C3-C10cycloalkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted        C₂-C₁₀heterocycloalkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a        substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl,        —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₁₀cycloalkyl),        —C₁-C₆alkyl- (substituted or unsubstituted        C2-C10heterocycloalkyl, —C1-C6alkyl-(substituted or        unsubstituted aryl), —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted        heteroaryl), —(CH2)_(p)-CH(substituted or unsubstituted aryl)2,        —(CH₂)_(p)—CH(substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl)2,        —(CH₂)_(p)—CH(substituted or unsubstituted aryl)(substituted or        unsubstituted heteroaryl), -(substituted or unsubstituted        aryl)-(substituted or unsubstituted aryl), -(substituted or        unsubstituted aryl)-(substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl),        -(substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl)-(substituted or        unsubstituted aryl), or -(substituted or unsubstituted        heteroaryl)-(substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl);    -   p of R⁷ is selected from 0, 1 or 2;    -   R^(8a), R^(8b), R^(8c), and R^(8d) of C(R^(8a))(R^(8b)) and        C(R^(8c))(R^(8d)) are independently selected from H, C₁-C₆alkyl,        C₁-C₆fluoroalkyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆heteroalkyl, and        substituted or unsubstituted aryl;    -   or:    -   R^(8a) and R^(8d) are as defined above, and R^(8b) and R^(8c)        together form a bond;    -   or:    -   R^(8a) and R^(8d) are as defined above, and R^(8b) and R^(8c)        together with the atoms to which they are attached form a        substituted or unsubstituted fused 5-7 membered saturated, or        partially saturated carbocyclic ring or heterocyclic ring        comprising 1-3 heteroatoms selected from S, O and N, a        substituted or unsubstituted fused 5-10 membered aryl ring, or a        substituted or unsubstituted fused 5-10 membered heteroaryl ring        comprising 1-3 heteroatoms selected from S, O and N;    -   or:    -   R^(8c) and R^(8d) are as defined above, and R^(8a) and R^(8b)        together with the atoms to which they are attached form a        substituted or unsubstituted saturated, or partially saturated        3-7 membered spirocycle or heterospirocycle comprising 1-3        heteroatoms selected from S, O and N;    -   or:    -   R^(8a) and R^(8b) are as defined above, and R^(8c) and R^(8d)        together with the atoms to which they are attached form a        substituted or unsubstituted saturated, or partially saturated        3-7 membered spirocycle or heterospirocycle comprising 1-3        heteroatoms selected from S, O and N;    -   where each substituted alkyl, heteroalkyl, fused ring,        spirocycle, heterospirocycle, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl        or heteroaryl is substituted with 1-3 R⁹; and    -   each R⁹ of R^(8a), R^(8b), R^(8c) and R^(8d) is independently        selected from halogen, —OH, —SH, (C═O), CN, C₁-C₄alkyl,        C1-C4fluoroalkyl, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, C₁-C₄ fluoroalkoxy, —NH₂,        —NH(C₁-C₄alkyl), —NH(C₁-C₄alkyl)₂, —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)NH₂,        —C(═O)C₁-C₃alkyl, —S(═O)₂CH₃, —NH(C₁-C₄alkyl)-OH,        —NH(C₁-C₄alkyl)-O—(C₁-C₄alkyl), —O(C₁-C₄alkyl)-NH2;        —O(C₁-C₄alkyl)-NH—(C₁-C₄alkyl), and        —O(C₁-C₄alkyl)-N—(C₁-C₄alkyl)₂, or two R⁹ together with the        atoms to which they are attached form a methylene dioxy or        ethylene dioxy ring substituted or unsubstituted with halogen,        —OH, or C₁-C₃alkyl.

In any of the compounds described herein, the ILM can have the structureof Formula (XLII), which are derived from the IAP ligands described inWO Pub. No. 2013/071039, or an unnatural mimetic thereof:

wherein:

-   -   W¹ of Formula (XLII) is O, S, N—R^(A), or C(R^(8a))(R^(8b));    -   W² of Formula (XLII) is O, S, N—R^(A), or C(R^(8c))(R^(8d));        provided that W¹ and W² are not both O, or both S;    -   R¹ of Formula (XLII) is selected from H, C₁-C₆alkyl,        C₃-C₆cycloalkyl, —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted        C₃-C₆cycloalkyl), substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted        or unsubstituted heteroaryl, —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or        unsubstituted aryl), or —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or        unsubstituted heteroaryl);    -   when X¹ of Formula (XLII) is N—R^(A), then X² is C═O, or        CR²CR^(2d), and X³ is CR^(2a)R^(2b);    -   or:    -   when X¹ of Formula (XLII) is selected from S, S(O), or S(O)₂,        then X² is CR²CR^(2d), and X³ is CR^(2a)R^(2b);    -   or:    -   when X¹ of Formula (XLII) is O, then X² is CR²CR^(2d) and        N—R^(A) and X³ is CR^(2a)R^(2b);    -   or:    -   when X¹ of Formula (XLII) is CH₃, then X² is selected from O,        N—R^(A), S, S(O), or S(O)₂, and X³ is CR^(2a)R^(2b);    -   when X¹ of Formula (XLII) is CR^(2e)R^(2f) and X2 is        CR^(2c)R^(2d), and R^(2e) and R^(2c) together form a bond, and        X³ of Formula (VLII) is CR^(2a)R^(2b);    -   or:    -   X¹ and X³ of Formula (XLII) are both CH₂ and X² of        Formula (XLII) is C=0, C═C(R^(C))2, or C═NR^(C); where each        R^(C) is independently selected from H, —CN, —OH, alkoxy,        substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6alkyl, substituted or        unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted        C₂-C₅heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,        substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl,        —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl),        —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted        C₂-C₅heterocycloalkyl), —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or        unsubstituted aryl), or —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or        unsubstituted heteroaryl);    -   or:    -   X¹ and X² of Formula (XLII) are independently selected from C        and N, and are members of a fused substituted or unsubstituted        saturated or partially saturated 3-10 membered cycloalkyl ring,        a fused substituted or unsubstituted saturated or partially        saturated 3-10 membered heterocycloalkyl ring, a fused        substituted or unsubstituted 5-10 membered aryl ring, or a fused        substituted or unsubstituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl ring, and        X³ is CR^(2a)R^(2b);    -   or:    -   X² and X³ of Formula (XLII) are independently selected from C        and N, and are members of a fused substituted or unsubstituted        saturated or partially saturated 3-10 membered cycloalkyl ring,        a fused substituted or unsubstituted saturated or partially        saturated 3-10 membered heterocycloalkyl ring, a fused        substituted or unsubstituted 5-10 membered aryl ring, or a fused        substituted or unsubstituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl ring, and        X¹ of Formula (VLII) is CR^(2e)R^(2f);    -   R^(A) of N—R^(A) is selected from H, C₁-C₆alkyl,        —C(═O)C₁-C₂alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or        substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;    -   R^(2a), R^(2b), R^(2c), R^(2d), R^(2e), and R^(2f) of        CR^(2c)R^(2d), CR^(2a)R^(2b) and CR^(2e)R^(2f) are independently        selected from H, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6alkyl,        substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆heteroalkyl, substituted or        unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted        C₂-C₅heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,        substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl,        —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl),        —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted        C₂-C₅heterocycloalkyl), —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or        unsubstituted aryl), —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted        heteroaryl) and —C(═O)R^(B);    -   R^(B) of —C(═O)R^(B) is selected from substituted or        unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted        C₃-C₆cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted        C₂-C₅heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,        substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl,        —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl),        —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted        C₂-C₅heterocycloalkyl), —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or        unsubstituted aryl), —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted        heteroaryl), or —NR^(D)R^(E);    -   R^(D) and R^(E) of NR^(D)R^(E) are independently selected from        H, substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted or        unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted        C₂-C₅heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,        substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, —C₁-C₆alkyl-        (substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl),        —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted        C₂-C₅heterocycloalkyl), —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or        unsubstituted aryl), or —C₁-C₆alkyl- (substituted or        unsubstituted heteroaryl);    -   m of Formula (XLII) is selected from 0, 1 or 2;    -   —U— of Formula (XLII) is selected from —NHC(═O)—, —C(═O)NH—,        —NHS(═O)₂—, —S(═O)₂NH—, —NHC(═O)NH—, —NH(C═O)O—, —O(C═O)NH—, or        —NHS(═O)₂NH—;    -   R³ of Formula (XLII) is selected from C₁-C₃alkyl, or        C₁-C₃fluoroalkyl;    -   R⁴ of Formula (XLII) is selected from —NHR⁵, —N(R⁵)₂, —N+(R⁵)₃        or —OR⁵;    -   each R⁵ of —NHR⁵, —N(R⁵)₂, —N+(R⁵)₃ and —OR⁵ is independently        selected from H, C₁-C₃alkyl, C₁-C₃haloalkyl, C₁-C₃heteroalkyl        and —C₁-C₃alkyl-(C₃-C₅cycloalkyl);    -   or:    -   R³ and R⁵ of Formula (XLII) together with the atoms to which        they are attached form a substituted or unsubstituted 5-7        membered ring;    -   or:    -   R³ of Formula (XLII) is bonded to a nitrogen atom of U to form a        substituted or unsubstituted 5-7 membered ring;    -   R⁶ of Formula (XLII) is selected from —NHC(═O)R⁷, —C(═O)NHR⁷,        —NHS(═O)2R⁷, —S(═O)₂NHR⁷; —NHC(═O)NHR⁷, —NHS(═O)₂NHR⁷,        —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-NHC(═O)R⁷, —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-C(═O)NHR⁷,        —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-NHS(═O)₂R⁷, —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-S(═O)₂NHR⁷;        —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-NHC(═O)NHR⁷, —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-NHS(═O)₂NHR⁷,        substituted or unsubstituted C₂-C₁₀heterocycloalkyl, or        substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;    -   each R⁷ of —NHC(═O)R⁷, —C(═O)NHR⁷, —NHS(═O)2R⁷, —S(═O)₂NHR⁷;        —NHC(═O)NHR⁷, NHS(═O)₂NHR⁷, —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-NHC(═O)R⁷,        —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-C(═O)NHR⁷, —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-NHS(═O)2R⁷,        —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-S(═O)2NHR⁷; —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-NHC(═O)NHR⁷,        —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-NHS(═O)2NHR⁷ is independently selected from        C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₁-C₆heteroalkyl, a substituted or        unsubstituted C3-C10cycloalkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted        C₂-C₁₀heterocycloalkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a        substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl,        —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₁₀cycloalkyl),        —C₁-C₆alkyl- (substituted or unsubstituted        C2-C10heterocycloalkyl, —C1-C6alkyl-(substituted or        unsubstituted aryl), —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted        heteroaryl), —(CH2)_(p)-CH(substituted or unsubstituted aryl)2,        —(CH₂)_(p)—CH(substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl)2,        —(CH₂)_(p)—CH(substituted or unsubstituted aryl)(substituted or        unsubstituted heteroaryl), -(substituted or unsubstituted        aryl)-(substituted or unsubstituted aryl), -(substituted or        unsubstituted aryl)-(substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl),        -(substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl)-(substituted or        unsubstituted aryl), or -(substituted or unsubstituted        heteroaryl)-(substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl);    -   p of R⁷ is selected from 0, 1 or 2;    -   R^(8a), R^(8b), R^(8c), and R^(8d) of C(R^(8a))(R^(8b)) and        C(R^(8c))(R^(8d)) are independently selected from H, C₁-C₆alkyl,        C₁-C₆fluoroalkyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆heteroalkyl, and        substituted or unsubstituted aryl;    -   or:    -   R^(8a) and R^(8d) are as defined above, and R^(8b) and R^(8c)        together form a bond;    -   or:    -   R^(8a) and R^(8d) are as defined above, and R^(8b) and R^(8c)        together with the atoms to which they are attached form a        substituted or unsubstituted fused 5-7 membered saturated, or        partially saturated carbocyclic ring or heterocyclic ring        comprising 1-3 heteroatoms selected from S, O and N, a        substituted or unsubstituted fused 5-10 membered aryl ring, or a        substituted or unsubstituted fused 5-10 membered heteroaryl ring        comprising 1-3 heteroatoms selected from S, O and N;    -   or:    -   R^(8c) and R^(8d) are as defined above, and R^(8a) and R^(8b)        together with the atoms to which they are attached form a        substituted or unsubstituted saturated, or partially saturated        3-7 membered spirocycle or heterospirocycle comprising 1-3        heteroatoms selected from S, O and N;    -   or:    -   R^(8a) and R^(8b) are as defined above, and R^(8c) and R^(8d)        together with the atoms to which they are attached form a        substituted or unsubstituted saturated, or partially saturated        3-7 membered spirocycle or heterospirocycle comprising 1-3        heteroatoms selected from S, O and N;    -   where each substituted alkyl, heteroalkyl, fused ring,        spirocycle, heterospirocycle, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl        or heteroaryl is substituted with 1-3 R⁹; and    -   each R⁹ of R^(8a), R^(8b), R^(8c) and R^(8d) is independently        selected from halogen, —OH, —SH, (C═O), CN, C₁-C₄alkyl,        C1-C4fluoroalkyl, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, C₁-C₄ fluoroalkoxy, —NH₂,        —NH(C₁-C₄alkyl), —NH(C₁-C₄alkyl)₂, —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)NH₂,        —C(═O)C₁-C₃alkyl, —S(═O)₂CH₃, —NH(C₁-C₄alkyl)-OH,        —NH(C₁-C₄alkyl)-O—(C₁-C₄alkyl), —O(C₁-C₄alkyl)-NH2;        —O(C₁-C₄alkyl)-NH—(C₁-C₄alkyl), and        —O(C₁-C₄alkyl)-N—(C₁-C₄alkyl)₂, or two R⁹ together with the        atoms to which they are attached form a methylene dioxy or        ethylene dioxy ring substituted or unsubstituted with halogen,        —OH, or C₁-C₃alkyl.

In any of the compounds described herein, the ILM can have the structureof Formula (XLIII), which is derived from the IAP ligands described inWO Pub. No. 2013/071039, or an unnatural mimetic thereof:

wherein:

-   -   W¹ of Formula (XLIII) is selected from O, S, N—R^(A), or        C(R^(8a))(R^(8b));    -   W² of Formula (XLIII) is selected from O, S, N—R^(A), or        C(R^(8c))(R^(8d)); provided that W¹ and W² are not both O, or        both S;    -   R¹ of Formula (XLIII) is selected from H, C₁-C₆alkyl,        C₃-C₆cycloalkyl, —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted        C₃-C₆cycloalkyl), substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted        or unsubstituted heteroaryl, —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or        unsubstituted aryl), or —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or        unsubstituted heteroaryl);    -   when X¹ of Formula (XLIII) is selected from N—R^(A), S, S(O), or        S(O)₂, then X² of Formula (XLIII) is CR²CR^(2d), and X³ of        Formula (XLIII) is CR^(2a)R^(2b);    -   or:    -   when X¹ of Formula (XLIII) is O, then X² of Formula (XLIII) is        selected from O, N—R^(A), S, S(O), or S(O)₂, and X³ of        Formula (XLIII) is CR^(2a)R^(2b);    -   or:    -   when X¹ of Formula (XLIII) is CR^(2e)R^(2f) and X² of        Formula (XLIII) is CR²CR^(2d), and R^(2e) and R^(2c) together        form a bond, and X³ of Formula (XLIII) is CR^(2a)R^(2b);    -   or:    -   X¹ and X² of Formula (XLIII) are independently selected from C        and N, and are members of a fused substituted or unsubstituted        saturated or partially saturated 3-10 membered cycloalkyl ring,        a fused substituted or unsubstituted saturated or partially        saturated 3-10 membered heterocycloalkyl ring, a fused        substituted or unsubstituted 5-10 membered aryl ring, or a fused        substituted or unsubstituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl ring, and        X³ of Formula (XLIII) is CR^(2a)R^(2b);    -   or:    -   X² and X³ of Formula (XLIII) are independently selected from C        and N. and are members of a fused substituted or unsubstituted        saturated or partially saturated 3-10 membered cycloalkyl ring,        a fused substituted or unsubstituted saturated or partially        saturated 3-10 membered heterocycloalkyl ring, a fused        substituted or unsubstituted 5-10 membered aryl ring, or a fused        substituted or unsubstituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl ring, and        X¹ of Formula (VLII) is CR^(2e)R^(2f);    -   R^(A) of N—R^(A) is H, C₁-C₆alkyl, —C(═O)C₁-C₂alkyl, substituted        or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted        heteroaryl;    -   R^(2a), R^(2b), R^(2c), R^(2d), R^(2e), and R^(2f) of        CR^(2C)R^(2d), CR^(2a)R^(2b) and CR^(2e)R^(2f) are independently        selected from H, substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl,        substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆heteroalkyl, substituted or        unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted        C₂-C₅heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,        substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl,        —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl),        —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted        C₂-C₅heterocycloalkyl), —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or        unsubstituted aryl), —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted        heteroaryl) and —C(═O)R^(B);    -   R^(B) of —C(═O)R^(B) is substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl,        substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl, substituted or        unsubstituted C₂-C₅heterocycloalkyl, substituted or        unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl,        —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl),        —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted        C₂-C₅heterocycloalkyl), —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or        unsubstituted aryl), —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted        heteroaryl), or —NR^(D)R^(E);    -   R^(D) and R^(E) of NR^(D)R^(E) are independently selected from        H, substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted or        unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted        C₂-C₅heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,        substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, —C₁-C₆alkyl-        (substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl),        —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted        C₂-C₅heterocycloalkyl), —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or        unsubstituted aryl), or —C₁-C₆alkyl- (substituted or        unsubstituted heteroaryl);    -   m of Formula (XLIII) is 0, 1 or 2;    -   —U— of Formula (XLIII) is —NHC(═O)—, —C(═O)NH—, —NHS(═O)₂—,        —S(═O)₂NH—, —NHC(═O)NH—, —NH(C═O)O—, —O(C═O)NH—, or        —NHS(═O)₂NH—;    -   R³ of Formula (XLIII) is C₁-C₃alkyl, or C₁-C₃fluoroalkyl;    -   R⁴ of Formula (XLIII) is —NHR⁵, —N(R⁵)₂, —N+(R⁵)₃ or —OR⁵;    -   each R⁵ of —NHR⁵, —N(R⁵)₂, —N+(R⁵)₃ and —OR⁵ is independently        selected from H, C₁-C₃alkyl, C₁-C₃haloalkyl, C₁-C₃heteroalkyl        and —C₁-C₃alkyl-(C₃-C₅cycloalkyl);    -   or:    -   R³ and R⁵ of Formula (XLIII) together with the atoms to which        they are attached form a substituted or unsubstituted 5-7        membered ring;    -   or:    -   R³ of Formula (XLIII) is bonded to a nitrogen atom of U to form        a substituted or unsubstituted 5-7 membered ring;    -   R⁶ of Formula (XLIII) is selected from —NHC(═O)R⁷, —C(═O)NHR⁷,        —NHS(═O)2R⁷, —S(═O)₂NHR⁷; —NHC(═O)NHR⁷, —NHS(═O)₂NHR⁷,        —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-NHC(═O)R⁷, —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-C(═O)NHR⁷,        —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-NHS(═O)₂R⁷, —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-S(═O)₂NHR⁷;        —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-NHC(═O)NHR⁷, —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-NHS(═O)₂NHR⁷,        substituted or unsubstituted C₂-C₁₀heterocycloalkyl, or        substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;    -   each R⁷ of —NHC(═O)R⁷, —C(═O)NHR⁷, —NHS(═O)2R⁷, —S(═O)₂NHR⁷;        —NHC(═O)NHR⁷, NHS(═O)₂NHR⁷, —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-NHC(═O)R⁷,        —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-C(═O)NHR⁷, —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-NHS(═O)2R⁷,        —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-S(═O)2NHR⁷; —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-NHC(═O)NHR⁷,        —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-NHS(═O)2NHR⁷ is independently selected from        C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₁-C₆heteroalkyl, a substituted or        unsubstituted C3-C10cycloalkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted        C₂-C₁₀heterocycloalkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a        substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl,        —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₁₀cycloalkyl),        —C₁-C₆alkyl- (substituted or unsubstituted        C2-C10heterocycloalkyl, —C1-C6alkyl-(substituted or        unsubstituted aryl), —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted        heteroaryl), —(CH2)_(p)-CH(substituted or unsubstituted aryl)2,        —(CH₂)_(p)—CH(substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl)2,        —(CH₂)_(p)—CH(substituted or unsubstituted aryl)(substituted or        unsubstituted heteroaryl), -(substituted or unsubstituted        aryl)-(substituted or unsubstituted aryl), -(substituted or        unsubstituted aryl)-(substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl),        -(substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl)-(substituted or        unsubstituted aryl), or -(substituted or unsubstituted        heteroaryl)-(substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl);    -   p of R⁷ is 0, 1 or 2;    -   R^(8a), R^(8b), R^(8c), and R^(8d) of C(R^(8a))(R^(8b)) and        C(R^(8c))(R^(8d)) are independently selected from H, C₁-C₆alkyl,        C₁-C₆fluoroalkyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆heteroalkyl, and        substituted or unsubstituted aryl;    -   or:    -   R^(8a) and R^(8d) are as defined above, and R^(8b) and R^(8c)        together form a bond;    -   or:    -   R^(8a) and R^(8d) are as defined above, and R^(8b) and R^(8c)        together with the atoms to which they are attached form a        substituted or unsubstituted fused 5-7 membered saturated, or        partially saturated carbocyclic ring or heterocyclic ring        comprising 1-3 heteroatoms selected from S, O and N, a        substituted or unsubstituted fused 5-10 membered aryl ring, or a        substituted or unsubstituted fused 5-10 membered heteroaryl ring        comprising 1-3 heteroatoms selected from S, O and N;    -   or:    -   R^(8c) and R^(8d) are as defined above, and R^(8a) and R^(8b)        together with the atoms to which they are attached form a        substituted or unsubstituted saturated, or partially saturated        3-7 membered spirocycle or heterospirocycle comprising 1-3        heteroatoms selected from S, O and N;    -   or:    -   R^(8a) and R^(8b) are as defined above, and R^(8c) and R^(8d)        together with the atoms to which they are attached form a        substituted or unsubstituted saturated, or partially saturated        3-7 membered spirocycle or heterospirocycle comprising 1-3        heteroatoms selected from S, O and N;    -   where each substituted alkyl, heteroalkyl, fused ring,        spirocycle, heterospirocycle, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl        or heteroaryl is substituted with 1-3 R⁹; and    -   each R⁹ of R^(8a), R^(8b), R^(8c) and R^(8d) is independently        selected from halogen, —OH, —SH, (C═O), CN, C₁-C₄alkyl,        C1-C4fluoroalkyl, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, C₁-C₄ fluoroalkoxy, —NH₂,        —NH(C₁-C₄alkyl), —NH(C₁-C₄alkyl)₂, —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)NH₂,        —C(═O)C₁-C₃alkyl, —S(═O)₂CH₃, —NH(C₁-C₄alkyl)-OH,        —NH(C₁-C₄alkyl)-O—(C₁-C₄alkyl), —O(C₁-C₄alkyl)-NH2;        —O(C₁-C₄alkyl)-NH—(C₁-C₄alkyl), and        —O(C₁-C₄alkyl)-N—(C₁-C₄alkyl)₂, or two R⁹ together with the        atoms to which they are attached form a methylene dioxy or        ethylene dioxy ring substituted or unsubstituted with halogen,        —OH, or C₁-C₃alkyl.

In any of the compounds described herein, the ILM can have the structureof Formula (XLIV), which is derived from the IAP ligands described in WOPub. No. 2013/071039, or an unnatural mimetic thereof:

wherein:

-   -   W¹ of Formula (XLIV) is selected from O, S, N—R^(A), or        C(R^(8a))(R^(8b));    -   W² of Formula (XLIV) is selected from O, S, N—R^(A), or        C(R^(8c))(R^(8d)); provided that W¹ and W² are not both O, or        both S;    -   W³ of Formula (XLIV) is selected from O, S, N—R^(A), or        C(R^(8c))(R^(8f)), providing that the ring comprising W¹, W²,        and W³ does not comprise two adjacent oxygen atoms or sulfur        atoms;    -   R¹ of Formula (XLIV) is selected from H, C₁-C₆alkyl,        C₃-C₆cycloalkyl, —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted        C₃-C₆cycloalkyl), substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted        or unsubstituted heteroaryl, —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or        unsubstituted aryl), or —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or        unsubstituted heteroaryl);    -   when X¹ of Formula (XLIV) is O, then X² of Formula (XLIV) is        selected from CR²CR^(2d) and N—R^(A), and X³ of Formula (XLIV)        is CR^(2a)R^(2b);    -   or:    -   when X¹ of Formula (XLIV) is CH₂, then X² of Formula (XLIV) is        selected from O, N—R^(A), S, S(O), or S(O)₂, and X³ of        Formula (XLIV) is CR^(2a)R^(2b);    -   or:    -   when X¹ of Formula (XLIV) is CR^(2e)R^(2f) and X² of        Formula (XLIV) is CR²CR^(2d), and R^(2e) and R^(2c) together        form a bond, and X³ of Formula (VLIV) is CR^(2a)R^(2b);    -   or:    -   X¹ and X³ of Formula (XLIV) are both CH₂ and X² of        Formula (XLII) is C=0, C═C(R^(C))2, or C═NR^(C); where each        R^(C) is independently selected from H, —CN, —OH, alkoxy,        substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted or        unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted        C₂-C₅heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,        substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl,        —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl),        —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted        C₂-C₅heterocycloalkyl), —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or        unsubstituted aryl), or —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or        unsubstituted heteroaryl);    -   or:    -   X¹ and X² of Formula (XLIV) are independently selected from C        and N, and are members of a fused substituted or unsubstituted        saturated or partially saturated 3-10 membered cycloalkyl ring,        a fused substituted or unsubstituted saturated or partially        saturated 3-10 membered heterocycloalkyl ring, a fused        substituted or unsubstituted 5-10 membered aryl ring, or a fused        substituted or unsubstituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl ring, and        X³ of Formula (XLIV) is CR^(2a)R^(2b);    -   or:    -   X² and X³ of Formula (XLIV) are independently selected from C        and N. and are members of a fused substituted or unsubstituted        saturated or partially saturated 3-10 membered cycloalkyl ring,        a fused substituted or unsubstituted saturated or partially        saturated 3-10 membered heterocycloalkyl ring, a fused        substituted or unsubstituted 5-10 membered aryl ring, or a fused        substituted or unsubstituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl ring, and        X¹ of Formula (VLIV) is CR^(2e)R^(2f);    -   R^(A) of N—R^(A) is selected from H, C₁-C₆alkyl,        —C(═O)C₁-C₂alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or        substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;    -   R^(2a), R^(2b), R^(2c), R^(2d), R^(2e), and R^(2f) of        CR^(2C)R^(2d), CR^(2a)R^(2b) and CR^(2e)R^(2f) are independently        selected from H, substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl,        substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆heteroalkyl, substituted or        unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted        C₂-C₅heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,        substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl,        —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl),        —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted        C₂-C₅heterocycloalkyl), —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or        unsubstituted aryl), —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted        heteroaryl) and —C(═O)R^(B);    -   R^(B) of —C(═O)R^(B) is selected from substituted or        unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted        C₃-C₆cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted        C₂-C₅heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,        substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl,        —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl),        —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted        C₂-C₅heterocycloalkyl), —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or        unsubstituted aryl), —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted        heteroaryl), or —NR^(D)R^(E);    -   R^(D) and R^(E) of NR^(D)R^(E) are independently selected from        H, substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted or        unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted        C₂-C₅heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,        substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, —C₁-C₆alkyl-        (substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl),        —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted        C₂-C₅heterocycloalkyl), —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or        unsubstituted aryl), or —C₁-C₆alkyl- (substituted or        unsubstituted heteroaryl);    -   m of Formula (XLIV) is selected from 0, 1 or 2;    -   —U— of Formula (XLIV) is selected from —NHC(═O)—, —C(═O)NH—,        —NHS(═O)₂—, —S(═O)₂NH—, —NHC(═O)NH—, —NH(C═O)O—, —O(C═O)NH—, or        —NHS(═O)₂NH—;    -   R³ of Formula (XLIV) is selected from C₁-C₃alkyl, or        C₁-C₃fluoroalkyl;    -   R⁴ of Formula (XLIV) is selected from —NHR⁵, —N(R⁵)₂, —N+(R⁵)₃        or —OR⁵;    -   each R⁵ of —NHR⁵, —N(R⁵)₂, —N+(R⁵)₃ and —OR⁵ is independently        selected from H, C₁-C₃alkyl, C₁-C₃haloalkyl, C₁-C₃heteroalkyl        and —C₁-C₃alkyl-(C₃-C₅cycloalkyl);    -   or:    -   R³ and R⁵ of Formula (XLIV) together with the atoms to which        they are attached form a substituted or unsubstituted 5-7        membered ring;    -   or:    -   R³ of Formula (XLIII) is bonded to a nitrogen atom of U to form        a substituted or unsubstituted 5-7 membered ring;    -   R⁶ of Formula (XLIII) is selected from —NHC(═O)R⁷, —C(═O)NHR⁷,        —NHS(═O)2R⁷, —S(═O)₂NHR⁷; —NHC(═O)NHR⁷, —NHS(═O)₂NHR⁷,        —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-NHC(═O)R⁷, —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-C(═O)NHR⁷,        —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-NHS(═O)₂R⁷, —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-S(═O)₂NHR⁷;        —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-NHC(═O)NHR⁷, —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-NHS(═O)₂NHR⁷,        substituted or unsubstituted C₂-C₁₀heterocycloalkyl, or        substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;    -   each R⁷ of —NHC(═O)R⁷, —C(═O)NHR⁷, —NHS(═O)2R⁷, —S(═O)₂NHR⁷;        —NHC(═O)NHR⁷, NHS(═O)₂NHR⁷, —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-NHC(═O)R⁷,        —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-C(═O)NHR⁷, —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-NHS(═O)2R⁷,        —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-S(═O)2NHR⁷; —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-NHC(═O)NHR⁷,        —(C₁-C₃alkyl)-NHS(═O)2NHR⁷ is independently selected from        C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₁-C₆heteroalkyl, a substituted or        unsubstituted C3-C10cycloalkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted        C₂-C₁₀heterocycloalkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a        substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl,        —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₁₀cycloalkyl),        —C₁-C₆alkyl- (substituted or unsubstituted        C2-C10heterocycloalkyl, —C1-C6alkyl-(substituted or        unsubstituted aryl), —C₁-C₆alkyl-(substituted or unsubstituted        heteroaryl), —(CH2)_(p)-CH(substituted or unsubstituted aryl)2,        —(CH₂)_(p)—CH(substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl)2,        —(CH₂)_(p)—CH(substituted or unsubstituted aryl)(substituted or        unsubstituted heteroaryl), -(substituted or unsubstituted        aryl)-(substituted or unsubstituted aryl), -(substituted or        unsubstituted aryl)-(substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl),        -(substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl)-(substituted or        unsubstituted aryl), or -(substituted or unsubstituted        heteroaryl)-(substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl);    -   p of R⁷ is selected from 0, 1 or 2;    -   R^(8a), R^(8b), R^(8c), R^(8d), R^(8e), and R^(8f) of        C(R^(8a))(R^(8b)), C(R^(8c))(R^(8d)) and C(R^(8e))(R^(8f)) are        independently selected from H, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆fluoroalkyl,        C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆heteroalkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted        aryl;    -   or:    -   R^(8a), R^(8d), R^(8e), and R^(8f) of C(R^(8a))(R^(8b)),        C(R^(8c))(R^(8d)) and C(R^(8e))(R^(8f)) are as defined above,        and R^(8b) and R^(8c) together form a bond;    -   or:    -   R^(8a), R^(8b), R^(8d), and R^(8f) of C(R^(8a))(R^(8b)),        C(R^(8c))(R^(8d)) and C(R^(8e))(R^(8f)) are as defined above,        and R^(8c) and R^(8e) together form a bond; or: R^(8a), R^(8d),        R^(8e), and R^(8f) of C(R^(8a))(R^(8b)), C(R^(8c))(R^(8d)) and        C(R^(8e))(R^(8f)) are as defined above, and R^(8b) and R^(8c)        together with the atoms to which they are attached form a        substituted or unsubstituted fused 5-7 membered saturated, or        partially saturated carbocyclic ring or heterocyclic ring        comprising 1-3 heteroatoms selected from S, O and N, a        substituted or unsubstituted fused 5-10 membered aryl ring, or a        substituted or unsubstituted fused 5-10 membered heteroaryl ring        comprising 1-3 heteroatoms selected from S, O and N;    -   or:    -   R^(8a), R^(8b), R^(8d), and R^(8f) of C(R^(8a))(R^(8b)),        C(R^(8c))(R^(8d)) and C(R^(8e))(R^(8f)) are as defined above,        and R^(8c) and R^(8e) together with the atoms to which they are        attached form a substituted or unsubstituted fused 5-7 membered        saturated, or partially saturated carbocyclic ring or        heterocyclic ring comprising 1-3 heteroatoms selected from S, O        and N, a substituted or unsubstituted fused 5-10 membered aryl        ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted fused 5-10 membered        heteroaryl ring comprising 1-3 heteroatoms selected from S, O        and N;    -   or:    -   R^(8c), R^(8d), R^(8e), and R^(8f) of C(R^(8c))(R^(8d)) and        C(R^(8e))(R^(8f)) are as defined above, and R^(8a) and R^(8b)        together with the atoms to which they are attached form a        substituted or unsubstituted saturated, or partially saturated        3-7 membered spirocycle or heterospirocycle comprising 1-3        heteroatoms selected from S, O and N;    -   or:    -   R^(8a), R^(8b), R^(8e), and R^(8f) of C(R^(8a))(R^(8b)) and        C(R^(8e))(R^(8f)) are as defined above, and R^(8c) and R^(8d)        together with the atoms to which they are attached form a        substituted or unsubstituted saturated, or partially saturated        3-7 membered spirocycle or heterospirocycle comprising 1-3        heteroatoms selected from S, O and N;    -   or:    -   R^(8a), R^(8b), R^(8c), and R^(8d) of C(R^(8a))(R^(8b)) and        C(R^(8c))(R^(8d)) are as defined above, and R^(8e) and R^(8f)        together with the atoms to which they are attached form a        substituted or unsubstituted saturated, or partially saturated        3-7 membered spirocycle or heterospirocycle comprising 1-3        heteroatoms selected from S, O and N;    -   or:    -   where each substituted alkyl, heteroalkyl, fused ring,        spirocycle, heterospirocycle, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl        or heteroaryl is substituted with 1-3 R⁹; and    -   each R⁹ of R^(8a), R^(8b), R^(8c), R^(8d), R^(8e), and R^(8f) is        independently selected from halogen, —OH, —SH, (C═O), CN,        C₁-C₄alkyl, C1-C4fluoroalkyl, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, C₁-C₄ fluoroalkoxy,        —NH₂, —NH(C₁-C₄alkyl), —NH(C₁-C₄alkyl)₂, —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)NH₂,        —C(═O)C₁-C₃alkyl, —S(═O)₂CH₃, —NH(C₁-C₄alkyl)-OH,        —NH(C₁-C₄alkyl)-O—(C₁-C₄alkyl), —O(C₁-C₄alkyl)-NH2;        —O(C₁-C₄alkyl)-NH—(C₁-C₄alkyl), and        —O(C₁-C₄alkyl)-N—(C₁-C₄alkyl)₂, or two R⁹ together with the        atoms to which they are attached form a methylene dioxy or        ethylene dioxy ring substituted or unsubstituted with halogen,        —OH, or C₁-C₃alkyl.

In any of the compounds described herein, the ILM can have the structureof Formula (XLV), (XLVI) or (XLVII), which is derived from the IAPligands described in Vamos, M., et al., Expedient synthesis of highlypotent antagonists of inhibitor of apoptosis proteins (IAPs) with uniqueselectivity for ML-IAP, ACS Chem. Biol., 8(4), 725-32 (2013), or anunnatural mimetic thereof:

wherein

-   -   R², R³ and R of Formula (XLV) are independently selected from H        or ME;    -   X of Formula (XLV) is independently selected from 0 or S; and    -   R¹ of Formula (XLV) is selected from:

In a particular embodiment, the ILM has a structure according to Formula(XLVIII):

wherein R³ and R⁴ of Formula (XLVIII) are independently selected from Hor ME;

is a 5-member heterocycle selected from:

In a particular embodiment, the

of Formula XLVIII) is

In a particular embodiment, the ILM has a structure and attached to alinker group L as shown below:

In a particular embodiment, the ILM has a structure according to Formula(XLIX), (L), or (LI):

wherein:R³ of Formula (XLIX), (L) or (LI) are independently selected from H orME;

is a 5-member heterocycle selected from:

andL of Formula (XLIX), (L) or (LI) is selected from:

In a particular embodiment, L of Formula (XLIX), (L), or (LI)

In a particular embodiment, the ILM has a structure according to Formula(LII):

In a particular embodiment, the ILM according to Formula (LII) ischemically linked to the linker group L in the area denoted with

and as shown below:

In any of the compounds described herein, the ILM can have the structureof Formula (LIII) or (LIV), which is based on the IAP ligands describedin Hennessy, E J, et al., Discovery of aminopiperidine-based Smacmimetics as IAP antagonists, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett., 22(4), 1960-4(2012), or an unnatural mimetic thereof:

wherein:

-   -   R¹ of Formulas (LIII) and (LIV) is selected from:

-   -   R² of Formulas (LIII) and (LIV) is selected from H or Me;    -   R³ of Formulas (LIII) and (LIV) is selected from:

-   -   X of is selected from H, halogen, methyl, methoxy, hydroxy,        nitro or trifluoromethyl.

In any of the compounds described herein, the ILM can have the structureof and be chemically linked to the linker as shown in Formula (LV) or(LVI), or an unnatural mimetic thereof:

In any of the compounds described herein, the ILM can have the structureof Formula (LVII), which is based on the IAP ligands described in Cohen,F, et al., Orally bioavailable antagonists of inhibitor of apoptosisproteins based on an azabicyclooctane scaffold, J. Med. Chem., 52(6),1723-30 (2009), or an unnatural mimetic thereof:

wherein:

-   -   R1 of Formulas (LVII) is selected from:

-   -   X of

is selected from H, fluoro, methyl or methoxy.

In a particular embodiment, the ILM is represented by the followingstructure:

In a particular embodiment, the ILM is selected from the groupconsisting of, and which the chemical link between the ILM and linkergroup L is shown:

In any of the compounds described herein, the ILM is selected from thegroup consisting of the structures below, which are based on the IAPligands described in Asano, M, et al., Design, sterioselectivesynthesis, and biological evaluation of novel tri-cyclic compounds asinhibitor of apoptosis proteins (IAP) antagonists, Bioorg. Med. Chem.,21(18): 5725-37 (2013), or an unnatural mimetic thereof:

In a particular embodiment, the ILM is selected from the groupconsisting of, and which the chemical link between the ILM and linkergroup L is shown:

In any of the compounds described herein, the ILM can have the structureof Formula (LVIII), which is based on the IAP ligands described inAsano, M, et al., Design, sterioselective synthesis, and biologicalevaluation of novel tri-cyclic compounds as inhibitor of apoptosisproteins (IAP) antagonists, Bioorg. Med. Chem., 21(18): 5725-37 (2013),or an unnatural mimetic thereof:

wherein X of Formula (LVIII) is one or two substituents independentlyselected from H, halogen or cyano.

In any of the compounds described herein, the ILM can have the structureof and be chemically linked to the linker group L as shown in Formula(LIX) or (LX), or an unnatural mimetic thereof:

wherein X of Formula (LIX) and (LX) is one or two substituentsindependently selected from H, halogen or cyano, and; and L of Formulas(LIX) and (LX) is a linker group as described herein.

In any of the compounds described herein, the ILM can have the structureof Formula (LXI), which is based on the IAP ligands described inArdecky, R J, et al., Design, synthesis and evaluation of inhibitor ofapoptosis (IAP) antagonists that are highly selective for the BIR2domain of XIAP, Bioorg. Med. Chem., 23(14): 4253-7 (2013), or anunnatural mimetic thereof:

wherein:

of Formula (LXI) is a natural or unnatural amino acid; andR² of Formula (LXI) is selected from:

In any of the compounds described herein, the ILM can have the structureof and be chemically linked to the linker group L as shown in Formula(LXII) or (LLXIII), or an unnatural mimetic thereof:

of Formula (LXI) is a natural or unnatural amino acid; andL of Formula (LXI) is a linker group as described herein.

In any of the compounds described herein, the ILM can have the structureselected from the group consisting of, which is based on the IAP ligandsdescribed in Wang, J, et al., Discovery of novel secondmitochondrial-derived activator of caspase mimetics as selectiveinhibitor or apoptosis protein inhibitors, J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther.,349(2): 319-29 (2014), or an unnatural mimetic thereof:

In any of the compounds described herein, the ILM has a structureaccording to Formula (LXIX), which is based on the IAP ligands describedin Hird, A W, et al., Structure-based design and synthesis of tricyclicIAP (Inhibitors of Apoptosis Proteins) inhibitors, Bioorg. Med. Chem.Lett., 24(7): 1820-4 (2014), or an unnatural mimetic thereof:

wherein R of Formula LIX is selected from the group consisting of:

R1 of

is selected from H or Me;

R2 of

is selected from alkyl or cycloalkyl;

X of

is 1-2 substitutents independently selected from halogen, hydroxy,methoxy, nitro and trifluoromethyl

Z of

is O or NH; HET of

is mono- or fused bicyclic heteroaryl; and

of Formula (LIX) is an optional double bond.

In a particular embodiment, the ILM of the compound has a chemicalstructure as represented by:

In a particular embodiment, the ILM of the compound has a chemicalstructure selected from the group consisting of:

The term “independently” is used herein to indicate that the variable,which is independently applied, varies independently from application toapplication.

The term “alkyl” shall mean within its context a linear, branch-chainedor cyclic fully saturated hydrocarbon radical or alkyl group, preferablya C₁-C₁₀, more preferably a C₁-C₆, alternatively a C₁-C₃ alkyl group,which may be optionally substituted. Examples of alkyl groups aremethyl, ethyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, n-nonyl,n-decyl, isopropyl, 2-methylpropyl, cyclopropyl, cyclo-propylmethyl,cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopentylethyl, cyclohexylethyl andcyclohexyl, among others. In certain embodiments, the alkyl group isend-capped with a halogen group (At, Br, Cl, F, or I). In certainpreferred embodiments, compounds according to the present disclosurewhich may be used to covalently bind to dehalogenase enzymes. Thesecompounds generally contain a side chain (often linked through apolyethylene glycol group) which terminates in an alkyl group which hasa halogen substituent (often chlorine or bromine) on its distal endwhich results in covalent binding of the compound containing such amoiety to the protein.

The term “Alkenyl” refers to linear, branch-chained or cyclic C₂-C₁₀(preferably C₂-C₆) hydrocarbon radicals containing at least one C═Cbond.

The term “Alkynyl” refers to linear, branch-chained or cyclic C₂-C₁₀(preferably C₂-C₆) hydrocarbon radicals containing at least one C≡Cbond.

The term “alkylene” when used, refers to a —(CH₂)_(n)— group (n is aninteger generally from 0-6), which may be optionally substituted. Whensubstituted, the alkylene group preferably is substituted on one or moreof the methylene groups with a C₁-C₆ alkyl group (including acyclopropyl group or a t-butyl group), but may also be substituted withone or more halo groups, preferably from 1 to 3 halo groups or one ortwo hydroxyl groups, O—(C₁-C₆ alkyl) groups or amino acid sidechains asotherwise disclosed herein. In certain embodiments, an alkylene groupmay be substituted with a urethane or alkoxy group (or other group)which is further substituted with a polyethylene glycol chain (of from 1to 10, preferably 1 to 6, often 1 to 4 ethylene glycol units) to whichis substituted (preferably, but not exclusively on the distal end of thepolyethylene glycol chain) an alkyl chain substituted with a singlehalogen group, preferably a chlorine group. In still other embodiments,the alkylene (often, a methylene) group, may be substituted with anamino acid sidechain group such as a sidechain group of a natural orunnatural amino acid, for example, alanine, β-alanine, arginine,asparagine, aspartic acid, cysteine, cystine, glutamic acid, glutamine,glycine, phenylalanine, histidine, isoleucine, lysine, leucine,methionine, proline, serine, threonine, valine, tryptophan or tyrosine.

The term “unsubstituted” shall mean substituted only with hydrogenatoms. A range of carbon atoms which includes C₀ means that carbon isabsent and is replaced with H. Thus, a range of carbon atoms which isC₀-C₆ includes carbons atoms of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 and for C₀, H standsin place of carbon.

The term “substituted” or “optionally substituted” shall meanindependently (i.e., where more than substituent occurs, eachsubstituent is independent of another substituent) one or moresubstituents (independently up to five substitutents, preferably up tothree substituents, often 1 or 2 substituents on a moiety in a compoundaccording to the present disclosure and may include substituents whichthemselves may be further substituted) at a carbon (or nitrogen)position anywhere on a molecule within context, and includes assubstituents hydroxyl, thiol, carboxyl, cyano (C≡N), nitro (NO₂),halogen (preferably, 1, 2 or 3 halogens, especially on an alkyl,especially a methyl group such as a trifluoromethyl), an alkyl group(preferably, C₁-C₁₀, more preferably, C₁-C₆), aryl (especially phenyland substituted phenyl for example benzyl or benzoyl), alkoxy group(preferably, C₁-C₆ alkyl or aryl, including phenyl and substitutedphenyl), thioether (C₁-C₆ alkyl or aryl), acyl (preferably, C₁-C₆ acyl),ester or thioester (preferably, C₁-C₆ alkyl or aryl) including alkyleneester (such that attachment is on the alkylene group, rather than at theester function which is preferably substituted with a C₁-C₆ alkyl oraryl group), preferably, C₁-C₆ alkyl or aryl, halogen (preferably, F orCl), amine (including a five- or six-membered cyclic alkylene amine,further including a C₁-C₆ alkyl amine or a C₁-C₆ dialkyl amine whichalkyl groups may be substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups) or anoptionally substituted —N(C₀-C₆ alkyl)C(O)(O—C₁-C₆ alkyl) group (whichmay be optionally substituted with a polyethylene glycol chain to whichis further bound an alkyl group containing a single halogen, preferablychlorine substituent), hydrazine, amido, which is preferably substitutedwith one or two C₁-C₆ alkyl groups (including a carboxamide which isoptionally substituted with one or two C₁-C₆ alkyl groups), alkanol(preferably, C₁-C₆ alkyl or aryl), or alkanoic acid (preferably, C₁-C₆alkyl or aryl). Substituents according to the present disclosure mayinclude, for example —SiR₁R₂R₃ groups where each of R₁ and R₂ is asotherwise described herein and R₃ is H or a C₁-C₆ alkyl group,preferably R₁, R₂, R₃ in this context is a C₁-C₃ alkyl group (includingan isopropyl or t-butyl group). Each of the above-described groups maybe linked directly to the substituted moiety or alternatively, thesubstituent may be linked to the substituted moiety (preferably in thecase of an aryl or heteraryl moiety) through an optionally substituted—(CH₂)_(m)— or alternatively an optionally substituted —(OCH₂)_(m)—,—(OCH₂CH₂)_(m)— or —(CH₂CH₂O)_(m)— group, which may be substituted withany one or more of the above-described substituents. Alkylene groups—(CH₂)_(m)— or —(CH₂)_(n)— groups or other chains such as ethyleneglycol chains, as identified above, may be substituted anywhere on thechain. Preferred substitutents on alkylene groups include halogen orC₁-C₆ (preferably C₁-C₃) alkyl groups, which may be optionallysubstituted with one or two hydroxyl groups, one or two ether groups(0-C₁-C₆ groups), up to three halo groups (preferably F), or a sidechainof an amino acid as otherwise described herein and optionallysubstituted amide (preferably carboxamide substituted as describedabove) or urethane groups (often with one or two C₀-C₆ alkylsubstitutents, which group(s) may be further substituted). In certainembodiments, the alkylene group (often a single methylene group) issubstituted with one or two optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl groups,preferably C₁-C₄ alkyl group, most often methyl or O-methyl groups or asidechain of an amino acid as otherwise described herein. In the presentdisclosure, a moiety in a molecule may be optionally substituted with upto five substituents, preferably up to three substituents. Most often,in the present disclosure moieties which are substituted are substitutedwith one or two substituents.

The term “substituted” (each substituent being independent of any othersubstituent) shall also mean within its context of use C₁-C₆ alkyl,C₁-C₆ alkoxy, halogen, amido, carboxamido, sulfone, includingsulfonamide, keto, carboxy, C₁-C₆ ester (oxyester or carbonylester),C₁-C₆ keto, urethane —O—C(O)—NR₁R₂ or —N(R₁)—C(O)—O—R₁, nitro, cyano andamine (especially including a C₁-C₆ alkylene-NR₁R₂, a mono- or di-C₁-C₆alkyl substituted amines which may be optionally substituted with one ortwo hydroxyl groups). Each of these groups contain unless otherwiseindicated, within context, between 1 and 6 carbon atoms. In certainembodiments, preferred substituents will include for example, —NH—,—NHC(O)—, —O—, ═O, —(CH₂)_(m)— (here, m and n are in context, 1, 2, 3,4, 5 or 6), —S—, —S(O)—, SO₂— or —NH—C(O)—NH—, —(CH₂)_(n)OH,—(CH₂)_(n)SH, —(CH₂)_(n)COOH, C₁-C₆ alkyl, —(CH₂)_(n)O—(C₁-C₆ alkyl),—(CH₂)_(n)C(O)—(C₁-C₆ alkyl), —(CH₂)_(n)OC(O)—(C₁-C₆ alkyl),—(CH₂)_(n)C(O)O—(C₁-C₆ alkyl), —(CH₂)_(n)NHC(O)—R₁,—(CH₂)_(n)C(O)—NR₁R₂, —(OCH₂)_(n)OH, —(CH₂O)_(n)COOH, C₁-C₆ alkyl,—(OCH₂)_(n)O—(C₁-C₆ alkyl), (CH₂O)_(n)C(O)—(C₁-C₆ alkyl),—(OCH₂)_(n)NHC(O)—R₁, —(CH₂O)_(n)C(O)—NR₁R₂, —S(O)₂—R_(S), —S(O)—R_(S)(R_(S) is C₁—C₆ alkyl or a —(CH₂)_(m)—NR₁R₂ group), NO₂, CN or halogen(F, Cl, Br, I, preferably F or Cl), depending on the context of the useof the substituent. R₁ and R₂ are each, within context, H or a C₁-C₆alkyl group (which may be optionally substituted with one or twohydroxyl groups or up to three halogen groups, preferably fluorine). Theterm “substituted” shall also mean, within the chemical context of thecompound defined and substituent used, an optionally substituted aryl orheteroaryl group or an optionally substituted heterocyclic group asotherwise described herein. Alkylene groups may also be substituted asotherwise disclosed herein, preferably with optionally substituted C₁-C₆alkyl groups (methyl, ethyl or hydroxymethyl or hydroxyethyl ispreferred, thus providing a chiral center), a sidechain of an amino acidgroup as otherwise described herein, an amido group as describedhereinabove, or a urethane group O—C(O)—NR₁R₂ group where R₁ and R₂ areas otherwise described herein, although numerous other groups may alsobe used as substituents. Various optionally substituted moieties may besubstituted with 3 or more substituents, preferably no more than 3substituents and preferably with 1 or 2 substituents. It is noted thatin instances where, in a compound at a particular position of themolecule substitution is required (principally, because of valency), butno substitution is indicated, then that substituent is construed orunderstood to be H, unless the context of the substitution suggestsotherwise.

The term “aryl” or “aromatic”, in context, refers to a substituted (asotherwise described herein) or unsubstituted monovalent aromatic radicalhaving a single ring (e.g., benzene, phenyl, benzyl) or condensed rings(e.g., naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthrenyl, etc.) and can be bound tothe compound according to the present disclosure at any available stableposition on the ring(s) or as otherwise indicated in the chemicalstructure presented. Other examples of aryl groups, in context, mayinclude heterocyclic aromatic ring systems, “heteroaryl” groups havingone or more nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur atoms in the ring (moncyclic)such as imidazole, furyl, pyrrole, furanyl, thiene, thiazole, pyridine,pyrimidine, pyrazine, triazole, oxazole or fused ring systems such asindole, quinoline, indolizine, azaindolizine, benzofurazan, etc., amongothers, which may be optionally substituted as described above. Amongthe heteroaryl groups which may be mentioned include nitrogen-containingheteroaryl groups such as pyrrole, pyridine, pyridone, pyridazine,pyrimidine, pyrazine, pyrazole, imidazole, triazole, triazine,tetrazole, indole, isoindole, indolizine, azaindolizine, purine,indazole, quinoline, dihydroquinoline, tetrahydroquinoline,isoquinoline, dihydroisoquinoline, tetrahydroisoquinoline, quinolizine,phthalazine, naphthyridine, quinoxaline, quinazoline, cinnoline,pteridine, imidazopyridine, imidazotriazine, pyrazinopyridazine,acridine, phenanthridine, carbazole, carbazoline, pyrimidine,phenanthroline, phenacene, oxadiazole, benzimidazole, pyrrolopyridine,pyrrolopyrimidine and pyridopyrimidine; sulfur-containing aromaticheterocycles such as thiophene and benzothiophene; oxygen-containingaromatic heterocycles such as furan, pyran, cyclopentapyran, benzofuranand isobenzofuran; and aromatic heterocycles comprising 2 or more heteroatoms selected from among nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen, such as thiazole,thiadizole, isothiazole, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, benzothiadiazole,phenothiazine, isoxazole, furazan, phenoxazine, pyrazoloxazole,imidazothiazole, thienofuran, furopyrrole, pyridoxazine, furopyridine,furopyrimidine, thienopyrimidine and oxazole, among others, all of whichmay be optionally substituted.

The term “substituted aryl” refers to an aromatic carbocyclic groupcomprised of at least one aromatic ring or of multiple condensed ringsat least one of which being aromatic, wherein the ring(s) aresubstituted with one or more substituents. For example, an aryl groupcan comprise a substituent(s) selected from: —(CH₂)_(n)OH,—(CH₂)_(n)—O—(C₁-C₆)alkyl, —(CH₂)_(n)—O—(CH₂)_(n)—(C₁-C₆)alkyl,—(CH₂)_(n)—C(O)(C₀-C₆) alkyl, —(CH₂)_(n)—C(O)O(C₀-C₆)alkyl,—(CH₂)_(n)—OC(O)(C₀-C₆)alkyl, amine, mono- or di-(C₁-C₆ alkyl) aminewherein the alkyl group on the amine is optionally substituted with 1 or2 hydroxyl groups or up to three halo (preferably F, Cl) groups, OH,COOH, C₁-C₆ alkyl, preferably CH₃, CF₃, OMe, OCF₃, NO₂, or CN group(each of which may be substituted in ortho-, meta- and/or para-positionsof the phenyl ring, preferably para-), an optionally substituted phenylgroup (the phenyl group itself is preferably connected to a PTM group,including a ULM group, via a linker group), and/or at least one of F,Cl, OH, COOH, CH₃, CF₃, OMe, OCF₃, NO₂, or CN group (in ortho-, meta-and/or para-positions of the phenyl ring, preferably para-), a naphthylgroup, which may be optionally substituted, an optionally substitutedheteroaryl, preferably an optionally substituted isoxazole including amethylsubstituted isoxazole, an optionally substituted oxazole includinga methylsubstituted oxazole, an optionally substituted thiazoleincluding a methyl substituted thiazole, an optionally substitutedisothiazole including a methyl substituted isothiazole, an optionallysubstituted pyrrole including a methylsubstituted pyrrole, an optionallysubstituted imidazole including a methylimidazole, an optionallysubstituted benzimidazole or methoxybenzylimidazole, an optionallysubstituted oximidazole or methyloximidazole, an optionally substituteddiazole group, including a methyldiazole group, an optionallysubstituted triazole group, including a methylsubstituted triazolegroup, an optionally substituted pyridine group, including ahalo-(preferably, F) or methylsubstitutedpyridine group or anoxapyridine group (where the pyridine group is linked to the phenylgroup by an oxygen), an optionally substituted furan, an optionallysubstituted benzofuran, an optionally substituted dihydrobenzofuran, anoptionally substituted indole, indolizine or azaindolizine (2, 3, or4-azaindolizine), an optionally substituted quinoline, and combinationsthereof.

“Carboxyl” denotes the group —C(O)OR, where R is hydrogen, alkyl,substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl or substitutedheteroaryl, whereas these generic substituents have meanings which areidentical with definitions of the corresponding groups defined herein.

The term “heteroaryl” or “hetaryl” can mean but is in no way limited toan optionally substituted quinoline (which may be attached to thepharmacophore or substituted on any carbon atom within the quinolinering), an optionally substituted indole (including dihydroindole), anoptionally substituted indolizine, an optionally substitutedazaindolizine (2, 3 or 4-azaindolizine) an optionally substitutedbenzimidazole, benzodiazole, benzoxofuran, an optionally substitutedimidazole, an optionally substituted isoxazole, an optionallysubstituted oxazole (preferably methyl substituted), an optionallysubstituted diazole, an optionally substituted triazole, a tetrazole, anoptionally substituted benzofuran, an optionally substituted thiophene,an optionally substituted thiazole (preferably methyl and/or thiolsubstituted), an optionally substituted isothiazole, an optionallysubstituted triazole (preferably a 1,2,3-triazole substituted with amethyl group, a triisopropylsilyl group, an optionally substituted—(CH₂)_(m)—O—C₁-C₆ alkyl group or an optionally substituted—(CH₂)_(m)—C(O)—O—C₁-C₆ alkyl group), an optionally substituted pyridine(2-, 3, or 4-pyridine) or a group according to the chemical structure:

wherein:

-   -   S^(c) is CHR^(SS), NR^(URE), or O;    -   R^(HET) is H, CN, NO₂, halo (preferably Cl or F), optionally        substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl (preferably substituted with one or two        hydroxyl groups or up to three halo groups (e.g. CF₃),        optionally substituted O(C₁-C₆ alkyl) (preferably substituted        with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to three halo groups) or        an optionally substituted acetylenic group —C≡C—R_(a) where        R_(a) is H or a C₁-C₆ alkyl group (preferably C₁-C₃ alkyl);    -   R^(SS) is H, CN, NO₂, halo (preferably F or Cl), optionally        substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl (preferably substituted with one or two        hydroxyl groups or up to three halo groups), optionally        substituted O—(C₁-C₆ alkyl) (preferably substituted with one or        two hydroxyl groups or up to three halo groups) or an optionally        substituted —C(O)(C₁-C₆ alkyl) (preferably substituted with one        or two hydroxyl groups or up to three halo groups);    -   R^(URE) is H, a C₁-C₆ alkyl (preferably H or C₁-C₃ alkyl) or a        —C(O)(C₁-C₆ alkyl), each of which groups is optionally        substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to three        halogen, preferably fluorine groups, or an optionally        substituted heterocycle, for example piperidine, morpholine,        pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene, piperidine,        piperazine, each of which is optionally substituted, and    -   Y^(C) is N or C—R^(YC), where R^(YC) is H, OH, CN, NO₂, halo        (preferably Cl or F), optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl        (preferably substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to        three halo groups (e.g. CF₃), optionally substituted O(C₁-C₆        alkyl) (preferably substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups        or up to three halo groups) or an optionally substituted        acetylenic group —C≡C—R_(a) where R_(a) is H or a C₁-C₆ alkyl        group (preferably C₁-C₃ alkyl).

The terms “aralkyl” and “heteroarylalkyl” refer to groups that compriseboth aryl or, respectively, heteroaryl as well as alkyl and/orheteroalkyl and/or carbocyclic and/or heterocycloalkyl ring systemsaccording to the above definitions.

The term “arylalkyl” as used herein refers to an aryl group as definedabove appended to an alkyl group defined above. The arylalkyl group isattached to the parent moiety through an alkyl group wherein the alkylgroup is one to six carbon atoms. The aryl group in the arylalkyl groupmay be substituted as defined above.

The term “Heterocycle” refers to a cyclic group which contains at leastone heteroatom, e.g., N, O or S, and may be aromatic (heteroaryl) ornon-aromatic. Thus, the heteroaryl moieties are subsumed under thedefinition of heterocycle, depending on the context of its use.Exemplary heteroaryl groups are described hereinabove.

Exemplary heterocyclics include: azetidinyl, benzimidazolyl,1,4-benzodioxanyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl,benzothienyl, dihydroimidazolyl, dihydropyranyl, dihydrofuranyl,dioxanyl, dioxolanyl, ethyleneurea, 1,3-dioxolane, 1,3-dioxane,1,4-dioxane, furyl, homopiperidinyl, imidazolyl, imidazolinyl,imidazolidinyl, indolinyl, indolyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolidinyl,isothiazolyl, isoxazolidinyl, isoxazolyl, morpholinyl, naphthyridinyl,oxazolidinyl, oxazolyl, pyridone, 2-pyrrolidone, pyridine, piperazinyl,N-methylpiperazinyl, piperidinyl, phthalimide, succinimide, pyrazinyl,pyrazolinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolyl,quinolinyl tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydroquinoline,thiazolidinyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, tetrahydrothiophene, oxane, oxetanyl,oxathiolanyl, thiane among others.

Heterocyclic groups can be optionally substituted with a member selectedfrom the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl,substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl,acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy,oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, thioketo, carboxy,carboxyalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol,thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl,heteroaryloxy, heterocyclic, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino,nitro, —SO-alkyl, —SO— substituted alkyl, —SOaryl, —SO-heteroaryl,—SO2-alkyl, —SO2-substituted alkyl, —SO2-aryl, oxo (═O), and—SO2-heteroaryl. Such heterocyclic groups can have a single ring ormultiple condensed rings. Examples of nitrogen heterocycles andheteroaryls include, but are not limited to, pyrrole, imidazole,pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, indolizine,isoindole, indole, indazole, purine, quinolizine, isoquinoline,quinoline, phthalazine, naphthylpyridine, quinoxaline, quinazoline,cinnoline, pteridine, carbazole, carboline, phenanthridine, acridine,phenanthroline, isothiazole, phenazine, isoxazole, phenoxazine,phenothiazine, imidazolidine, imidazoline, piperidine, piperazine,indoline, morpholino, piperidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, and the like aswell as N-alkoxy-nitrogen containing heterocycles. The term“heterocyclic” also includes bicyclic groups in which any of theheterocyclic rings is fused to a benzene ring or a cyclohexane ring oranother heterocyclic ring (for example, indolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl,tetrahydroquinolyl, and the like).

The term “cycloalkyl” can mean but is in no way limited to univalentgroups derived from monocyclic or polycyclic alkyl groups orcycloalkanes, as defined herein, e.g., saturated monocyclic hydrocarbongroups having from three to twenty carbon atoms in the ring, including,but not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl,cycloheptyl and the like. The term “substituted cycloalkyl” can mean butis in no way limited to a monocyclic or polycyclic alkyl group and beingsubstituted by one or more substituents, for example, amino, halogen,alkyl, substituted alkyl, carbyloxy, carbylmercapto, aryl, nitro,mercapto or sulfo, whereas these generic substituent groups havemeanings which are identical with definitions of the correspondinggroups as defined in this legend.

“Heterocycloalkyl” refers to a monocyclic or polycyclic alkyl group inwhich at least one ring carbon atom of its cyclic structure beingreplaced with a heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N, O, Sor P. “Substituted heterocycloalkyl” refers to a monocyclic orpolycyclic alkyl group in which at least one ring carbon atom of itscyclic structure being replaced with a heteroatom selected from thegroup consisting of N, O, S or P and the group is containing one or moresubstituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl,substituted alkyl, carbyloxy, carbylmercapto, aryl, nitro, mercapto orsulfo, whereas these generic substituent group have meanings which areidentical with definitions of the corresponding groups as defined inthis legend.

The term “hydrocarbyl” shall mean a compound which contains carbon andhydrogen and which may be fully saturated, partially unsaturated oraromatic and includes aryl groups, alkyl groups, alkenyl groups andalkynyl groups.

The term “independently” is used herein to indicate that the variable,which is independently applied, varies independently from application toapplication.

The term “lower alkyl” refers to methyl, ethyl or propyl

The term “lower alkoxy” refers to methoxy, ethoxy or propoxy.

In any of the embodiments described herein, the W, X, Y, Z, G, G′, R,R′, R″, Q1-Q4, A, and Rn can independently be covalently coupled to alinker and/or a linker to which is attached one or more PTM, ULM, ILM orILM′ groups.

Exemplary MLMs

In certain additional embodiments, the MLM of the bifunctional compoundcomprises chemical moieties such as substituted imidazolines,substituted spiro-indolinones, substituted pyrrolidines, substitutedpiperidinones, substituted morpholinones, substitutedpyrrolopyrimidines, substituted imidazolopyridines, substitutedthiazoloimidazoline, substituted pyrrolopyrrolidinones, and substitutedisoquinolinones.

In additional embodiments, the MLM comprises the core structuresmentioned above with adjacent bis-aryl substitutions positioned as cis-or trans-configurations.

In still additional embodiments, the MLM comprises part of structuralfeatures as in RG7112, RG7388, SAR405838, AMG-232, AM-7209, DS-5272,MK-8242, and NVP-CGM-097, and analogs or derivatives thereof.

In certain preferred embodiments, MLM is a derivative of substitutedimidazoline represented as Formula (A-1), or thiazoloimidazolinerepresented as Formula (A-2), or spiro indolinone represented as Formula(A-3), or pyrollidine represented as Formula (A-4), orpiperidinone/morphlinone represented as Formula (A-5), or isoquinolinonerepresented as Formula (A-6), or pyrollopyrimidine/imidazolopyridinerepresented as Formula (A-7), orpyrrolopyrrolidinone/imidazolopyrrolidinone represented as Formula(A-8).

wherein above Formula (A-1) through Formula (A-8),X of Formula (A-1) through Formula (A-8) is selected from the groupconsisting of carbon, oxygen, sulfur, sulfoxide, sulfone, and N—R^(a);

R¹¹ is independently H or an alkyl group with carbon number 1 to 6;

Y and Z of Formula (A-1) through Formula (A-8) are independently carbonor nitrogen;A, A′ and A″ of Formula (A-1) through Formula (A-8) are independentlyselected from C, N, O or S, can also be one or two atoms forming a fusedbicyclic ring, or a 6,5- and 5,5-fused aromatic bicyclic group;R₁, R₂ of Formula (A-1) through Formula (A-8) are independently selectedfrom the group consisting of an aryl or heteroaryl group, a heteroarylgroup having one or two heteroatoms independently selected from sulfuror nitrogen, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl group can be mono-cyclic orbi-cyclic, or unsubstituted or substituted with one to threesubstituents independently selected from the group consisting of:

-   -   halogen, —CN, C1 to C6 alkyl group, C3 to C6 cycloalkyl, —OH,        alkoxy with 1 to 6 carbons, fluorine substituted alkoxy with 1        to 6 carbons, sulfoxide with 1 to 6 carbons, sulfone with 1 to 6        carbons, ketone with 2 to 6 carbons, amides with 2 to 6 carbons,        and dialkyl amine with 2 to 6 carbons;        R₃, R₄ of Formula (A-1) through Formula (A-8) are independently        selected from the group consisting of H, methyl and C1 to C6        alkyl;        R₅ of Formula (A-1) through Formula (A-8) is selected from the        group consisting of an aryl or heteroaryl group, a heteroaryl        group having one or two heteroatoms independently selected from        sulfur or nitrogen, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl group can be        mono-cyclic or bi-cyclic, or unsubstituted or substituted with        one to three substituents independently selected from the group        consisting of:    -   halogen, —CN, C1 to C6 alkyl group, C3 to C6 cycloalkyl, —OH,        alkoxy with 1 to 6 carbons, fluorine substituted alkoxy with 1        to 6 carbons, sulfoxide with 1 to 6 carbons, sulfone with 1 to 6        carbons, ketone with 2 to 6 carbons, amides with 2 to 6 carbons,        dialkyl amine with 2 to 6 carbons, alkyl ether (C2 to C6), alkyl        ketone (C3 to C6), morpholinyl, alkyl ester (C3 to C6), alkyl        cyanide (C3 to C6);        R₆ of Formula (A-1) through Formula (A-8) is H or —C(═O)R_(b),        wherein    -   R^(b) of Formula (A-1) through Formula (A-8) is selected from        the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, mono-, di- or        tri-substituted aryl or heteroaryl, 4-morpholinyl,        1-(3-oxopiperazunyl), 1-piperidinyl, 4-N—R^(c)-morpholinyl,        4-R^(c)-1-piperidinyl, and 3-R^(c)-1-piperidinyl, wherein    -   R^(c) of Formula (A-1) through Formula (A-8) is selected from        the group consisting of alkyl, fluorine substituted alkyl, cyano        alkyl, hydroxyl-substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxyalkyl,        amide alkyl, alkyl sulfone, alkyl sulfoxide, alkyl amide, aryl,        heteroaryl, mono-, bis- and tri-substituted aryl or heteroaryl,        CH2CH2R^(d), and CH2CH2CH2R^(d), wherein    -   R^(d) of Formula (A-1) through Formula (A-8) is selected from        the group consisting of alkoxy, alkyl sulfone, alkyl sulfoxide,        N-substituted carboxamide, —NHC(O)-alkyl, —NH—SO₂-alkyl, aryl,        substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl;        R₇ of Formula (A-1) through Formula (A-8) is selected from the        group consisting of H, C1 to C6 alkyl, cyclic alkyl, fluorine        substituted alkyl, cyano substituted alkyl, 5- or 6-membered        hetero aryl or aryl, substituted 5- or 6-membered hetero aryl or        aryl;        R₈ of Formula (A-1) through Formula (A-8) is selected from the        group consisting of —R^(e)—C(O)—R^(f), —R^(e)-alkoxy,        —R^(e)-aryl, —R^(e)-heteroaryl, and        —R^(e)—C(O)—R^(f)—C(O)—R^(g), wherein:    -   R^(e) of Formula (A-1) through Formula (A-8) is an alkylene with        1 to 6 carbons, or a bond;    -   R^(f) of Formula (A-1) through Formula (A-8) is a substituted 4-        to 7-membered heterocycle;    -   R^(g) of Formula (A-1) through Formula (A-8) is selected from        the group consisting of aryl, hetero aryl, substituted aryl or        heteroaryl, and 4- to 7-membered heterocycle;        R₉ of Formula (A-1) through Formula (A-8) is selected from the        group consisting of a mono-, bis- or tri-substituent on the        fused bicyclic aromatic ring in Formula (A-3), wherein the        substitutents are independently selected from the group        consisting of halogen, alkene, alkyne, alkyl, unsubstituted or        substituted with Cl or F;        R₁₀ of Formula (A-1) through Formula (A-8) is selected from the        group consisting of an aryl or heteroaryl group, wherein the        heteroaryl group can contain one or two heteroatoms as sulfur or        nitrogen, aryl or heteroaryl group can be mono-cyclic or        bi-cyclic, the aryl or heteroaryl group can be unsubstituted or        substituted with one to three substituents, including a halogen,        F, Cl, —CN, alkene, alkyne, C1 to C6 alkyl group, C1 to C6        cycloalkyl, —OH, alkoxy with 1 to 6 carbons, fluorine        substituted alkoxy with 1 to 6 carbons, sulfoxide with 1 to 6        carbons, sulfone with 1 to 6 carbons, ketone with 2 to 6        carbons;        R₁₁ of Formula (A-1) through Formula (A-8) is        —C(O)—N(R^(h))(R^(i)), wherein R^(h) and R^(i) are selected from        groups consisting of the following:    -   H, C1 to C6 alkyl, alkoxy substituted alkyl, sulfone substituted        alkyl, aryl, heterol aryl, mono-, bis- or tri-substituted aryl        or hetero aryl, alkyl carboxylic acid, heteroaryl carboxylic        acid, alkyl carboxylic acid, fluorine substituted alkyl        carboxylic acid, aryl substituted cycloalkyl, hetero aryl        substituted cycloalkyl; wherein    -   R^(h) and R^(i) of Formula (A-1) through Formula (A-8) are        independently selected from the group consisting of H, connected        to form a ring, 4-hydroxycyclohehexane; mono- and di-hydroxy        substituted alkyl (C3 to C6); 3-hydroxycyclobutane;        phenyl-4-carboxylic acid, and substituted phenyl-4-carboxylic        acid;        R₁₂ and R₁₃ of Formula (A-1) through Formula (A-8) are        independently selected from H, lower alkyl (C1 to C6), lower        alkenyl (C2 to C6), lower alkynyl (C2 to C6), cycloalkyl (4, 5        and 6-membered ring), substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl,        substituted cycloalkenyl, 5- and 6-membered aryl and heteroaryl,        R12 and R13 can be connected to form a 5- and 6-membered ring        with or without substitution on the ring;        R₁₄ of Formula (A-1) through Formula (A-8) is selected from the        group consisting of alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl,        substituted alkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl,        substituted heteroaryl, heterocycle, substituted heterocycle,        cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl and substituted        cycloalkenyl;        R₁₅ of Formula (A-1) through Formula (A-8) is CN;        R₁₆ of Formula (A-1) through Formula (A-8) is selected from the        group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 cycloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl,        C1-6 alkyl or C3-6 cycloalkyl with one or multiple hydrogens        replaced by fluorine, alkyl or cycloalkyl with one CH₂ replaced        by S(═O), —S, or —S(═O)₂, alkyl or cycloalkyl with terminal CH₃        replaced by S(═O)₂N(alkyl)(alkyl), —C(═O)N(alkyl)(alkyl),        —N(alkyl)S(═O)₂(alkyl), —C(═O)2(alkyl), —O(alkyl), C1-6 alkyl or        alkyl-cycloalkyl with hydron replaced by hydroxyl group, a 3 to        7 membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl, optionally containing        a —(C═O)— group, or a 5 to 6 membered aryl or heteroaryl group,        which heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl group can contain from one        to three heteroatoms independently selected from O, N or S, and        the cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl group can        be unsubstituted or substituted with from one to three        substituents independently selected from halogen, C1-6 alkyl        groups, hydroxylated C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkyl containing        thioether, ether, sulfone, sulfoxide, fluorine substituted ether        or cyano group;        R₁₇ of Formula (A-1) through Formula (A-8) is selected from the        group consisting of (CH₂)_(n)C(O)NR^(k)R^(l), wherein R^(k) and        R^(l) are independently selected from H, C1-6 alkyl,        hydroxylated C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy alkyl, C1-6 alkyl with one        or multiple hydrogens replaced by fluorine, C1-6 alkyl with one        carbon replaced by S(O), S(O)(O), C1-6 alkoxyalkyl with one or        multiple hydrogens replaced by fluorine, C1-6 alkyl with        hydrogen replaced by a cyano group, 5 and 6 membered aryl or        heteroaryl, alkyl aryl with alkyl group containing 1-6 carbons,        and alkyl heteroaryl with alkyl group containing 1-6 carbons,        wherein the aryl or heteroaryl group can be further substituted;        R₁₈ of Formula (A-1) through Formula (A-8) is selected from the        group consisting of substituted aryl, heteroaryl, alkyl,        cycloalkyl, the substitution is preferably —N(C1-4        alkyl)(cycloalkyl), —N(C1-4 alkyl)alkyl-cycloalkyl, and —N(C1-4        alkyl)[(alkyl)-(heterocycle-substituted)-cycloalkyl];        R₁₉ of Formula (A-1) through Formula (A-8) is selected from the        group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, bicyclic heteroaryl, and        these aryl or heteroaryl groups can be substituted with halogen,        C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 cycloalkyl, CF₃, F, CN, alkyne, alkyl sulfone,        the halogen substitution can be mon- bis- or tri-substituted;        R₂₀ and R₂₁ of Formula (A-1) through Formula (A-8) are        independently selected from C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 cycloalkyl, C1-6        alkoxy, hydoxylated C1-6 alkoxy, and fluorine substituted C1-6        alkoxy, wherein R₂₀ and R₂₁ can further be connected to form a        5, 6 and 7-membered cyclic or heterocyclic ring, which can        further be substituted;        R₂₂ of Formula (A-1) through Formula (A-8) is selected from the        group consisting of H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 cycloalkyl, carboxylic        acid, carboxylic acid ester, amide, reverse amide, sulfonamide,        reverse sulfonamide, N-acyl urea, nitrogen-containing 5-membered        heterocycle, the 5-membered heterocycles can be further        substituted with C1-6 alkyl, alkoxy, fluorine-substituted alkyl,        CN, and alkylsulfone;        R₂₃ of Formula (A-1) through Formula (A-8) is selected from        aryl, heteroaryl, —O-aryl, —O-heteroaryl, —O— alkyl,        —O-alkyl-cycloalkyl, —NH-alkyl, —NH-alkyl-cycloalkyl,        —N(H)-aryl, —N(H)-heteroaryl, —N(alkyl)-aryl,        —N(alkyl)-heteroaryl, the aryl or heteroaryl groups can be        substituted with halogen, C1-6 alkyl, hydoxylated C1-6 alkyl,        cycloalkyl, fluorine-substituted C1-6 alkyl, CN, alkoxy, alkyl        sulfone, amide and sulfonamide;        R₂₄ of Formula (A-1) through Formula (A-8) is selected from the        group consisting of —CH2-(C1-6 alkyl), —CH2-cycloalkyl,        —CH2-aryl, CH2-heteroaryl, where alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl and        heteroaryl can be substituted with halogen, alkoxy, hydoxylated        alkyl, cyano-substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl and substituted        cycloalkyl;        R₂₅ of Formula (A-1) through Formula (A-8) is selected from the        group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkyl-cycloalkyl,        alkoxy-substituted alkyl, hydroxylated alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl,        substituted aryl or heteroaryl, 5,6, and 7-membered        nitrogen-containing saturated heterocycles, 5,6-fused and        6,6-fused nitrogen-containing saturated heterocycles and these        saturated heterocycles can be substituted with C1-6 alkyl,        fluorine-substituted C1-6 alkyl, alkoxy, aryl and heteroaryl        group;        R₂₆ of Formula (A-1) through Formula (A-8) is selected from the        group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, the alkyl or        cycloalkyl can be substituted with —OH, alkoxy,        fluorine-substituted alkoxy, fluorine-substituted alkyl, —NH₂,        —NH-alkyl, NH—C(O)alkyl, —NH—S(O)₂-alkyl, and —S(O)₂-alkyl;        R₂₇ of Formula (A-1) through Formula (A-8) is selected from the        group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, bicyclic heteroaryl,        wherein the aryl or heteroaryl groups can be substituted with        C1-6 alkyl, alkoxy, NH2, NH-alkyl, halogen, or —CN, and the        substitution can be independently mono-, bis- and        tri-substitution;        R₂₈ of Formula (A-1) through Formula (A-8) is selected from the        group consisting of aryl, 5 and 6-membered heteroaryl, bicyclic        heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, saturated heterocycle such as        piperidine, piperidinone, tetrahydropyran, N-acyl-piperidine,        wherein the cycloalkyl, saturated heterocycle, aryl or        heteroaryl can be further substituted with —OH, alkoxy, mono-,        bis- or tri-substitution including halogen, —CN, alkyl sulfone,        and fluorine substituted alkyl groups; and        R_(1″) of Formula (A-1) through Formula (A-8) is selected from        the group consisting of alkyl, aryl substituted alkyl, alkoxy        substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl-substituted cycloalkyl, and        alkoxy substituted cycloalkyl.

In certain embodiments, the heterocycles in R^(f) and R^(g) of Formula(A-1) through Formula (A-8) are substituted pyrrolidine, substitutedpiperidine, substituted piperizine.

More specifically, non-limiting examples of MLMs include those shownbelow as well as those ‘hybrid’ molecules that arise from thecombination of 1 or more of the different features shown in themolecules below.

Using MLM in Formula A-1 through A-8, the following PROTACs can beprepared to target a particular protein for degradation, where ‘L” is aconnector (i.e. a linker group), and “PTM” is a ligand binding to atarget protein.

In certain embodiments, the description provides a bifunctional moleculecomprising a structure selected from the group consisting of:

wherein X, R^(a), Y, Z, A, A′, A″, R₁, R₂, R₃, R₄, R₅, R₆, R^(b), R^(c),R^(d), R₇, R^(e), R^(f), R^(g), R₉, R₁₀, R₁₁, R₁₂, R₁₃, R₁₄, R₁₅, R₁₆,R₁₇, R^(k), R^(l), R₁₈, R₁₉, R₂₀, R₂₁, R₂₂, R₂₃, R₂₄, R₂₅, R₂₆, R₂₇,R₂₈, and R_(1″) are as defined herein with regard to Formulas (A-1)through (A-8).

In certain embodiments, the description provides bifunctional orchimeric molecules with the structure: PTM-L-MLM, wherein PTM is aprotein target binding moiety coupled to an MLM by L, wherein L is abond (i.e., absent) or a chemical linker. In certain embodiments, theMLM has a structure selected from the group consisting of A-1-1, A-1-2,A-1-3, and A-1-4:

wherein:R1′ and R2′ of Formulas A-1-1 through A-1-4 (i.e., A-1-1, A-1-2, A-1-3,and A-1-4) are independently selected from the group consisting of F,Cl, Br, I, acetylene, CN, CF₃ and NO₂;R3′ is selected from the group consisting of —OCH₃, —OCH₂CH₃, —OCH₂CH₂F,—OCH₂CH₂OCH₃, and —OCH(CH₃)₂;R4′ of Formulas A-1-1 through A-1-4 is selected from the groupconsisting of H, halogen, —CH₃, —CF₃, —OCH₃, —C(CH₃)₃, —CH(CH₃)₂,-cyclopropyl, —CN, —C(CH₃)₂OH, —C(CH₃)₂OCH₂CH₃, —C(CH₃)₂CH₂OH,—C(CH₃)₂CH₂OCH₂CH₃, —C(CH₃)₂CH₂OCH₂CH₂OH, —C(CH₃)₂CH₂OCH₂CH₃,—C(CH₃)₂CN, —C(CH₃)₂C(O)CH₃, —C(CH₃)₂C(O)NHCH₃, —C(CH₃)₂C(O)N(CH₃)₂,—SCH₃, —SCH₂CH₃, —S(O)₂CH₃, —S(O₂)CH₂CH₃, —NHC(CH₃)₃, —N(CH₃)₂,pyrrolidinyl, and 4-morpholinyl;R5′ of Formulas A-1-1 through A-1-4 is selected from the groupconsisting of halogen, -cyclopropyl, —S(O)₂CH₃, —S(O)₂CH₂CH₃,1-pyrrolidinyl, —NH₂, —N(CH₃)₂, and —NHC(CH₃)₃; andR6′ of Formulas A-1-1 through A-1-4 is selected from the structurespresented below where the linker connection point is indicated as “*”Beside R6′ as the point for linker attachment, R4′ can also serve as thelinker attachment position. In the case that R4′ is the linkerconnection site, linker will be connected to the terminal atom of R4′groups shown above.

In certain embodiments, the linker connection position of Formulas A-1-1through A-1-4 is at least one of R4′ or R6′ or both.

In certain embodiments, R6′ of Formulas A-1-1 through A-1-4 isindependently selected from the group consisting of H,

wherein “*” indicates the point of attachment of the linker.

In certain embodiments, the linker of Formula A-4-1 through A-4-6 isattached to at least one of R1′, R2′, R3′, R4′, R5′, R6′, or acombination thereof.

In certain embodiments, the description provides bifunctional orchimeric molecules with the structure: PTM-L-MLM, wherein PTM is aprotein target binding moiety coupled to an MLM by L, wherein L is abond (i.e., absent) or a chemical linker. In certain embodiments, theMLM has a structure selected from the group consisting of A-4-1, A-4-2,A-4-3, A-4-4, A-4-5, and A-4-6:

wherein:R7′ of Formula A-4-1 through A-4-6 (i.e., A-4-1, A-4-2, A-4-3, A-4-4,A-4-5, and A-4-6) is a member selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, mono-, and di- or tri-substituted halogen;R8′ of Formula A-4-1 through A-4-6 is selected from the group consistingof H, —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —CN, —NO₂, ethylnyl, cyclopropyl, methyl, ethyl,isopropyl, vinyl, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, —OH, other C1-6 alkyl,other C1-6 alkenyl, and C1-6 alkynyl, mono-, di- or tri-substituted;R9′ of Formula A-4-1 through A-4-6 is selected from the group consistingof alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl,substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, hetero aryl, substitutedheteroaryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, and substitutedcycloalkenyl; Z of Formula A-4-1 through A-4-6 is selected from thegroup consisting of H, —OCH₃, —OCH₂CH₃, and halogen;R10′ and R11′ of Formula A-4-1 through A-4-6 are each independentlyselected from the group consisting of H, (CH₂)_(n)—R′, (CH₂)_(n)—NR′R″,(CH₂)_(n)—NR′COR″, (CH₂)_(n)—NR′SO₂R″, (CH₂)_(n)—COOH, (CH₂)_(n)—COOR′,(CH)_(n)—CONR′R″, (CH₂)_(n)—OR′, (CH₂)_(n)—SR′, (CH₂)_(n)—SOR′,(CH₂)_(n)—CH(OH)—R′, (CH₂)_(n)—COR′, (CH₂)_(n)—SO₂R′, (CH₂)_(n)—SONR′R″,(CH₂)_(n)—SO₂NR′R″, (CH₂CH₂O)_(m)—(CH₂)_(n)—R′,(CH₂CH₂O)_(m)—(CH₂)_(n)—OH, (CH₂CH₂O)_(m)—(CH₂)_(n)—OR′,(CH₂CH₂O)_(m)—(CH₂)_(n)—NR′R″, (CH₂CH₂O)_(m)—(CH₂)_(n)—NR′COR″,(CH₂CH₂O)_(m)(CH₂)_(n)—NR′SO₂R″, (CH₂CH₂O)_(m)(CH₂)_(n)—COOH,(CH₂CH₂O)_(m)(CH₂)_(n)—COOR′, (CH₂CH₂O)_(m)—(CH₂)_(n)—CONR′R″,(CH₂CH₂O)_(m)—(CH₂)_(n)—SO₂R′, (CH₂CH₂O)_(m)—(CH₂)_(n)—COR′,(CH₂CH₂O)_(m)—(CH₂)_(n)—SONR′R″, (CH₂CH₂O)_(m)—(CH₂)_(n)—SO₂NR′R″,(CH₂)_(p)—(CH₂CH₂O)_(m)—(CH₂)_(n)R′,(CH₂)_(p)—(CH₂CH₂O)_(m)—(CH₂)_(n)—OH,(CH₂)_(p)—(CH₂CH₂O)_(m)—(CH₂)_(n)—OR′,(CH₂)_(p)—(CH₂CH₂O)_(m)—(CH₂)_(n)—NR′R″,(CH₂)_(p)—(CH₂CH₂O)_(m)—(CH₂)_(n)—NR′COR″,(CH₂)_(p)—(CH₂CH₂O)_(m)—(CH₂)_(n)—NR′SO₂R″,(CH₂)_(p)—(CH₂CH₂O)_(m)—(CH₂)_(n)—COOH,(CH₂)_(p)—(CH₂CH₂O)_(m)—(CH₂)_(n)—COOR′,(CH₂)_(p)—(CH₂CH₂O)_(m)—(CH₂)_(n)—CONR′R″,(CH₂)_(p)—(CH₂CH₂O)_(m)—(CH₂)_(n)—SO₂R′,(CH₂)_(p)—(CH₂CH₂O)_(m)—(CH₂)_(n)—COR′,(CH₂)_(p)—(CH₂CH₂O)_(m)—(CH₂)_(n)—SONR′R″,(CH₂)_(p)—(CH₂CH₂O)_(m)—(CH₂)_(n)—SO₂NR′R″, Aryl-(CH₂)_(n)—COOH, andheteroaryl-alkyl-CO-alkyl-NR′R″_(m), wherein the alkyl may besubstituted with OR′, and heteroaryl-(CH₂)_(n)-heterocycle wherein theheterocycle may optionally be substituted with alkyl, hydroxyl, COOR′and COR′; wherein R¹ and R¹¹ are selected from H, alkyl, alkylsubstituted with halogen, hydroxyl, NH2, NH(alkyl), N(alkyl)₂, oxo,carboxy, cycloalkyl and heteroaryl;m, n, and p are independently 0 to 6;R12′ of Formula A-4-1 through A-4-6 is selected from the groupconsisting of —O-(alkyl), —O-(alkyl)-alkoxy, —C(O)-(alkyl),—C(OH)-alkyl-alkoxy, —C(O)—NH-(alkyl), —C(O)—N-(alkyl)₂, —S(O)-(alkyl),S(O)₂-(alkyl), —C(O)-(cyclic amine), and —O-aryl-(alkyl),—O-aryl-(alkoxy);R1″ of Formula A-4-1 through A-4-6 is selected from the group consistingof alkyl, aryl substituted alkyl, aloxy substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl,ary-substituted cycloalkyl, and alkoxy substituted cycloalkyl.

In any of the aspects or embodiments described herein, the alkyl, alkoxyor the like can be a lower alkyl or lower alkoxy.

In certain embodiments, the linker connection position of Formula A-4-1through A-4-6 is at least one of Z, R8′, R9′, R10′, R11″, R12″, or R1″.

The method used to design chimeric molecules as presented in A-1-1through A-1-4, A-4-1 through A-4-6 can be applied to MLM with formulaA-2, A-3, A-5, A-6, A-7 and A-8, wherein the solvent exposed area in theMLM can be connected to linker “L” which will be attached to targetprotein ligand “PTM”, to construct PROTACs.

Exemplary MDM2 binding moieties include, but not limited, the following:

1. The HDM2/MDM2 inhibitors identified in Vassilev, et al., In vivoactivation of the p53 pathway by small-molecule antagonists of MDM2,SCIENCE vol: 303, page: 844-848 (2004), and Schneekloth, et al.,Targeted intracellular protein degradation induced by a small molecule:En route to chemical proteomics, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 18 (2008)5904-5908, including (or additionally) the compounds nutlin-3, nutlin-2,and nutlin-1 (derivatized) as described below, as well as allderivatives and analogs thereof:

(derivatized where a linker group L or a -(L-MLM) group is attached, forexample, at the methoxy group or as a hydroxyl group);

(derivatized where a linker group L or a -(L-MLM) group is attached, forexample, at the methoxy group or hydroxyl group);

(derivatized where a linker group L or a -(L-MLM) group is attached, forexample, via the methoxy group or as a hydroxyl group); and

2. Trans-4-Iodo-4′-Boranyl-Chalcone

(derivatized where a linker group L or a linker group L or a-(L-MLM)group is attached, for example, via a hydroxy group).

Exemplary CLMs

Neo-Imide Compounds

In one aspect the description provides compounds useful for bindingand/or inhibiting cereblon. In certain embodiments, the compound isselected from the group consisting of chemical structures:

wherein:

-   -   W of Formulas (a) through (f) is independently selected from the        group CH₂, CHR, C═O, SO₂, NH, and N-alkyl;    -   X of Formulas (a) through (f) is independently selected from the        group O, S and H₂;    -   Y of Formulas (a) through (f) is independently selected from the        group CH₂, —C═CR′, NH, N-alkyl, N-aryl, N-hetaryl, N-cycloalkyl,        N-heterocyclyl, O, and S;    -   Z of Formulas (a) through (f) is independently selected from the        group O, and S or H₂ except that both X and Z cannot be H₂;    -   G and G′ of Formulas (a) through (f) are independently selected        from the group H, alkyl (linear, branched, optionally        substituted), OH, R′OCOOR, R′OCONRR″, CH₂-heterocyclyl        optionally substituted with R′, and benzyl optionally        substituted with R′;    -   Q1-Q4 of Formulas (a) through (f) represent a carbon C        substituted with a group independently selected from R, R′, N or        N-oxide;    -   A of Formulas (a) through (f) is independently selected from the        group H, alkyl (linear, branched, optionally substituted),        cycloalkyl, Cl and F;    -   R of Formulas (a) through (f) comprises, but is not limited to:        —CONR′R″, —OR′, —NR′R″, —SR′, —SO₂R′, —SO₂NR′R″, —CR′R″—,        —CR′NR′R″—, (—CR′O)_(n)R″, -aryl, -hetaryl, -alkyl (linear,        branched, optionally substituted), -cycloalkyl, -heterocyclyl,        —P(O)(OR′)R″, —P(O)R′R″, —OP(O)(OR′)R″, —OP(O)R′R″, —Cl, —F,        —Br, —I, —CF₃, —CN, —NR′SO₂NR′R″, —NR′CONR′R″, —CONR′COR″,        —NR′C(═N—CN)NR′R″, —C(═N—CN)NR′R″, —NR′C(═N—CN)R″,        —NR′C(═C—NO₂)NR′R″, —SO₂NR′COR″, —NO₂, —CO₂R′, —C(C═N—OR′)R″,        —CR′═CR′R″, —CCR′, —S(C═O)(C═N—R′)R″, —SF₅ and —OCF₃    -   R¹ and R¹¹ of Formulas (a) through (f) are independently        selected from a bond, H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl,        heterocyclic, —C(═O)R, heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally        substituted;    -   n of Formulas (a) through (f) is an integer from 1-10 (e.g.,        1-4);    -   of Formulas (a) through (f) represents a bond that may be        stereospecific ((R) or (S)) or non-stereospecific; and    -   R_(n) of Formulas (a) through (f) comprises 1-4 independent        functional groups or atoms.

Exemplary CLMs

In any of the compounds described herein, the CLM comprises a chemicalstructure selected from the group:

wherein:

-   -   W of Formulas (a) through (f) is independently selected from the        group CH₂, CHR, C═O, SO₂, NH, and N-alkyl;    -   X of Formulas (a) through (f) is independently selected from the        group O, S and H2;    -   Y of Formulas (a) through (f) is independently selected from the        group CH₂, —C═CR′, NH, N-alkyl, N-aryl, N-hetaryl, N-cycloalkyl,        N-heterocyclyl, O, and S;    -   Z of Formulas (a) through (f) is independently selected from the        group O, and S or H2 except that both X and Z cannot be H2;    -   G and G′ of Formulas (a) through (f) are independently selected        from the group H, alkyl (linear, ranched, OH, R′OCOOR,        R′OCONRR″, CH₂-heterocyclyl optionally substituted with R′, and        benzyl optionally substituted with R′;    -   Q1-Q4 of Formulas (a) through (f) represent a carbon C        substituted with a group independently selected from R, R′, N or        N-oxide;    -   A of Formulas (a) through (f) is independently selected from the        group H, alkyl (linear, branched, optionally substituted),        cycloalkyl, Cl and F;    -   R of Formulas (a) through (f) comprises, but is not limited to:        —CONR′R″, —OR′, —NR′R″, —SR′, —SO2R′, —SO2NR′R″, —CR′R″—,        —CR′NR′R″—, -aryl, -hetaryl, -alkyl, -cycloalkyl, -heterocyclyl,        —P(O)(OR′)R″, —P(O)R′R″, —OP(O)(OR′)R″, —OP(O)R′R″, —Cl, —F,        —Br, —I, —CF3, —CN, NR′SO2NR′R″, —NR′CONR′R″, —CONR′COR″,        —NR′C(═N—CN)NR′R″, —C(═N—CN)NR′R″, —NR′C(═N—CN)R″,        —NR′C(═C—NO2)NR′R″, —SO2NR′COR″, —NO2, —CO2R′, —C(C═N—OR′)R″,        —CR′═CR′R″, —CCR′, —S(C═O)(C═N—R′)R″, —SF5 and —OCF3    -   R′ and R″ of Formulas (a) through (f) are independently selected        from a bond, H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl,        heterocyclic, —C(═O)R, heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally        substituted;    -   n of Formulas (a) through (f) is an integer from 1-10 (e.g.,        1-4);    -   of Formulas (a) through (f) represents a bond that may be        stereospecific ((R) or (S)) or non-stereospecific; and    -   Rn of Formulas (a) through (f) comprises 1-4 independent        functional groups or atoms, and optionally, one of which is        modified to be covalently joined to a PTM, a chemical linker        group (L), a ULM, CLM (or CLM′) or combination thereof.

In certain embodiments described herein, the CLM or ULM comprises achemical structure selected from the group:

wherein:

-   -   W of Formula (g) is independently selected from the group CH₂,        C═O, NH, and N-alkyl;    -   R of Formula (g) is independently selected from a H, methyl,        alkyl (e.g., C1-C6 alkyl (linear, branched, optionally        substituted));    -   of Formula (g) represents a bond that may be stereospecific ((R)        or (S)) or non-stereospecific; and    -   Rn of Formula (g) comprises 1-4 independently selected        functional groups or atoms, and optionally, one of which is        modified to be covalently joined to a PTM, a chemical linker        group (L), a ULM, CLM (or CLM′) or combination thereof.

In any of the embodiments described herein, the W, X, Y, Z, G, G′, R,R′, R″, Q1-Q4, A, and Rn of Formulas (a) through (g) can independentlybe covalently coupled to a linker and/or a linker to which is attachedone or more PTM, ULM, CLM or CLM′ groups.

More specifically, non-limiting examples of CLMs include those shownbelow as well as those “hybrid” molecules that arise from thecombination of 1 or more of the different features shown in themolecules below.

In any of the compounds described herein, the CLM comprises a chemicalstructure selected from the group:

wherein:

-   -   W of Formulas (h) through (ad) is independently selected from        CH₂, CHR, C═O, SO₂, NH, and N-alkyl;    -   Q₁, Q₂, Q₃, Q₄, Q₅ of Formulas (h) through (ac) are        independently represent a carbon C substituted with a group        independently selected from R′, N or N-oxide;    -   R¹ of Formulas (h) through (ad) is selected from H, CN, C1-C3        alkyl;    -   R² of Formulas (h) through (ad) is selected from the group H,        CN, C1-C3 alkyl, CHF₂, CF₃, CHO;    -   R³ of Formulas (h) through (ad) is selected from H, alkyl,        substituted alkyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy;    -   R⁴ of Formulas (h) through (ad) is selected from H, alkyl,        substituted alkyl;    -   R⁵ of Formulas (h) through (ad) is H or lower alkyl;    -   X of Formulas (h) through (ad) is C, CH or N;    -   R¹ of Formulas (h) through (ad) is selected from H, halogen,        alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy;    -   R of Formulas (h) through (ad) is H, OH, lower alkyl, lower        alkoxy, cyano, halogenated lower alkoxy, or halogenated lower        alkyl    -   of Formulas (h) through (ad) is a single or double bond; and    -   the CLM is covalently joined to a PTM, a chemical linker group        (L), a ULM, CLM (or CLM′) or combination thereof.

In any aspect or embodiment described herein, the CLM or CLM′ iscovalently joined to a PTM, a chemical linker group (L), a ULM, a CLM, aCLM′, or a combination thereof via an R group (such as, R, R¹, R², R³,R⁴ or R′), W, X, or a Q group (such as, Q₁, Q₂, Q₃, Q₄, or Q₅) ofFormulas (h) through (ad).

In any of the embodiments described herein, the CLM or CLM′ iscovalently joined to a PTM, a chemical linker group (L), a ULM, a CLM, aCLM′, or a combination thereof via W, X, R, R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R′, Q₁,Q₂, Q₃, Q₄, and Q₅ of Formulas (h) through (ad).

In any of the embodiments described herein, the W, X, R¹, R², R³, R⁴,R′, Q₁, Q₂, Q₃, Q₄, and Q₅ of Formulas (h) through (ad) canindependently be covalently coupled to a linker and/or a linker to whichis attached to one or more PTM, ULM, ULM′, CLM or CLM′ groups.

More specifically, non-limiting examples of CLMs include those shownbelow as well as “hybrid” molecules or compounds that arise fromcombining 1 or more features of the following compounds:

wherein:

-   -   W of Formulas (ae) through (ap) is independently selected from        the group CH₂, CHR, C═O, SO₂, NH, and N-alkyl;    -   R¹ of Formulas (ae) through (ap) is selected from the group H,        CN, C1-C3 alkyl;    -   R³ of Formulas (ae) through (ap) is selected from H, alkyl,        substituted alkyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy;    -   R of Formulas (ae) through (ap) is H;    -   is a single or double bond; and    -   Rn of Formulas (ae) through (ap) comprises a functional group or        an atom.

In any of the embodiments described herein, the W, R¹, R², Q₁, Q₂, Q₃,Q₄, and Rn of Formulas (ae) through (ap) can independently be covalentlycoupled to a linker and/or a linker to which is attached one or morePTM, ULM, ULM′, CLM or CLM′ groups.

In any of the embodiments described herein, the R¹, R², Q₁, Q₂, Q₃, Q₄,and Rn of Formulas (ae) through (ap) can independently be covalentlycoupled to a linker and/or a linker to which is attached one or morePTM, ULM, ULM′, CLM or CLM′ groups.

In any of the embodiments described herein, the Q₁, Q₂, Q₃, Q₄, and Rnof Formulas (ae) through (ap) can independently be covalently coupled toa linker and/or a linker to which is attached one or more PTM, ULM,ULM′, CLM or CLM′ groups.

In any aspect or embodiment described herein, R_(n) of Formulas (ae)through (ap) is modified to be covalently joined to the linker group(L), a PTM, a ULM, a second CLM having the same chemical structure asthe CLM, a CLM′, a second linker, or any multiple or combinationthereof.

In any aspect or embodiment described herein, the CLM is selected from:

wherein R¹ is a halogen and R¹ is as described above with regard toFormulas (h) through (ab) or (ac) through (an).

In certain cases, the CLM can be imides that bind to cereblon E3 ligase.These imides and linker attachment point can be but not limited to thefollowing structures:

wherein R′ is a halogen.

Exemplary VLMs

In certain embodiments of the compounds as described herein, ULM is VLMand comprises a chemical structure selected from the group ULM-a:

wherein

-   -   a dashed line indicates the attachment of at least one PTM,        another ULM or VLM or MLM or ILM or CLM (i.e., ULM′ or VLM′ or        CLM′ or ILM′ or MLM′), or a chemical linker moiety coupling at        least one PTM, a ULM′ or a VLM′ or a CLM′ or a ILM′ or a MLM′ to        the other end of the linker;    -   X¹, X² of Formula ULM-a are each independently selected from the        group of a bond, O, NR^(Y3), CR^(Y3)R^(Y4), C═O, C═S, SO, and        SO₂;    -   R^(Y3), R^(Y4) of Formula ULM-a are each independently selected        from the group of H, linear or branched C₁₋₆ alkyl, optionally        substituted by 1 or more halo, optionally substituted C₁₋₆        alkoxyl (e.g., optionally substituted by 0-3 R^(P) groups);    -   R^(P) of Formula ULM-a is 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups, each        independently selected from the group H, halo, —OH, C₁₋₃ alkyl,        C═O;    -   W³ of Formula ULM-a is selected from the group of an optionally        substituted -T-N(R^(1a)R^(1b))X³, -T-N(R^(1a)R^(1b)), -T-Aryl,        an optionally substituted -T-Heteroaryl, an optionally        substituted -T-Heterocycle, an optionally substituted        —NR¹-T-Aryl, an optionally substituted —NR¹-T-Heteroaryl or an        optionally substituted —NR¹-T-Heterocycle;    -   X³ of Formula ULM-a is C═O, R¹, R^(1a), R^(1b);    -   each of R¹, R^(1a), R^(1b) is independently selected from the        group consisting of H, linear or branched C₁-C₆ alkyl group        optionally substituted by 1 or more halo or —OH groups,        R^(Y3)C═O, R^(Y3)C═S, R^(Y3)SO, R^(Y3)SO₂, N(R^(Y3)R^(Y4))C═O,        N(R^(Y3)R^(Y4))C═S, N(R^(Y3)R^(Y4))SO, and N(R^(Y3)R^(Y4))SO₂;    -   T of Formula ULM-a is covalently bonded to X¹;    -   W⁴ of Formula ULM-a is an optionally substituted —NR1-T-Aryl, an        optionally substituted —NR1-T-Heteroaryl group or an optionally        substituted —NR1-T-Heterocycle, where —NR1 is covalently bonded        to X² and R1 is H or CH3, preferably H.

In any of the embodiments described herein, T is selected from the groupof an optionally substituted alkyl, —(CH₂)_(n)— group, wherein each oneof the methylene groups is optionally substituted with one or twosubstituents selected from the group of halogen, methyl, a linear orbranched C₁-C₆ alkyl group optionally substituted by 1 or more halogenor —OH groups or an amino acid side chain optionally substituted; and nis 0 to 6, often 0, 1, 2, or 3, preferably 0 or 1.

In certain embodiments, W⁴ of Formula ULM-a is

wherein R_(14a), R_(14b), are each independently selected from the groupof H, haloalkyl, or optionally substituted alkyl.

In any of the embodiments, W⁵ of Formula ULM-a is selected from thegroup of a phenyl or a 5-10 membered heteroaryl,

R₁₅ of Formula ULM-a is selected from the group of H, halogen, CN, OH,NO₂, NR_(14a)R_(14b), OR_(14a), CONR_(14a)R_(14b), NR_(14a)COR_(14b),SO₂NR_(14a)R_(14b), NR_(14a) SO₂R_(14b), optionally substituted alkyl,optionally substituted haloalkyl, optionally substituted haloalkoxy;aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or cycloheteroalkyl;

In additional embodiments, W⁴ substituents for use in the presentdisclosure also include specifically (and without limitation to thespecific compound disclosed) the W⁴ substituents which are found in theidentified compounds disclosed herein. Each of these W⁴ substituents maybe used in conjunction with any number of W³ substituents which are alsodisclosed herein.

In certain additional embodiments, ULM-a, is optionally substituted by0-3 R^(P) groups in the pyrrolidine moiety. Each R^(P) is independentlyH, halo, —OH, C1-3alkyl, C═O.

In any of the embodiments described herein, the W³, W⁴ of Formula ULM-acan independently be covalently coupled to a linker which is attachedone or more PTM groups.

and wherein the dashed line indicates the site of attachment of at leastone PTM, another ULM (ULM′) or a chemical linker moiety coupling atleast one PTM or a ULM′ or both to ULM.

In certain embodiments, ULM is VHL and is represented by the structure:

wherein:

-   -   W³ of Formula ULM-b is selected from the group of an optionally        substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or

-   -   R₉ and R₁₀ of Formula ULM-b are independently hydrogen,        optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl,        optionally substituted hydroxyalkyl, optionally substituted        heteroaryl, or haloalkyl, or R₉, R₁₀, and the carbon atom to        which they are attached form an optionally substituted        cycloalkyl;    -   R₁₁ of Formula ULM-b is selected from the group of an optionally        substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted alkoxy,        optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted aryl,

-   -   R₁₂ of Formula ULM-b is selected from the group of H or        optionally substituted alkyl;    -   R₁₃ of Formula ULM-b is selected from the group of H, optionally        substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkylcarbonyl,        optionally substituted (cycloalkyl)alkylcarbonyl, optionally        substituted aralkylcarbonyl, optionally substituted        arylcarbonyl, optionally substituted (heterocyclyl)carbonyl, or        optionally substituted aralkyl;    -   R_(14a), R_(14b) of Formula ULM-b, are each independently        selected from the group of H, haloalkyl, or optionally        substituted alkyl;    -   W⁵ of Formula ULM-b is selected from the group of a phenyl or a        5-10 membered heteroaryl,    -   R₁₅ of Formula ULM-b is selected from the group of H, halogen,        CN, OH, NO₂, NR_(14a)R_(14b), OR_(14a), CONR_(14a)R_(14b),        NR_(14a)COR_(14b), SO₂NR_(14a)R_(14b), NR_(14a) SO₂R_(14b),        optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted haloalkyl,        optionally substituted haloalkoxy; aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl,        or cycloheteroalkyl (each optionally substituted);    -   R₁₆ of Formula ULM-b is independently selected from the group of        halo, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted        haloalkyl, hydroxy, or optionally substituted haloalkoxy;    -   o of Formula ULM-b is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;    -   R₁₈ of Formula ULM-b is independently selected from the group of        H, halo, optionally substituted alkoxy, cyano, optionally        substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy or a linker; and    -   p of Formula ULM-b is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4, and wherein the dashed        line indicates the site of attachment of at least one PTM,        another ULM (ULM′) or a chemical linker moiety coupling at least        one PTM or a ULM′ or both to ULM.

In certain embodiments, R₁₅ of Formula ULM-b is

wherein R₁₇ is H, halo, optionally substituted C₃₋₆cycloalkyl,optionally substituted C₁₋₆alkyl, optionally substituted C₁₋₆alkenyl,and C₁₋₆haloalkyl; and Xa is S or O.

In certain embodiments, R₁₇ of Formula ULM-b is selected from the groupmethyl, ethyl, isopropyl, and cyclopropyl.

In certain additional embodiments, R₁₅ of Formula ULM-b is selected fromthe group consisting of:

In certain embodiments, R₁₁ of Formula ULM-b is selected from the groupconsisting of:

In certain embodiments, ULM has a chemical structure selected from thegroup of:

wherein:

-   -   R₁ of Formulas ULM-c, ULM-d, and ULM-e is H, ethyl, isopropyl,        tert-butyl, sec-butyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, or        cyclohexyl; optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted        hydroxyalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or haloalkyl;    -   R_(14a) of Formulas ULM-c, ULM-d, and ULM-e is H, haloalkyl,        optionally substituted alkyl, methyl, fluoromethyl,        hydroxymethyl, ethyl, isopropyl, or cyclopropyl;    -   R₁₅ of Formulas ULM-c, ULM-d, and ULM-e is selected from the        group consisting of H, halogen, CN, OH, NO₂, optionally        substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted aryl; optionally        substituted alkyl, optionally substituted haloalkyl, optionally        substituted haloalkoxy, cycloalkyl, or cycloheteroalkyl;    -   X of Formulas ULM-c, ULM-d, and ULM-e is C or C═O    -   R₃ of Formulas ULM-c, ULM-d, and ULM-e is absent or an        optionally substituted 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl; and    -   wherein the dashed line indicates the site of attachment of at        least one PTM, another ULM (ULM′) or a chemical linker moiety        coupling at least one PTM or a ULM′ or both to ULM.

In certain embodiments, ULM comprises a group according to the chemicalstructure:

wherein:

-   -   R_(14a) of Formula ULM-f is H, haloalkyl, optionally substituted        alkyl, methyl, fluoromethyl, hydroxymethyl, ethyl, isopropyl, or        cyclopropyl;    -   R₉ of Formula ULM-f is H;    -   R₁₀ of Formula ULM-f is H, ethyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl,        sec-butyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl;    -   R₁₁ of Formula ULM-f is

or optionally substituted heteroaryl;

-   -   p of Formula ULM-f is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;    -   each R₁₈ of Formula ULM-f is independently halo, optionally        substituted alkoxy, cyano, optionally substituted alkyl,        haloalkyl, haloalkoxy or a linker;    -   R₁₂ of Formula ULM-f is H, C═O;    -   R₁₃ of Formula ULM-f is H, optionally substituted alkyl,        optionally substituted alkylcarbonyl, optionally substituted        (cycloalkyl)alkylcarbonyl, optionally substituted        aralkylcarbonyl, optionally substituted arylcarbonyl, optionally        substituted (heterocyclyl)carbonyl, or optionally substituted        aralkyl,    -   R₁₅ of Formula ULM-f is selected from the group consisting of H,        halogen, Cl, CN, OH, NO₂, optionally substituted heteroaryl,        optionally substituted aryl;

-   -   wherein the dashed line of Formula ULM-f indicates the site of        attachment of at least one PTM, another ULM (ULM′) or a chemical        linker moiety coupling at least one PTM or a ULM′ or both to        ULM.

In certain embodiments, the ULM is selected from the followingstructures:

wherein n is 0 or 1.

In certain embodiments, the ULM is selected from the followingstructures:

wherein, the phenyl ring in ULM-a1 through ULM-a15, ULM-b1 throughULM-b12, ULM-c1 through ULM-c15 and ULM-d1 through ULM-d9 is optionallysubstituted with fluorine, lower alkyl and alkoxy groups, and whereinthe dashed line indicates the site of attachment of at least one PTM,another ULM (ULM′) or a chemical linker moiety coupling at least one PTMor a ULM′ or both to ULM-a.

In one embodiment, the phenyl ring in ULM-a1 through ULM-a15, ULM-b1through ULM-b12, ULM-c1 through ULM-c15 and ULM-d1 through ULM-d9 can befunctionalized as the ester to make it a part of the prodrug.

In certain embodiments, the hydroxyl group on the pyrrolidine ring ofULM-a1 through ULM-a15, ULM-b1 through ULM-b12, ULM-c1 through ULM-c15and ULM-d1 through ULM-d9, respectively, comprises an ester-linkedprodrug moiety.

In any of the aspects or embodiments described herein, the ULM and wherepresent, ULM′, are each independently a group according to the chemicalstructure:

wherein:

-   -   R^(1′) of ULM-g is an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl group,        an optionally substituted —(CH₂)_(n)OH, an optionally        substituted —(CH₂)_(n)SH, an optionally substituted        (CH₂)_(n)—O—(C₁-C₆)alkyl group, an optionally substituted        (CH₂)_(n)—WCOCW—(C₀-C₆)alkyl group containing an epoxide moiety        WCOCW where each W is independently H or a C₁-C₃ alkyl group, an        optionally substituted —(CH₂)_(n)COOH, an optionally substituted        —(CH₂)_(n)C(O)—(C₁-C₆ alkyl), an optionally substituted        —(CH₂)_(n)NHC(O)—R₁, an optionally substituted        —(CH₂)_(n)C(O)—NR₁R₂, an optionally substituted        —(CH₂)_(n)OC(O)—NR₁R₂, —(CH₂O)_(n)H, an optionally substituted        —(CH₂)_(n)OC(O)—(C₁-C₆ alkyl), an optionally substituted        —(CH₂)_(n)C(O)—O—(C₁-C₆ alkyl), an optionally substituted        —(CH₂O)_(n)COOH, an optionally substituted —(OCH₂)_(n)O—(C₁-C₆        alkyl), an optionally substituted —(CH₂O)_(n)C(O)—(C₁-C₆ alkyl),        an optionally substituted —(OCH₂)_(n)NHC(O)—R₁, an optionally        substituted —(CH₂O)_(n)C(O)—NR₁R₂, —(CH₂CH₂O)_(n)H, an        optionally substituted —(CH₂CH₂O)COOH, an optionally substituted        —(OCH₂CH₂)_(n)O—(C₁-C₆ alkyl), an optionally substituted        —(CH₂CH₂O)_(n)C(O)—(C₁-C₆ alkyl), an optionally substituted        —(OCH₂CH₂)_(n)NHC(O)—R₁, an optionally substituted        —(CH₂CH₂O)_(n)C(O)—NR₁R₂, an optionally substituted —SO₂R_(S),        an optionally substituted S(O)R_(S), NO₂, CN or halogen (F, Cl,        Br, I, preferably F or Cl);    -   R₁ and R₂ of ULM-g are each independently H or a C₁-C₆ alkyl        group which may be optionally substituted with one or two        hydroxyl groups or up to three halogen groups (preferably        fluorine);    -   R_(S) of ULM-g is a C₁-C₆ alkyl group, an optionally substituted        aryl, heteroaryl or heterocycle group or a —(CH₂)_(m)NR₁R₂        group;    -   X and X′ of ULM-g are each independently C═O, C═S, —S(O), S(O)₂,        (preferably X and X′ are both C═O);    -   R^(2′) of ULM-g is an optionally substituted        —(CH₂)_(n)—(C═O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)-alkyl group, an        optionally substituted        —(CH₂)_(n)—(C═O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)NR_(1N)R_(2N) group, an        optionally substituted —(CH₂)—(C═O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)-Aryl,        an optionally substituted        —(CH₂)_(n)—(C═O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)-Heteroaryl, an optionally        substituted —(CH₂)—(C═O)_(v)NR₁(SO₂)_(w)-Heterocycle, an        optionally substituted        —NR¹—(CH₂)_(n)—C(O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)-alkyl, an optionally        substituted        —NR¹—(CH₂)_(n)—C(O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)—NR_(1N)R_(2N), an        optionally substituted        —NR¹—(CH₂)_(n)—C(O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)—NR₁C(O)R_(1N), an        optionally substituted        —NR¹—(CH₂)_(n)—(C═O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)-Aryl, an optionally        substituted        —NR¹—(CH₂)_(n)—(C═O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)-Heteroaryl or an        optionally substituted        —NR¹—(CH₂)_(n)—(C═O)_(v)NR₁(SO₂)_(w)-Heterocycle, an optionally        substituted —X^(R2′)-alkyl group; an optionally substituted        —X^(R2′)— Aryl group; an optionally substituted —X^(R2′)—        Heteroaryl group; an optionally substituted —X^(R2′)-Heterocycle        group; an optionally substituted;    -   R^(3′) of ULM-g is an optionally substituted alkyl, an        optionally substituted        —(CH₂)_(n)—(O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)-alkyl, an optionally        substituted —(CH₂)_(n)—C(O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)—NR_(1N)R_(2N),        an optionally substituted        —(CH₂)_(n)—C(O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)—NR₁C(O)R_(1N), an        optionally substituted        —(CH₂)—C(O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)—C(O)NR₁R₂, an optionally        substituted —(CH₂)_(n)—C(O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)-Aryl, an        optionally substituted        —(CH₂)_(n)—C(O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)-Heteroaryl, an optionally        substituted —(CH₂)—C(O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)-Heterocycle, an        optionally substituted        —NR¹—(CH₂)_(n)—C(O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)-alkyl, an optionally        substituted —NR¹—(CH₂)—C(O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)—        NR_(1N)R_(2N), an optionally substituted        —NR¹—(CH₂)_(n)—C(O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)—NR₁C(O)R_(1N), an        optionally substituted        —NR¹—(CH₂)_(n)—C(O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)-Aryl, an optionally        substituted        —NR¹—(CH₂)_(n)—C(O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)-Heteroaryl, an        optionally substituted        —NR¹—(CH₂)_(n)—C(O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)-Heterocycle, an        optionally substituted        —O—(CH₂)n-(C═O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)-alkyl, an optionally        substituted —O—(CH₂)n-(C═O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)—NR_(1N)R_(2N),        an optionally substituted        —O—(CH₂)n-(C═O)_(u)(NR)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)—NR₁C(O)R_(1N), an        optionally substituted        —O—(CH₂)n-(C═O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)-Aryl, an optionally        substituted —O—(CH₂)n-(C═O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)- Heteroaryl or        an optionally substituted        —O—(CH₂)n-(C═O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)-Heterocycle;        —(CH₂)_(n)—(V)_(n′)—(CH₂)_(n)—(V)_(n′)-alkyl group, an        optionally substituted        —(CH₂)_(n)—(V)_(n′)—(CH₂)_(n)—(V)_(n′)-Aryl group, an optionally        substituted —(CH₂)_(n)—(V)_(n′)—(CH₂)_(n)—(V)_(n′)-Heteroaryl        group, an optionally substituted        —(CH₂)_(n)—(V)_(n′)—(CH₂)_(n)—(V)_(n′)-Heterocycle group, an        optionally substituted        —(CH₂)_(n)—N(R_(1′))(C═O)_(m′)—(V)_(n′)-alkyl group, an        optionally substituted        —(CH₂)_(n)—N(R_(1′))(C═O)_(m′)—(V)_(n′)-Aryl group, an        optionally substituted        —(CH₂)_(n)—N(R_(1′))(C═O)_(m′)—(V)_(n′)-Heteroaryl group, an        optionally substituted        —(CH₂)_(n)—N(R_(1′))(C═O)_(m′)—(V)_(n′)-Heterocycle group, an        optionally substituted —X^(R3′)— alkyl group; an optionally        substituted —X^(R3′)— Aryl group; an optionally substituted        —X^(R3′)— Heteroaryl group; an optionally substituted —X^(R3′)—        Heterocycle group; an optionally substituted;    -   R_(1N) and R_(2N) of ULM-g are each independently H, C₁-C₆ alkyl        which is optionally substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups        and up to three halogen groups or an optionally substituted        —(CH₂)_(n)-Aryl, —(CH₂)_(n)-Heteroaryl or —(CH₂)_(n)-Heterocycle        group;    -   V of ULM-g is O, S or NR₁;    -   R₁ of ULM-g is the same as above;    -   R¹ and R_(1′) of ULM-g are each independently H or a C₁-C₃ alkyl        group;    -   X^(R2′) and X^(R3′) of ULM-g are each independently an        optionally substituted —CH₂)_(n)—,        —CH₂)_(n)—CH(X_(v))═CH(X_(v))— (cis or trans), —CH₂)_(n)—CH≡CH—,        —(CH₂CH₂O)_(n)— or a C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl group, where X_(v) is H, a        halo or a C₁-C₃ alkyl group which is optionally substituted;    -   each m of ULM-g is independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6;    -   each m′ of ULM-g is independently 0 or 1;    -   each n of ULM-g is independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6;    -   each n′ of ULM-g is independently 0 or 1;    -   each u of ULM-g is independently 0 or 1;    -   each v of ULM-g is independently 0 or 1;    -   each w of ULM-g is independently 0 or 1; and    -   any one or more of R^(1′), R^(2′), R^(3′), X and X′ of ULM-g is        optionally modified to be covalently bonded to the PTM group        through a linker group when PTM is not ULM′, or when PTM is        ULM′, any one or more of R^(1′), R^(2′), R^(3′), X and X′ of        each of ULM and ULM′ are optionally modified to be covalently        bonded to each other directly or through a linker group, or a        pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, solvate or        polymorph thereof.

In any of the aspects or embodiments described herein, the ULM and whenpresent, ULM′, are each independently a group according to the chemicalstructure:

wherein:

-   -   each of R^(1′), R^(2′) and R^(3′) of ULM-h are the same as above        and X is C═O, C═S, —S(O) group or a S(O)₂ group, more preferably        a C═O group, and    -   any one or more of R^(1′), R^(2′) and R^(3′) of ULM-h are        optionally modified to bind a linker group to which is further        covalently bonded to the PTM group when PTM is not ULM′, or when        PTM is ULM′, any one or more of R^(1′), R^(2′), R^(3′) of each        of ULM and ULM′ are optionally modified to be covalently bonded        to each other directly or through a linker group, or    -   a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, enantiomer, diastereomer,        solvate or polymorph thereof.

In any of the aspects or embodiments described herein, the ULM, and whenpresent, ULM′, are each independently according to the chemicalstructure:

wherein:

-   -   any one or more of R^(1′), R^(2′) and R^(3′) of ULM-I are        optionally modified to bind a linker group to which is further        covalently bonded to the PTM group when PTM is not ULM′, or when        PTM is ULM′, any one or more of R^(1′), R^(2′), R^(3′) of each        of ULM and ULM′ are optionally modified to be covalently bonded        to each other directly or through a linker group, or    -   a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, enantiomer, diastereomer,        solvate or polymorph thereof.

In further preferred aspects of the disclosure, R^(1′) of ULM-g throughULM-i is preferably a hydroxyl group or a group which may be metabolizedto a hydroxyl or carboxylic group, such that the compound represents aprodrug form of an active compound. Exemplary preferred R¹¹ groupsinclude, for example, —(CH₂)_(n)OH, (CH₂)_(n)—O—(C₁-C₆)alkyl group,—(CH₂)_(n)COOH, —(CH₂O)_(n)H, an optionally substituted—(CH₂)_(n)OC(O)—(C₁-C₆ alkyl), or an optionally substituted—(CH₂)_(n)C(O)—O—(C₁-C₆ alkyl), wherein n is 0 or 1. Where R¹¹ is orcontains a carboxylic acid group, a hydroxyl group or an amine group,the hydroxyl group, carboxylic acid group or amine (each of which may beoptionally substituted), may be further chemically modified to provide acovalent link to a linker group to which the PTM group (including a ULM′group) is bonded;

X and X′, where present, of ULM-g and ULM-h are preferably a C═O, C═S,—S(O) group or a S(O)₂ group, more preferably a C═O group;

R^(2′) of ULM-g through ULM-i is preferably an optionally substituted—NR¹-T-Aryl, an optionally substituted —NR¹-T-Heteroaryl group or anoptionally substituted —NR¹-T-Heterocycle, where R¹ is H or CH₃,preferably H and T is an optionally substituted —(CH₂)_(n)— group,wherein each one of the methylene groups may be optionally substitutedwith one or two substituents, preferably selected from halogen, an aminoacid sidechain as otherwise described herein or a C₁-C₃ alkyl group,preferably one or two methyl groups, which may be optionallysubstituted; and n is 0 to 6, often 0, 1, 2 or 3, preferably 0 or 1.Alternatively, T may also be a —(CH₂O)_(n)— group, a —(OCH₂)_(n)— group,a —(CH₂CH₂O)_(n)— group, a —(OCH₂CH₂)_(n)— group, all of which groupsare optionally substituted.

Preferred Aryl groups for R^(2′) of ULM-g through ULM-i includeoptionally substituted phenyl or naphthyl groups, preferably phenylgroups, wherein the phenyl or naphthy group is optionally connected to aPTM (including a ULM′ group) via a linker group and/or optionallysubstituted with a halogen (preferably F or Cl), an amine, monoalkyl- ordialkyl amine (preferably, dimethylamine), F, Cl, OH, COOH, C₁-C₆ alkyl,preferably CH₃, CF₃, OMe, OCF₃, NO₂, or CN group (each of which may besubstituted in ortho-, meta- and/or para-positions of the phenyl ring,preferably para-), an optionally substituted phenyl group (the phenylgroup itself is optionally connected to a PTM group, including a ULM′group, via a linker group), and/or optionally substituted with at leastone of F, Cl, OH, COOH, CH₃, CF₃, OMe, OCF₃, NO₂, or CN group (inortho-, meta- and/or para-positions of the phenyl ring, preferablypara-), a naphthyl group, which may be optionally substituted, anoptionally substituted heteroaryl, preferably an optionally substitutedisoxazole including a methylsubstituted isoxazole, an optionallysubstituted oxazole including a methylsubstituted oxazole, an optionallysubstituted thiazole including a methyl substituted thiazole, anoptionally substituted isothiazole including a methyl substitutedisothiazole, an optionally substituted pyrrole including amethylsubstituted pyrrole, an optionally substituted imidazole includinga methylimidazole, an optionally substituted benzimidazole ormethoxybenzylimidazole, an optionally substituted oximidazole ormethyloximidazole, an optionally substituted diazole group, including amethyldiazole group, an optionally substituted triazole group, includinga methylsubstituted triazole group, an optionally substituted pyridinegroup, including a halo-(preferably, F) or methylsubstitutedpyridinegroup or an oxapyridine group (where the pyridine group is linked to thephenyl group by an oxygen), an optionally substituted furan, anoptionally substituted benzofuran, an optionally substituteddihydrobenzofuran, an optionally substituted indole, indolizine orazaindolizine (2, 3, or 4-azaindolizine), an optionally substitutedquinoline, an optionally substituted group according to the chemicalstructure:

wherein:

-   -   S^(c) of ULM-g through ULM-i is CHR^(SS), NR^(URE), or O;    -   R^(HET) of ULM-g through ULM-i is H, CN, NO₂, halo (preferably        Cl or F), optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl (preferably        substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to three halo        groups (e.g. CF₃), optionally substituted O(C₁-C₆ alkyl)        (preferably substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to        three halo groups) or an optionally substituted acetylenic group        —C≡C—R_(a) where R_(a) is H or a C₁-C₆ alkyl group (preferably        C₁-C₃ alkyl);    -   R^(SS) of ULM-g through ULM-i is H, CN, NO₂, halo (preferably F        or Cl), optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl (preferably        substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to three halo        groups), optionally substituted O—(C₁-C₆ alkyl) (preferably        substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to three halo        groups) or an optionally substituted —C(O)(C₁-C₆ alkyl)        (preferably substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to        three halo groups);    -   R^(URE) of ULM-g through ULM-i is H, a C₁-C₆ alkyl (preferably H        or C₁-C₃ alkyl) or a —C(O)(C₁-C₆ alkyl) each of which groups is        optionally substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to        three halogen, preferably fluorine groups, or an optionally        substituted phenyl group, an optionally substituted heteroaryl,        or an optionally substituted heterocycle, preferably for example        piperidine, morpholine, pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuran);    -   R^(PRO) of ULM-g through ULM-i is H, optionally substituted        C₁-C₆ alkyl or an optionally substituted aryl (phenyl or        napthyl), heteroaryl or heterocyclic group selected from the        group consisting of oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, isothiazole,        imidazole, diazole, oximidazole, pyrrole, pyrollidine, furan,        dihydrofuran, tetrahydrofuran, thiene, dihydrothiene,        tetrahydrothiene, pyridine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine,        quinoline, (each preferably substituted with a C₁-C₃ alkyl        group, preferably methyl or a halo group, preferably F or Cl),        benzofuran, indole, indolizine, azaindolizine;    -   R^(PRO)1 and R^(PRO)2 of ULM-g through ULM-i are each        independently H, an optionally substituted C₁-C₃ alkyl group or        together form a keto group; and each n of ULM-g through ULM-i is        independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 (preferably 0 or 1), or an        optionally substituted heterocycle, preferably tetrahydrofuran,        tetrahydrothiene, piperidine, piperazine or morpholine (each of        which groups when substituted, are preferably substituted with a        methyl or halo (F, Br, Cl), each of which groups may be        optionally attached a PTM group (including a ULM′ group) via a        linker group.

In certain preferred aspects,

of ULM-g through ULM-i is a

group, where R^(PRO) and n of ULM-g through ULM-i are the same as above.

Preferred heteroaryl groups for R^(2′) of ULM-g through ULM-i include anoptionally substituted quinoline (which may be attached to thepharmacophore or substituted on any carbon atom within the quinolinering), an optionally substituted indole, an optionally substitutedindolizine, an optionally substituted azaindolizine, an optionallysubstituted benzofuran, including an optionally substituted benzofuran,an optionally substituted isoxazole, an optionally substituted thiazole,an optionally substituted isothiazole, an optionally substitutedthiophene, an optionally substituted pyridine (2-, 3, or 4-pyridine), anoptionally substituted imidazole, an optionally substituted pyrrole, anoptionally substituted diazole, an optionally substituted triazole, atetrazole, an optionally substituted oximidazole, or a group accordingto the chemical structure:

wherein:

-   -   S^(C) of ULM-g through ULM-i is CHR^(SS), NR^(URE), or O;    -   R^(HET) of ULM-g through ULM-i is H, CN, NO₂, halo (preferably        Cl or F), optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl (preferably        substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to three halo        groups (e.g. CF₃), optionally substituted O(C₁-C₆ alkyl)        (preferably substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to        three halo groups) or an optionally substituted acetylenic group        —C≡C—R_(a) where R_(a) of ULM-g through ULM-i is H or a C₁-C₆        alkyl group (preferably C₁-C₃ alkyl);    -   R^(SS) of ULM-g through ULM-i is H, CN, NO₂, halo (preferably F        or Cl), optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl (preferably        substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to three halo        groups), optionally substituted O—(C₁-C₆ alkyl) (preferably        substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to three halo        groups) or an optionally substituted —C(O)(C₁-C₆ alkyl)        (preferably substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to        three halo groups);    -   R^(URE) of ULM-g through ULM-i is H, a C₁-C₆ alkyl (preferably H        or C₁-C₃ alkyl) or a —C(O)(C₁-C₆ alkyl), each of which groups is        optionally substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to        three halogen, preferably fluorine groups, or an optionally        substituted heterocycle, for example piperidine, morpholine,        pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene, piperidine,        piperazine, each of which is optionally substituted, and    -   Y^(C) of ULM-g through ULM-i is N or C—R^(YC), where R^(YC) is        H, OH, CN, NO₂, halo (preferably Cl or F), optionally        substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl (preferably substituted with one or two        hydroxyl groups or up to three halo groups (e.g. CF₃),        optionally substituted O(C₁-C₆ alkyl) (preferably substituted        with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to three halo groups) or        an optionally substituted acetylenic group —C≡C—R_(a) where        R_(a) is H or a C₁-C₆ alkyl group (preferably C₁-C₃ alkyl), each        of which groups may be optionally connected to a PTM group        (including a ULM′ group) via a linker group.

Preferred heterocycle groups for R^(2′) of ULM-g through ULM-i includetetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiene, tetrahydroquinoline, piperidine,piperazine, pyrrollidine, morpholine, oxane or thiane, each of whichgroups may be optionally substituted, or a group according to thechemical structure:

-   -   preferably, a

group,wherein:

-   -   R^(PRO) of ULM-g through ULM-i is H, optionally substituted        C₁-C₆ alkyl or an optionally substituted aryl, heteroaryl or        heterocyclic group;    -   R^(PRO1) and R^(PRO2) of ULM-g through ULM-i are each        independently H, an optionally subsituted C₁-C₃ alkyl group or        together form a keto group and    -   each n of ULM-g through ULM-i is independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,        or 6 (often 0 or 1), each of which groups may be optionally        connected to a PTM group (including a ULM′ group) via a linker        group.

Preferred R^(2′) substituents of ULM-g through ULM-i also includespecifically (and without limitation to the specific compound disclosed)the R^(2′) substituents which are found in the identified compoundsdisclosed herein (which includes the specific compounds which aredisclosed in the present specification, and the figures which areattached hereto). Each of these R^(2′) substituents may be used inconjunction with any number of R^(3′) substituents which are alsodisclosed herein.

R^(3′) of ULM-g through ULM-i is preferably an optionally substituted-T-Aryl, an optionally substituted-T-Heteroaryl, an optionallysubstituted -T-Heterocycle, an optionally substituted-NR¹-T-Aryl, anoptionally substituted —NR¹-T-Heteroaryl or an optionallysubstituted-NR¹-T-Heterocycle, where R¹ is H or a C₁-C₃ alkyl group,preferably H or CH₃, T is an optionally substituted —(CH₂)_(n)— group,wherein each one of the methylene groups may be optionally substitutedwith one or two substituents, preferably selected from halogen, a C₁-C₃alkyl group or the sidechain of an amino acid as otherwise describedherein, preferably methyl, which may be optionally substituted; and n is0 to 6, often 0, 1, 2, or 3 preferably 0 or 1. Alternatively, T may alsobe a —(CH₂O)_(n)— group, a —(OCH₂)_(n)— group, a —(CH₂CH₂O)_(n)— group,a —(OCH₂CH₂)_(n)— group, each of which groups is optionally substituted.

Preferred aryl groups for R^(3′) of ULM-g through ULM-i includeoptionally substituted phenyl or naphthyl groups, preferably phenylgroups, wherein the phenyl or naphthyl group is optionally connected toa PTM group (including a ULM′ group) via a linker group and/oroptionally substituted a halogen (preferably F or Cl), an amine,monoalkyl- or dialkyl amine (preferably, dimethylamine), an amido group(preferably a —(CH₂)_(m)—NR₁C(O)R₂ group where m, R₁ and R₂ are the sameas above), a halo (often F or Cl), OH, CH₃, CF₃, OMe, OCF₃, NO₂, CN or aS(O)₂R_(S) group (R_(S) is a a C₁-C₆ alkyl group, an optionallysubstituted aryl, heteroaryl or heterocycle group or a —(CH₂)_(m)NR₁R₂group), each of which may be substituted in ortho-, meta- and/orpara-positions of the phenyl ring, preferably para-), or an Aryl(preferably phenyl), Heteroaryl or Heterocycle. Preferably saidsubstituent phenyl group is an optionally substituted phenyl group(i.e., the substituent phenyl group itself is preferably substitutedwith at least one of F, Cl, OH, SH, COOH, CH₃, CF₃, OMe, OCF₃, NO₂, CNor a linker group to which is attached a PTM group (including a ULM′group), wherein the substitution occurs in ortho-, meta- and/orpara-positions of the phenyl ring, preferably para-), a naphthyl group,which may be optionally substituted including as described above, anoptionally substituted heteroaryl (preferably an optionally substitutedisoxazole including a methylsubstituted isoxazole, an optionallysubstituted oxazole including a methylsubstituted oxazole, an optionallysubstituted thiazole including a methyl substituted thiazole, anoptionally substituted pyrrole including a methylsubstituted pyrrole, anoptionally substituted imidazole including a methylimidazole, abenzylimidazole or methoxybenzylimidazole, an oximidazole ormethyloximidazole, an optionally substituted diazole group, including amethyldiazole group, an optionally substituted triazole group, includinga methylsubstituted triazole group, a pyridine group, including ahalo-(preferably, F) or methylsubstitutedpyridine group or anoxapyridine group (where the pyridine group is linked to the phenylgroup by an oxygen) or an optionally substituted heterocycle(tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene, pyrrolidine, piperidine,morpholine, piperazine, tetrahydroquinoline, oxane or thiane. Each ofthe aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclic groups may be optionally connectedto a PTM group (including a ULM′ group) with a linker group.

Preferred Heteroaryl groups for R^(3′) of ULM-g through ULM-i include anoptionally substituted quinoline (which may be attached to thepharmacophore or substituted on any carbon atom within the quinolinering), an optionally substituted indole (including dihydroindole), anoptionally substituted indolizine, an optionally substitutedazaindolizine (2, 3 or 4-azaindolizine) an optionally substitutedbenzimidazole, benzodiazole, benzoxofuran, an optionally substitutedimidazole, an optionally substituted isoxazole, an optionallysubstituted oxazole (preferably methyl substituted), an optionallysubstituted diazole, an optionally substituted triazole, a tetrazole, anoptionally substituted benzofuran, an optionally substituted thiophene,an optionally substituted thiazole (preferably methyl and/or thiolsubstituted), an optionally substituted isothiazole, an optionallysubstituted triazole (preferably a 1,2,3-triazole substituted with amethyl group, a triisopropylsilyl group, an optionally substituted—(CH₂)_(m)—O—C₁-C₆ alkyl group or an optionally substituted—(CH₂)_(m)—C(O)—O—C₁-C₆ alkyl group), an optionally substituted pyridine(2-, 3, or 4-pyridine) or a group according to the chemical structure:

wherein:

-   -   S^(c) of ULM-g through ULM-i is CHR^(SS), NR^(URE), or O;    -   R^(HET) of ULM-g through ULM-i is H, CN, NO₂, halo (preferably        Cl or F), optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl (preferably        substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to three halo        groups (e.g. CF₃), optionally substituted O(C₁-C₆ alkyl)        (preferably substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to        three halo groups) or an optionally substituted acetylenic group        —C≡C—R_(a) where R_(a) is H or a C₁-C₆ alkyl group (preferably        C₁-C₃ alkyl);    -   R^(SS) of ULM-g through ULM-i is H, CN, NO₂, halo (preferably F        or Cl), optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl (preferably        substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to three halo        groups), optionally substituted O—(C₁-C₆ alkyl) (preferably        substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to three halo        groups) or an optionally substituted —C(O)(C₁-C₆ alkyl)        (preferably substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to        three halo groups);    -   R^(URE) of ULM-g through ULM-i is H, a C₁-C₆ alkyl (preferably H        or C₁-C₃ alkyl) or a —C(O)(C₁-C₆ alkyl), each of which groups is        optionally substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to        three halogen, preferably fluorine groups, or an optionally        substituted heterocycle, for example piperidine, morpholine,        pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene, piperidine,        piperazine, each of which is optionally substituted, and    -   Y^(C) of ULM-g through ULM-i is N or C—R^(YC), where R^(YC) is        H, OH, CN, NO₂, halo (preferably C1 or F), optionally        substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl (preferably substituted with one or two        hydroxyl groups or up to three halo groups (e.g. CF₃),        optionally substituted O(C₁-C₆ alkyl) (preferably substituted        with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to three halo groups) or        an optionally substituted acetylenic group —C≡C—R_(a) where        R_(a) is H or a C₁-C₆ alkyl group (preferably C₁-C₃ alkyl). Each        of said heteroaryl groups may be optionally connected to a PTM        group (including a ULM′ group) via a linker group.

Preferred heterocycle groups for R^(3′) of ULM-g through ULM-i includetetrahydroquinoline, piperidine, piperazine, pyrrollidine, morpholine,tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene, oxane and thiane, each of whichgroups may be optionally substituted or a group according to thechemical structure:

preferably, a

group,wherein:

-   -   R^(PRO) of ULM-g through ULM-i is H, optionally substituted        C₁-C₆ alkyl or an optionally substituted aryl (phenyl or        napthyl), heteroaryl or heterocyclic group selected from the        group consisting of oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, isothiazole,        imidazole, diazole, oximidazole, pyrrole, pyrollidine, furan,        dihydrofuran, tetrahydrofuran, thiene, dihydrothiene,        tetrahydrothiene, pyridine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine,        quinoline, (each preferably substituted with a C₁-C₃ alkyl        group, preferably methyl or a halo group, preferably F or Cl),        benzofuran, indole, indolizine, azaindolizine;    -   R^(PRO1) and R^(PRO2) of ULM-g through ULM-i are each        independently H, an optionally subsituted C₁-C₃ alkyl group or        together form a keto group, and each n of ULM-g through ULM-i is        0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 (preferably 0 or 1), wherein each of said        Heterocycle groups may be optionally connected to a PTM group        (including a ULM′ group) via a linker group.

Preferred R^(3′) substituents of ULM-g through ULM-i also includespecifically (and without limitation to the specific compound disclosed)the R^(3′) substituents which are found in the identified compoundsdisclosed herein (which includes the specific compounds which aredisclosed in the present specification, and the figures which areattached hereto). Each of these R^(3′) substituents may be used inconjunction with any number of R^(2′) substituents, which are alsodisclosed herein.

In certain alternative preferred embodiments, R^(2′) of ULM-g throughULM-i is an optionally substituted —NR₁—X^(R2′)-alkyl group,—NR₁—X^(R2′)-Aryl group; an optionally substituted —NR₁— X^(R2′)-HET, anoptionally substituted —NR₁—X^(R2′)-Aryl-HET or an optionallysubstituted —NR₁— X^(R2′)-HET-Aryl,

wherein:

-   -   R₁ of ULM-g through ULM-i is H or a C₁-C₃ alkyl group        (preferably H);    -   X^(R2′) of ULM-g through ULM-i is an optionally substituted        —CH₂)_(n)—, —CH₂)_(n)—CH(X_(v))═CH(X_(v))— (cis or trans),        —(CH₂)_(n)—CH═CH—, —(CH₂CH₂O)_(n)— or a C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl group;        and    -   X_(v) of ULM-g through ULM-i is H, a halo or a C₁-C₃ alkyl group        which is optionally substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups        or up to three halogen groups;    -   Alkyl of ULM-g through ULM-i is an optionally substituted C1-C10        alkyl (preferably a C₁-C₆ alkyl) group (in certain preferred        embodiments, the alkyl group is end-capped with a halo group,        often a Cl or Br);    -   Aryl of ULM-g through ULM-i is an optionally substituted phenyl        or naphthyl group (preferably, a phenyl group); and    -   HET of ULM-g through ULM-i is an optionally substituted oxazole,        isoxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, imidazole, diazole,        oximidazole, pyrrole, pyrollidine, furan, dihydrofuran,        tetrahydrofuran, thiene, dihydrothiene, tetrahydrothiene,        pyridine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine, benzofuran,        indole, indolizine, azaindolizine, quinoline (when substituted,        each preferably substituted with a C₁-C₃ alkyl group, preferably        methyl or a halo group, preferably F or Cl) or a group according        to the chemical structure:

-   -   S^(c) of ULM-g through ULM-i is CHR^(SS), NR^(URE), or O;    -   R^(HET) of ULM-g through ULM-i is H, CN, NO₂, halo (preferably        Cl or F), optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl (preferably        substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to three halo        groups (e.g. CF₃), optionally substituted O(C₁-C₆ alkyl)        (preferably substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to        three halo groups) or an optionally substituted acetylenic group        —C≡C—R_(a) where R_(a) is H or a C₁-C₆ alkyl group (preferably        C₁-C₃ alkyl);    -   R^(SS) of ULM-g through ULM-i is H, CN, NO₂, halo (preferably F        or Cl), optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl (preferably        substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to three halo        groups), optionally substituted O—(C₁-C₆ alkyl) (preferably        substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to three halo        groups) or an optionally substituted —C(O)(C₁-C₆ alkyl)        (preferably substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to        three halo groups);    -   R^(URE) of ULM-g through ULM-i is H, a C₁-C₆ alkyl (preferably H        or C₁-C₃ alkyl) or a —C(O)(C₁-C₆ alkyl), each of which groups is        optionally substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to        three halogen, preferably fluorine groups, or an optionally        substituted heterocycle, for example piperidine, morpholine,        pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene, piperidine,        piperazine, each of which is optionally substituted;    -   Y^(C) of ULM-g through ULM-i is N or C—R^(YC), where R^(YC) is        H, OH, CN, NO₂, halo (preferably C1 or F), optionally        substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl (preferably substituted with one or two        hydroxyl groups or up to three halo groups (e.g. CF₃),        optionally substituted O(C₁-C₆ alkyl) (preferably substituted        with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to three halo groups) or        an optionally substituted acetylenic group —C≡C—R_(a) where        R_(a) is H or a C₁-C₆ alkyl group (preferably C₁-C₃ alkyl);    -   R^(PRO) of ULM-g through ULM-i is H, optionally substituted        C₁-C₆ alkyl or an optionally substituted aryl (phenyl or        napthyl), heteroaryl or heterocyclic group selected from the        group consisting of oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, isothiazole,        imidazole, diazole, oximidazole, pyrrole, pyrollidine, furan,        dihydrofuran, tetrahydrofuran, thiene, dihydrothiene,        tetrahydrothiene, pyridine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine,        quinoline, (each preferably substituted with a C₁-C₃ alkyl        group, preferably methyl or a halo group, preferably F or Cl),        benzofuran, indole, indolizine, azaindolizine;    -   R^(PRO1) and R^(PRO2) of ULM-g through ULM-i are each        independently H, an optionally subsituted C₁-C₃ alkyl group or        together form a keto group, and each n of ULM-g through ULM-i is        independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 (preferably 0 or 1).

Each of said groups may be optionally connected to a PTM group(including a ULM′ group) via a linker group.

In certain alternative preferred embodiments of the present disclosure,R^(3′) of ULM-g through ULM-i is an optionally substituted—(CH₂)_(n)—(V)_(n′)—(CH₂)_(n)—(V)_(n′)—R^(S3′) group, an optionallysubstituted-(CH₂)_(n)—N(R_(1′))(C═O)_(m′)—(V)_(n′)—R^(S3′) group, anoptionally substituted —X^(R3′)-alkyl group, an optionally substituted—X^(R3′)-Aryl group; an optionally substituted —X^(R3′)-HET group, anoptionally substituted —X^(R3′)-Aryl-HET group or an optionallysubstituted —X^(R3′)-HET-Aryl group,

wherein:

-   -   R^(S3′) is an optionally substituted alkyl group (C₁-C₁₀,        preferably C₁-C₆ alkyl), an optionally substituted Aryl group or        a HET group;    -   R_(1′) is H or a C₁-C₃ alkyl group (preferably H);    -   V is O, S or NR_(1′);    -   X^(R3′) is —(CH₂)_(n)—, —(CH₂CH₂O)_(n)—,        —CH₂)_(n)—CH(X_(v))═CH(X_(v))— (cis or trans), —CH₂)_(n)—CH═CH—,        or a C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl group, all optionally substituted;    -   X_(v) is H, a halo or a C₁-C₃ alkyl group which is optionally        substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to three        halogen groups;    -   Alkyl is an optionally substituted C₁-C₁₀ alkyl (preferably a        C₁-C₆ alkyl) group (in certain preferred embodiments, the alkyl        group is end-capped with a halo group, often a Cl or Br);    -   Aryl is an optionally substituted phenyl or napthyl group        (preferably, a phenyl group); and    -   HET is an optionally substituted oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole,        isothiazole, imidazole, diazole, oximidazole, pyrrole,        pyrollidine, furan, dihydrofuran, tetrahydrofuran, thiene,        dihydrothiene, tetrahydrothiene, pyridine, piperidine,        piperazine, morpholine, benzofuran, indole, indolizine,        azaindolizine, quinoline (when substituted, each preferably        substituted with a C₁-C₃ alkyl group, preferably methyl or a        halo group, preferably F or Cl), or a group according to the        chemical structure:

-   -   S^(c) of ULM-g through ULM-i is CHR^(SS), NR^(URE), or O;    -   R^(HET) of ULM-g through ULM-i is H, CN, NO₂, halo (preferably        Cl or F), optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl (preferably        substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to three halo        groups (e.g. CF₃), optionally substituted O(C₁-C₆ alkyl)        (preferably substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to        three halo groups) or an optionally substituted acetylenic group        —C≡C—R_(a) where R_(a) is H or a C₁-C₆ alkyl group (preferably        C₁-C₃ alkyl);    -   R^(SS) of ULM-g through ULM-i is H, CN, NO₂, halo (preferably F        or Cl), optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl (preferably        substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to three halo        groups), optionally substituted O—(C₁-C₆ alkyl) (preferably        substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to three halo        groups) or an optionally substituted —C(O)(C₁-C₆ alkyl)        (preferably substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to        three halo groups);    -   R^(URE) of ULM-g through ULM-i is H, a C₁-C₆ alkyl (preferably H        or C₁-C₃ alkyl) or a —C(O)(C₀-C₆ alkyl), each of which groups is        optionally substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to        three halogen, preferably fluorine groups, or an optionally        substituted heterocycle, for example piperidine, morpholine,        pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene, piperidine,        piperazine, each of which is optionally substituted;    -   Y^(C) of ULM-g through ULM-i is N or C—R^(YC), where R^(YC) is        H, OH, CN, NO₂, halo (preferably C1 or F), optionally        substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl (preferably substituted with one or two        hydroxyl groups or up to three halo groups (e.g. CF₃),        optionally substituted O(C₁-C₆ alkyl) (preferably substituted        with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to three halo groups) or        an optionally substituted acetylenic group —C≡C—R_(a) where        R_(a) is H or a C₁-C₆ alkyl group (preferably C₁-C₃ alkyl);    -   R^(PRO) of ULM-g through ULM-i is H, optionally substituted        C₁-C₆ alkyl or an optionally substituted aryl (phenyl or        napthyl), heteroaryl or heterocyclic group selected from the        group consisting of oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, isothiazole,        imidazole, diazole, oximidazole, pyrrole, pyrollidine, furan,        dihydrofuran, tetrahydrofuran, thiene, dihydrothiene,        tetrahydrothiene, pyridine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine,        quinoline, (each preferably substituted with a C₁-C₃ alkyl        group, preferably methyl or a halo group, preferably F or Cl),        benzofuran, indole, indolizine, azaindolizine;    -   R^(PRO1) and R^(PRO2) of ULM-g through ULM-i are each        independently H, an optionally subsituted C₁-C₃ alkyl group or        together form a keto group;    -   each n of ULM-g through ULM-i is independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,        or 6 (preferably 0 or 1);    -   each m′ of ULM-g through ULM-i is 0 or 1; and    -   each n′ of ULM-g through ULM-i is 0 or 1;    -   wherein each of said compounds, preferably on the alkyl, Aryl or        Het groups, is optionally connected to a PTM group (including a        ULM′ group) via a linker group.

In alternative embodiments, R^(3′) of ULM-g through ULM-i is—(CH₂)_(n)-Aryl, —(CH₂CH₂O)_(n)-Aryl, —(CH₂)_(n)-HET or—(CH₂CH₂O)_(n)—HET,

wherein:

-   -   said Aryl of ULM-g through ULM-i is phenyl which is optionally        substituted with one or two substitutents, wherein said        substituent(s) is preferably selected from —(CH₂)_(n)OH, C₁-C₆        alkyl which itself is further optionally substituted with CN,        halo (up to three halo groups), OH, —(CH₂)_(n)O(C₁-C₆)alkyl,        amine, mono- or di-(C₁-C₆ alkyl) amine wherein the alkyl group        on the amine is optionally substituted with 1 or 2 hydroxyl        groups or up to three halo (preferably F, Cl) groups, or    -   said Aryl group of ULM-g through ULM-i is substituted with        —(CH₂)_(n)OH, —(CH₂)_(n)—O—(C₁-C₆)alkyl,        —(CH₂)_(n)—O—(CH₂)_(n)—(C₁-C₅)alkyl, —(CH₂)_(n)—C(O)(C₀-C₆)        alkyl, —(CH₂)_(n)—C(O)O(C₀-C₆)alkyl,        —(CH₂)_(n)—OC(O)(C₀-C₆)alkyl, amine, mono- or di-(C₁-C₆ alkyl)        amine wherein the alkyl group on the amine is optionally        substituted with 1 or 2 hydroxyl groups or up to three halo        (preferably F, Cl) groups, CN, NO₂, an optionally substituted        —(CH₂)_(n)—(V)_(m′)—CH₂)_(n)—(V)_(m′)—(C₁-C₆)alkyl group, a        —(V)_(m′)—(CH₂CH₂O)_(n)—R^(PEG) group where V is O, S or NR₁, R₁        is H or a C₁-C₃ alkyl group (preferably H) and R^(PEG) is H or a        C₁-C₆ alkyl group which is optionally substituted (including        being optionally substituted with a carboxyl group), or    -   said Aryl group of ULM-g through ULM-i is optionally substituted        with a heterocycle, including a heteroaryl, selected from the        group consisting of oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, isothiazole,        imidazole, diazole, oximidazole, pyrrole, pyrollidine, furan,        dihydrofuran, tetrahydrofuran, thiene, dihydrothiene,        tetrahydrothiene, pyridine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine,        quinoline, benzofuran, indole, indolizine, azaindolizine, (when        substituted each preferably substituted with a C₁-C₃ alkyl        group, preferably methyl or a halo group, preferably F or Cl),        or a group according to the chemical structure:

S^(c) of ULM-g through ULM-i is CHR^(SS), NR^(URE), or O;

-   -   R^(HET) of ULM-g through ULM-i is H, CN, NO₂, halo (preferably        Cl or F), optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl (preferably        substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to three halo        groups (e.g. CF₃), optionally substituted O(C₁-C₆ alkyl)        (preferably substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to        three halo groups) or an optionally substituted acetylenic group        —C≡C—R_(a) where R_(a) is H or a C₁-C₆ alkyl group (preferably        C₁-C₃ alkyl);    -   R^(SS) of ULM-g through ULM-i is H, CN, NO₂, halo (preferably F        or Cl), optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl (preferably        substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to three halo        groups), optionally substituted O—(C₁-C₆ alkyl) (preferably        substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to three halo        groups) or an optionally substituted —C(O)(C₁-C₆ alkyl)        (preferably substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to        three halo groups);    -   R^(URE) of ULM-g through ULM-i is H, a C₁-C₆ alkyl (preferably H        or C₁-C₃ alkyl) or a —C(O)(C₀-C₆ alkyl), each of which groups is        optionally substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to        three halogen, preferably fluorine groups, or an optionally        substituted heterocycle, for example piperidine, morpholine,        pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene, piperidine,        piperazine, each of which is optionally substituted;    -   Y^(C) of ULM-g through ULM-i is N or C—R^(YC), where R^(YC) is        H, OH, CN, NO₂, halo (preferably C1 or F), optionally        substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl (preferably substituted with one or two        hydroxyl groups or up to three halo groups (e.g. CF₃),        optionally substituted O(C₁-C₆ alkyl) (preferably substituted        with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to three halo groups) or        an optionally substituted acetylenic group —C≡C—R_(a) where        R_(a) is H or a C₁-C₆ alkyl group (preferably C₁-C₃ alkyl);    -   R^(PRO) of ULM-g through ULM-i is H, optionally substituted        C₁-C₆ alkyl or an optionally substituted aryl (phenyl or        napthyl), heteroaryl or heterocyclic group selected from the        group consisting of oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, isothiazole,        imidazole, diazole, oximidazole, pyrrole, pyrollidine, furan,        dihydrofuran, tetrahydrofuran, thiene, dihydrothiene,        tetrahydrothiene, pyridine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine,        quinoline, (each preferably substituted with a C₁-C₃ alkyl        group, preferably methyl or a halo group, preferably F or Cl),        benzofuran, indole, indolizine, azaindolizine;    -   R^(PRO1) and R^(PRO2) of ULM-g through ULM-i are each        independently H, an optionally substituted C₁-C₃ alkyl group or        together form a keto group;    -   HET of ULM-g through ULM-i is preferably oxazole, isoxazole,        thiazole, isothiazole, imidazole, diazole, oximidazole, pyrrole,        pyrollidine, furan, dihydrofuran, tetrahydrofuran, thiene,        dihydrothiene, tetrahydrothiene, pyridine, piperidine,        piperazine, morpholine, quinoline, (each preferably substituted        with a C₁-C₃ alkyl group, preferably methyl or a halo group,        preferably F or Cl), benzofuran, indole, indolizine,        azaindolizine, or a group according to the chemical structure:

S^(c) of ULM-g through ULM-i is CHR^(SS), NR^(URE), or O;

-   -   R^(HET) of ULM-g through ULM-i is H, CN, NO₂, halo (preferably        Cl or F), optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl (preferably        substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to three halo        groups (e.g. CF₃), optionally substituted O(C₁-C₆ alkyl)        (preferably substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to        three halo groups) or an optionally substituted acetylenic group        —C≡C—R_(a) where R_(a) is H or a C₁-C₆ alkyl group (preferably        C₁-C₃ alkyl);    -   R^(SS) of ULM-g through ULM-i is H, CN, NO₂, halo (preferably F        or Cl), optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl (preferably        substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to three halo        groups), optionally substituted O—(C₁-C₆ alkyl) (preferably        substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to three halo        groups) or an optionally substituted —C(O)(C₁-C₆ alkyl)        (preferably substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to        three halo groups);    -   R^(URE) of ULM-g through ULM-i is H, a C₁-C₆ alkyl (preferably H        or C₁-C₃ alkyl) or a —C(O)(C₀-C₆ alkyl), each of which groups is        optionally substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to        three halogen, preferably fluorine groups, or an optionally        substituted heterocycle, for example piperidine, morpholine,        pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene, piperidine,        piperazine, each of which is optionally substituted;    -   Y^(C) of ULM-g through ULM-i is N or C—R^(YC), where R^(YC) is        H, OH, CN, NO₂, halo (preferably C1 or F), optionally        substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl (preferably substituted with one or two        hydroxyl groups or up to three halo groups (e.g. CF₃),        optionally substituted O(C₁-C₆ alkyl) (preferably substituted        with one or two hydroxyl groups or up to three halo groups) or        an optionally substituted acetylenic group —C≡C—R_(a) where        R_(a) is H or a C₁-C₆ alkyl group (preferably C₁-C₃ alkyl);    -   R^(PRO) of ULM-g through ULM-i is H, optionally substituted        C₁-C₆ alkyl or an optionally substituted aryl, heteroaryl or        heterocyclic group;    -   R^(PRO1) and R^(PRO2) of ULM-g through ULM-i are each        independently H, an optionally subsituted C₁-C₃ alkyl group or        together form a keto group;    -   each m′ of ULM-g through ULM-i is independently 0 or 1; and    -   each n of ULM-g through ULM-i is independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,        or 6 (preferably 0 or 1),    -   wherein each of said compounds, preferably on said Aryl or HET        groups, is optionally connected to a PTM group (including a ULM′        group) with a linker group.

In still additional embodiments, preferred compounds include thoseaccording to the chemical structure:

wherein:

-   -   R^(1′) of ULM-i is OH or a group which is metabolized in a        patient or subject to OH;    -   R^(2′) of ULM-i is a —NH—CH₂-Aryl-HET (preferably, a phenyl        linked directly to a methyl substituted thiazole);    -   R^(3′) of ULM-i is a —CHR^(CR3′)—NH—C(O)—R^(3P1) group or a        —CHR^(CR3′)—R^(3P2) group;    -   R^(CR3′) of ULM-i is a C₁-C₄ alkyl group, preferably methyl,        isopropyl or tert-butyl;    -   R^(3P1) of ULM-i is C₁-C₃ alkyl (preferably methyl), an        optionally substituted oxetane group (preferably methyl        substituted, a —(CH₂)_(n)OCH₃ group where n is 1 or 2        (preferably 2), or a

group (the ethyl ether group is preferably meta-substituted on thephenyl moiety), a morpholino group (linked to the carbonyl at the 2- or3-position;

-   -   R^(3P2) of ULM-i is a

group;

-   -   Aryl of ULM-i is phenyl;    -   HET of ULM-i is an optionally substituted thiazole or        isothiazole; and    -   R^(HET) of ULM-i is H or a halo group (preferably H);    -   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, solvate or        polymorph thereof, wherein each of said compounds is optionally        connected to a PTM group (including a ULM′ group) via a linker        group.

In certain aspects, bifunctional compounds comprising a ubiquitin E3ligase binding moiety (ULM), wherein ULM is a group according to thechemical structure:

wherein:each R₅ and R₆ of ULM-j is independently OH, SH, or optionallysubstituted alkyl or R₅, R₆, and the carbon atom to which they areattached form a carbonyl;R₇ of ULM-j is H or optionally substituted alkyl;E of ULM-j is a bond, C═O, or C═S;G of ULM-j is a bond, optionally substituted alkyl, —COOH or C=J;

J of ULM-j is O or N—R₈;

R_(s) of ULM-j is H, CN, optionally substituted alkyl or optionallysubstituted alkoxy;M of ULM-j is optionally substituted aryl, optionally substitutedheteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocyclic or

each R₉ and R₁₀ of ULM-j is independently H; optionally substitutedalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substitutedhydroxyalkyl, optionally substituted thioalkyl, a disulphide linked ULM,optionally substituted heteroaryl, or haloalkyl; or R₉, R₁₀, and thecarbon atom to which they are attached form an optionally substitutedcycloalkyl;R₁₁ of ULM-j is optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionallysubstituted alkoxy, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionallysubstituted aryl, or

R₁₂ of ULM-j is H or optionally substituted alkyl;R₁₃ of ULM-j is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substitutedalkylcarbonyl, optionally substituted (cycloalkyl)alkylcarbonyl,optionally substituted aralkylcarbonyl, optionally substitutedarylcarbonyl, optionally substituted (heterocyclyl)carbonyl, oroptionally substituted aralkyl; optionally substituted(oxoalkyl)carbamate,each R₁₄ of ULM-j is independently H, haloalkyl, optionally substitutedcycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkyl or optionally substitutedheterocycloalkyl;R₁₅ of ULM-j is H, optionally substituted heteroaryl, haloalkyl,optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted alkoxy, oroptionally substituted heterocyclyl;each R₁₆ of ULM-j is independently halo, optionally substituted alkyl,optionally substituted haloalkyl, CN, or optionally substitutedhaloalkoxy;each R₂₅ of ULM-j is independently H or optionally substituted alkyl; orboth R₂₅ groups can be taken together to form an oxo or optionallysubstituted cycloalkyl group;

R₂₃ of ULM-j is H or OH;

Z₁, Z₂, Z₃, and Z₄ of ULM-j are independently C or N; ando of ULM-j is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt,stereoisomer, solvate or polymorph thereof.

In certain embodiments, wherein G of ULM-j is C=J, J is O, R₇ is H, eachR₁₄ is H, and o is 0.

In certain embodiments, wherein G of ULM-j is C=J, J is O, R₇ is H, eachR₁₄ is H, R₁₅ is optionally substituted heteroaryl, and o is 0. In otherinstances, E is C═O and M is

In certain embodiments, wherein E of ULM-j is C═O, R₁₁ is optionallysubstituted heterocyclic or

and M is

In certain embodiments, wherein E of ULM-j is C═O, M is

and R₁₁ is

each R₁₈ is independently halo, optionally substituted alkoxy, cyano,optionally substituted alkyl, haloalkyl, or haloalkoxy; and p is 0, 1,2, 3, or 4.

In certain embodiments, ULM and where present, ULM′, are eachindependently a group according to the chemical structure:

wherein:

-   -   G of ULM-k is C=J, J is O;    -   R₇ of ULM-k is H;    -   each R₁₄ of ULM-k is H;    -   o of ULM-k is 0;    -   R₁₅ of ULM-k is

and

-   -   R₁₇ of ULM-k is H, halo, optionally substituted cycloalkyl,        optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl,        and haloalkyl.

In other instances, R₁₇ of ULM-k is alkyl (e.g., methyl) or cycloalkyl(e.g., cyclopropyl).

In other embodiments, ULM and where present, ULM′, are eachindependently a group according to the chemical structure:

wherein:

-   -   G of ULM-k is C=J, J is O;    -   R₇ of ULM-k is H;    -   each R₁₄ of ULM-k is H;    -   o of ULM-k is 0; and    -   R₁₅ of ULM-k is selected from the group consisting of:

R₃₀ of ULM-k is H or an optionally substituted alkyl.

In other embodiments, ULM and where present, ULM′, are eachindependently a group according to the chemical structure:

wherein:

-   -   E of ULM-k is C═O;    -   M of ULM-k is

and

-   -   R₁₁ of ULM-k is selected from the group consisting of:

In still other embodiments, a compound of the chemical structure,

wherein E of ULM-k is C═O;

-   -   R₁₁ of ULM-k is

and

-   -   M of ULM-k is

-   -   q of ULM-k is 1 or 2;    -   R₂₀ of ULM-k is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally        substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, or

-   -   R₂₁ of ULM-k is H or optionally substituted alkyl; and    -   R₂₂ of ULM-k is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally        substituted alkoxy, or haloalkyl.

In any embodiment described herein, R₁₁ of ULM-j or ULM-k is selectedfrom the group consisting of:

In certain embodiments, R₁₁ of ULM-j or ULM-k is selected from the groupconsisting of:

In certain embodiments, ULM (or when present ULM′) is a group accordingto the chemical structure:

wherein:

-   -   X of ULM-1 is O or S;    -   Y of ULM-1 is H, methyl or ethyl;    -   R₁₇ of ULM-1 is H, methyl, ethyl, hydoxymethyl or cyclopropyl;    -   M of ULM-1 is optionally substituted aryl, optionally        substituted heteroaryl, or

-   -   R₉ of ULM-1 is H;    -   R₁₀ of ULM-1 is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally        substituted haloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl,        optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted        hydroxyalkyl, optionally substituted thioalkyl or cycloalkyl;    -   R11 of ULM-1 is optionally substituted heteroaromatic,        optionally substituted heterocyclic, optionally substituted aryl        or

-   -   R₁₂ of ULM-1 is H or optionally substituted alkyl; and    -   R₁₃ of ULM-1 is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally        substituted alkylcarbonyl, optionally substituted        (cycloalkyl)alkylcarbonyl, optionally substituted        aralkylcarbonyl, optionally substituted arylcarbonyl, optionally        substituted (heterocyclyl)carbonyl, or optionally substituted        aralkyl; optionally substituted (oxoalkyl)carbamate.

In some embodiments, ULM and where present, ULM′, are each independentlya group according to the chemical structure:

wherein:

-   -   Y of ULM-m is H, methyol or ethyl    -   R₉ of ULM-m is H;    -   R₁₀ is isopropyl, tert-butyl, sec-butyl, cyclopentyl, or        cyclohexyl;    -   R₁₁ of ULM-m is optionally substituted amide, optionally        substituted isoindolinone, optionally substituted isooxazole,        optionally substituted heterocycles.

In other preferred embodiments of the disclosure, ULM and where present,ULM′, are each independently a group according to the chemicalstructure:

wherein:

-   -   R₁₇ of ULM-n is methyl, ethyl, or cyclopropyl; and    -   R₉, R₁₀, and R₁₁ of ULM-n are as defined above. In other        instances, R₉ is H; and    -   R₁₀ of ULM-n is H, alkyl, or cycloalkyl (preferably, isopropyl,        tert-butyl, sec-butyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl).

In any of the aspects or embodiments described herein, the ULM (or whenpresent, ULM′) as described herein may be a pharmaceutically acceptablesalt, enantiomer, diastereomer, solvate or polymorph thereof. Inaddition, in any of the aspects or embodiments described herein, the ULM(or when present, ULM′) as described herein may be coupled to a PTMdirectly via a bond or by a chemical linker.

In certain aspects of the disclosure, the ULM moiety is selected fromthe group consisting of:

wherein the VLM may be connected to a PTM via a linker, as describedherein, at any appropriate location, including, e.g., an aryl,heteroary, phenyl, or phenyl of an indole group, optionally via anyappropriate functional group, such as an amine, ester, ether, alkyl, oralkoxy.

Exemplary Linkers

In certain embodiments, the compounds as described herein include one ormore PTMs chemically linked or coupled to one or more ULMs (e.g., atleast one of CLM, VLM, MLM, ILM, or a combination thereof) via achemical linker (L). In certain embodiments, the linker group L is agroup comprising one or more covalently connected structural units(e.g., -A^(L) ₁ . . . (A^(L))_(q)- or -(A^(L))_(q)-), wherein A₁ is agroup coupled to PTM, and A_(q) is a group coupled to ULM.

In certain embodiments, the linker group L is -(A^(L))_(q)-:

-   -   (A^(L))_(q) is a group which is connected to at least one of a        ULM (such as CLM, VLM, ILM, MLM, CLM′, VLM′, ILM′, and/or MLM′),        a PTM moiety, or a combination thereof; and    -   q of the linker is an integer greater than or equal to 1;    -   each A^(L) is independently selected from the group consisting        of, a bond, CR^(L1)R^(L2), O, S, SO, SO₂, NR^(L3), SO₂NR^(L3),        SONR^(L3), CONR^(L3), NR^(L3)CONR^(L4), NR^(L3)SO₂NR^(L4), CO,        CR^(L1)=CR^(L2), C≡C, SiR^(L1)R^(L2), P(O)R^(L1), P(O)OR^(L1),        NR^(L3)C(═NCN)NR^(L4), NR^(L3)C(═NCN), NR^(L3)C(═CNO₂)NR^(L4),        C₃₋₁₁cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 0-6 R^(L1) and/or        R^(L2) groups, C₅₋₁₃ spirocycloalkyl optionally substituted with        0-9 R^(L1) and/or R^(L2) groups, C₃₋₁₁heterocyclyl optionally        substituted with 0-6 R^(L1) and/or R^(L2) groups, C₅₋₁₃        spiroheterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with 0-8 R^(L1)        and/or R^(L2) groups, aryl optionally substituted with 0-6        R^(L1) and/or R^(L2) groups, heteroaryl optionally substituted        with 0-6 R^(L1) and/or R^(L2) groups, where R^(L1) or R^(L2),        each independently are optionally linked to other groups to form        cycloalkyl and/or heterocyclyl moiety, optionally substituted        with 0-4 R^(LS) groups; and    -   R^(L1), R^(L2), R^(L3), R^(L4) and R^(L5) are, each        independently, H, halo, C₁₋₈alkyl, OC₁₋₈alkyl, SC₁₋₈alkyl,        NHC₁₋₈alkyl, N(C₁₋₈alkyl)₂, C₃₋₁₁cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl,        C₃₋₁₁heterocyclyl, OC₁₋₈cycloalkyl, SC₁₋₈cycloalkyl,        NHC₁₋₈cycloalkyl, N(C₁₋₈cycloalkyl)₂,        N(C₁₋₈cycloalkyl)(C₁₋₈alkyl), OH, NH₂, SH, SO₂C₁₋₈alkyl,        P(O)(OC₁₋₈alkyl)(C₁₋₈alkyl), P(O)(OC₁₋₈alkyl)₂, CC—C₁₋₈alkyl,        CCH, CH═CH(C₁₋₈ alkyl), C(C₁₋₈alkyl)═CH(C₁₋₈alkyl),        C(C₁₋₈alkyl)═C(C₁₋₈alkyl)₂, Si(OH)₃, Si(C₁₋₈alkyl)₃,        Si(OH)(C₁₋₈alkyl)₂, COC₁₋₈alkyl, CO₂H, halogen, CN, CF₃, CHF₂,        CH₂F, NO₂, SF₅, SO₂NHC₁₋₈ alkyl, SO₂N(C₁₋₈alkyl)₂,        SONHC₁₋₈alkyl, SON(C₁₋₈alkyl)₂, CONHC₁₋₈alkyl, CON(C₁₋₈alkyl)₂,        N(C₁₋₈alkyl)CONH(C₁₋₈alkyl), N(C₁₋₈alkyl)CON(C₁₋₈alkyl)₂,        NHCONH(C₁₋₈alkyl), NHCON(C₁₋₈ alkyl)₂, NHCONH₂,        N(C₁₋₈alkyl)SO₂NH(C₁₋₈alkyl), N(C₁₋₈alkyl) SO₂N(C₁₋₈alkyl)₂, NH        SO₂NH(C₁₋₈alkyl), NH SO₂N(C₁₋₈alkyl)₂, NH SO₂NH₂.

In certain embodiments, q of the linker is an integer greater than orequal to 0. In certain embodiments, q is an integer greater than orequal to 1.

In certain embodiments, e.g., where q of the linker is greater than 2,(A^(L))_(q) is a group which is connected to ULM, and A₁ and (A^(L))_(q)are connected via structural units of the linker (L).

In certain embodiments, e.g., where q of the linker is 2, (A^(L))_(q) isa group which is connected to A^(L1) and to a ULM.

In certain embodiments, e.g., where q of the linker is 1, the structureof the linker group L is -A^(L1)-, and A^(L1) is a group which isconnected to a ULM moiety and a PTM moiety.

In certain embodiments, the linker (L) comprises a group represented bya general structure selected from the group consisting of:

-   -   —NR(CH₂)_(n)-(lower alkyl)-, —NR(CH₂)_(n)-(lower alkoxyl)-,        —NR(CH₂)_(n)-(lower alkoxyl)-OCH₂—, —NR(CH₂)_(n)-(lower        alkoxyl)-(lower alkyl)-OCH₂—, —NR(CH₂)_(n)-(cycloalkyl)-(lower        alkyl)-OCH₂—, —NR(CH₂)_(n)-(hetero cycloalkyl)-,        —NR(CH₂CH₂O)_(n)-(lower alkyl)-O—CH₂—, —NR(CH₂CH₂O)_(n)-(hetero        cycloalkyl)-O—CH₂—, —NR(CH₂CH₂O)_(n)-Aryl-O—CH₂—,        —NR(CH₂CH₂O)_(n)-(hetero aryl)-O—CH₂—, —NR(CH₂CH₂O)_(n)-(cyclo        alkyl)-O-(hetero aryl)-O—CH₂—, —NR(CH₂CH₂O)_(n)-(cyclo        alkyl)-O-Aryl-O—CH₂—, —NR(CH₂CH₂O)_(n)-(lower        alkyl)-NH-Aryl-O—CH₂—, —NR(CH₂CH₂O)_(n)-(lower        alkyl)-O-Aryl-CH₂, —NR(CH₂CH₂O)_(n)-cycloalkyl-O-Aryl-,        —NR(CH₂CH₂O)_(n)-cycloalkyl-O-(heteroaryl)_(l)-,        NR(CH₂CH₂)_(n)-(cycloalkyl)-O-(heterocycle)-CH₂,        —NR(CH₂CH₂)_(n)-(heterocycle)-(heterocycle)-CH₂,        —N(R1R2)-(heterocycle)-CH₂; where        -   n of the linker can be 0 to 10;        -   R of the linker can be H, lower alkyl;        -   R1 and R2 of the linker can form a ring with the connecting            N.

In certain embodiments, the linker (L) comprises a group represented bya general structure selected from the group consisting of:

-   -   —N(R)—(CH₂)_(m)—O(CH₂)_(n)—O(CH₂)_(o)—O(CH₂)_(p)—O(CH₂)_(q)—O(CH₂)_(r)—OCH2-,    -   —O—(CH₂)_(m)—O(CH₂)_(n)—O(CH₂)_(o)—O(CH₂)_(p)—O(CH₂)_(q)—O(CH₂)_(r)—OCH2-,    -   —O—(CH₂)_(m)—O(CH₂)_(n)—O(CH₂)_(o)—O(CH₂)_(p)—O(CH₂)_(q)—O(CH₂)_(r)—O—;    -   —N(R)—(CH₂)_(m)—O(CH₂)_(n)—O(CH₂)_(o)—O(CH₂)_(p)—O(CH₂)_(q)—O(CH₂)_(r)—O—;    -   —(CH₂)_(m)—O(CH₂)_(n)—O(CH₂)_(o)—O(CH₂)_(p)—O(CH₂)_(q)—O(CH₂)_(r)—O—;    -   —(CH₂)_(m)—O(CH₂)_(n)—O(CH₂)_(o)—O(CH₂)_(p)—O(CH₂)_(q)—O(CH₂)_(r)—OCH2-;

wherein

-   -   m, n, o, p, q, and r of the linker are independently 0, 1, 2, 3,        4, 5, 6;    -   when the number is zero, there is no N—O or O—O bond    -   R of the linker is H, methyl and ethyl;    -   X of the linker is H and F

-   -   where m of the linker can be 2, 3, 4, 5

-   -   where each n and m of the linker can independently be 0, 1, 2,        3, 4, 5, 6.

In any aspect or embodiment described herein, the linker (L) is selectedfrom the group consisting of:

In any aspect or embodiment described herein, the linker (L) is selectedfrom the group consisting of:

wherein each m, n, o and p is independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7.

In any aspect or embodiment described herein, L is selected from thegroup consisting of:

In additional embodiments, the linker (L) comprises a structure selectedfrom, but not limited to the structure shown below, where a dashed lineindicates the attachment point to the PTM or ULM moieties

wherein:

-   -   W^(L1) and W^(L2) are each independently a 4-8 membered ring        with 0-4 heteroatoms, optionally substituted with R^(Q), each        R^(Q) is independently a H, halo, OH, CN, CF₃, NH₂, carboxyl,        C₁-C₆ alkyl (linear, branched, optionally substituted), C₁-C₆        alkoxy (linear, branched, optionally substituted), or 2 R^(Q)        groups taken together with the atom they are attached to, form a        4-8 membered ring system containing 0-4 heteroatoms;    -   Y^(L1) is each independently a bond, C₁-C₆ alkyl (linear,        branched, optionally substituted) and optionally one or more C        atoms are replaced with O; or C₁-C₆ alkoxy (linear, branched,        optionally substituted);    -   n is 0-10; and    -   a dashed line indicates the attachment point to the PTM or ULM        moieties.

In additional embodiments, the linker (L) comprises a structure selectedfrom, but not limited to the structure shown below, where a dashed lineindicates the attachment point to the PTM or ULM moieties.

wherein:

-   -   W^(L1) and W^(L2) are each independently aryl, heteroaryl,        cyclic, heterocyclic, C₁₋₆ alkyl (linear, branched, optionally        substituted), C1-C6 alkoxy (linear, branched, optionally        substituted), bicyclic, biaryl, biheteroaryl, or biheterocyclic,        each optionally substituted with R^(Q), each R^(Q) is        independently a H, halo, OH, CN, CF₃, NH₂, carboxyl, hydroxyl,        nitro, C— CH, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁-C₆ alkyl (linear,        branched, optionally substituted), C₁-C₆ alkoxy (linear,        branched, optionally substituted), OC₁₋₃alkyl (optionally        substituted by 1 or more —F), OH, NH₂, NR^(Y1)R^(Y2), CN, or 2        R^(Q) groups taken together with the atom they are attached to,        form a 4-8 membered ring system containing 0-4 heteroatoms;    -   Y^(L1) is each independently a bond, NR^(YL)1, O, S, NR^(YL2),        CR^(YL)1R^(YL2), C═O, C═S, SO, SO₂, C₁-C₆ alkyl (linear,        branched, optionally substituted) and optionally one or more C        atoms are replaced with O; C₁-C₆ alkoxy (linear, branched,        optionally substituted);    -   Q^(L) is a 3-6 membered alicyclic or aromatic ring with 0-4        heteroatoms, biheterocyclic, or bicyclic, optionally bridged,        optionally substituted with 0-6 R^(Q), each R^(Q) is        independently H, C₁ 6 alkyl (linear, branched, optionally        substituted by 1 or more halo, C₁₋₆ alkoxyl), or 2 R^(Q) groups        taken together with the atom they are attached to, form a 3-8        membered ring system containing 0-2 heteroatoms);    -   R^(YL1), R^(YL2) are each independently H, OH, C₁₋₆ alkyl        (linear, branched, optionally substituted by 1 or more halo,        C₁₋₆ alkoxyl), or R¹, R² together with the atom they are        attached to, form a 3-8 membered ring system containing 0-2        heteroatoms);    -   n is 0-10; and    -   a dashed line indicates the attachment point to the PTM or ULM        moieties.

In additional embodiments, the linker group is optionally substituted(poly)ethyleneglycol having between 1 and about 100 ethylene glycolunits, between about 1 and about 50 ethylene glycol units, between 1 andabout 25 ethylene glycol units, between about 1 and 10 ethylene glycolunits, between 1 and about 8 ethylene glycol units and 1 and 6 ethyleneglycol units, between 2 and 4 ethylene glycol units, or optionallysubstituted alkyl groups interdispersed with optionally substituted, O,N, S, P or Si atoms. In certain embodiments, the linker is substitutedwith an aryl, phenyl, benzyl, alkyl, alkylene, or heterocycle group. Incertain embodiments, the linker may be asymmetric or symmetrical.

In any of the embodiments of the compounds described herein, the linkergroup may be any suitable moiety as described herein. In one embodiment,the linker is a substituted or unsubstituted polyethylene glycol groupranging in size from about 1 to about 12 ethylene glycol units, between1 and about 10 ethylene glycol units, about 2 about 6 ethylene glycolunits, between about 2 and 5 ethylene glycol units, between about 2 and4 ethylene glycol units.

In another embodiment, the present disclosure is directed to a compoundwhich comprises a PTM group as described above, which binds to a targetprotein (e.g., ER) or polypeptide, which is ubiquitinated by anubiquitin ligase and is chemically linked directly to the ULM group orthrough a linker moiety L, or PTM is alternatively a ULM′ group which isalso an E3 ubiquitin ligase binding moiety, which may be the same ordifferent than the ULM group as described above and is linked directlyto the ULM group directly or through the linker moiety; and L is alinker moiety as described above which may be present or absent andwhich chemically (covalently) links ULM to PTM, or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt, enantiomer, stereoisomer, solvate or polymorph thereof.

In certain embodiments, the linker group L is a group comprising one ormore covalently connected structural units independently selected fromthe group consisting of:

The X is selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, S(O) and SO₂; nis integer from 1 to 5; R^(L1) is hydrogen or alkyl,

is a mono- or bicyclic aryl or heteroaryl optionally substituted with1-3 substituents selected from alkyl, halogen, haloalkyl, hydroxy,alkoxy or cyano;

is a mono- or bicyclic cycloalkyl or a heterocycloalkyl optionallysubstituted with 1-3 substituents selected from alkyl, halogen,haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy or cyano; and the phenyl ring fragment can beoptionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 substituents selected from thegroup consisting of alkyl, halogen, haloalkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy andcyano. In an embodiment, the linker group L comprises up to 10covalently connected structural units, as described above.

Although the ULM group and PTM group may be covalently linked to thelinker group through any group which is appropriate and stable to thechemistry of the linker, in preferred aspects of the present disclosure,the linker is independently covalently bonded to the ULM group and thePTM group preferably through an amide, ester, thioester, keto group,carbamate (urethane), carbon or ether, each of which groups may beinserted anywhere on the ULM group and PTM group to provide maximumbinding of the ULM group on the ubiquitin ligase and the PTM group onthe target protein to be degraded. (It is noted that in certain aspectswhere the PTM group is a ULM group, the target protein for degradationmay be the ubiquitin ligase itself). In certain preferred aspects, thelinker may be linked to an optionally substituted alkyl, alkylene,alkene or alkyne group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group on the ULMand/or PTM groups.

Exemplary PTMs

In preferred aspects of the disclosure, the PTM group is a group, whichbinds to target proteins. Targets of the PTM group are numerous in kindand are selected from proteins that are expressed in a cell such that atleast a portion of the sequences is found in the cell and may bind to aPTM group. The term “protein” includes oligopeptides and polypeptidesequences of sufficient length that they can bind to a PTM groupaccording to the present disclosure. Any protein in a eukaryotic systemor a microbial system, including a virus, bacteria or fungus, asotherwise described herein, are targets for ubiquitination mediated bythe compounds according to the present disclosure. Preferably, thetarget protein is a eukaryotic protein.

PTM groups according to the present disclosure include, for example, anymoiety which binds to a protein specifically (binds to a target protein)and includes the following non-limiting examples of small moleculetarget protein moieties: Hsp90 inhibitors, kinase inhibitors, HDM2 &MDM2 inhibitors, compounds targeting Human BET Bromodomain-containingproteins, HDAC inhibitors, human lysine methyltransferase inhibitors,angiogenesis inhibitors, nuclear hormone receptor compounds,immunosuppressive compounds, and compounds targeting the arylhydrocarbon receptor (AHR), among numerous others. The compositionsdescribed below exemplify some of the members of small molecule targetprotein binding moieties. Such small molecule target protein bindingmoieties also include pharmaceutically acceptable salts, enantiomers,solvates and polymorphs of these compositions, as well as other smallmolecules that may target a protein of interest. These binding moietiesare linked to the ubiquitin ligase binding moiety preferably through alinker in order to present a target protein (to which the protein targetmoiety is bound) in proximity to the ubiquitin ligase for ubiquitinationand degradation.

Any protein, which can bind to a protein target moiety or PTM group andacted on or degraded by an ubiquitin ligase is a target proteinaccording to the present disclosure. In general, target proteins mayinclude, for example, structural proteins, receptors, enzymes, cellsurface proteins, proteins pertinent to the integrated function of acell, including proteins involved in catalytic activity, aromataseactivity, motor activity, helicase activity, metabolic processes(anabolism and catabolism), antioxidant activity, proteolysis,biosynthesis, proteins with kinase activity, oxidoreductase activity,transferase activity, hydrolase activity, lyase activity, isomeraseactivity, ligase activity, enzyme regulator activity, signal transduceractivity, structural molecule activity, binding activity (protein, lipidcarbohydrate), receptor activity, cell motility, membrane fusion, cellcommunication, regulation of biological processes, development, celldifferentiation, response to stimulus, behavioral proteins, celladhesion proteins, proteins involved in cell death, proteins involved intransport (including protein transporter activity, nuclear transport,ion transporter activity, channel transporter activity, carrieractivity, permease activity, secretion activity, electron transporteractivity, pathogenesis, chaperone regulator activity, nucleic acidbinding activity, transcription regulator activity, extracellularorganization and biogenesis activity, translation regulator activity.Proteins of interest can include proteins from eukaryotes andprokaryotes including humans as targets for drug therapy, other animals,including domesticated animals, microbials for the determination oftargets for antibiotics and other antimicrobials and plants, and evenviruses, among numerous others.

The present disclosure may be used to treat a number of disease statesand/or conditions, including any disease state and/or condition in whichproteins are dysregulated and where a patient would benefit from thedegradation and/or inhibition of proteins.

In an additional aspect, the description provides therapeuticcompositions comprising an effective amount of a compound as describedherein or salt form thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier,additive or excipient, and optionally an additional bioactive agent. Thetherapeutic compositions modulate protein degradation in a patient orsubject, for example, an animal such as a human, and can be used fortreating or ameliorating disease states or conditions which aremodulated through the degraded protein. In certain embodiments, thetherapeutic compositions as described herein may be used to effectuatethe degradation of proteins of interest for the treatment oramelioration of a disease, e.g., cancer. In certain additionalembodiments, the disease is breast cancer. In certain additionalembodiments, the disease is at least one of breast cancer, uterinecancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, endometrial cancer,endometriosis, or a combination thereof.

In alternative aspects, the present disclosure relates to a method fortreating a disease state or ameliorating the symptoms of a disease orcondition in a subject in need thereof by degrading a protein orpolypeptide through which a disease state or condition is modulatedcomprising administering to said patient or subject an effective amount,e.g., a therapeutically effective amount, of at least one compound asdescribed hereinabove, optionally in combination with a pharmaceuticallyacceptable carrier, additive or excipient, and optionally an additionalbioactive agent, wherein the composition is effective for treating orameliorating the disease or disorder or symptom thereof in the subject.The method according to the present disclosure may be used to treat alarge number of disease states or conditions including cancer, by virtueof the administration of effective amounts of at least one compounddescribed herein. The disease state or condition may be a disease causedby a microbial agent or other exogenous agent such as a virus, bacteria,fungus, protozoa or other microbe or may be a disease state, which iscaused by overexpression of a protein, which leads to a disease stateand/or condition.

In another aspect, the description provides methods for identifying theeffects of the degradation of proteins of interest in a biologicalsystem using compounds according to the present disclosure.

The term “target protein” is used to describe a protein or polypeptide,which is a target for binding to a compound according to the presentdisclosure and degradation by ubiquitin ligase hereunder. Such smallmolecule target protein binding moieties also include pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts, enantiomers, solvates and polymorphs of thesecompositions, as well as other small molecules that may target a proteinof interest. These binding moieties are linked to at least one ULM group(e.g. VLM, CLM, ILM, and/or MLM) through at least one linker group L.

Target proteins, which may be bound to the protein target moiety anddegraded by the ligase to which the ubiquitin ligase binding moiety isbound, include any protein or peptide, including fragments thereof,analogues thereof, and/or homologues thereof. Target proteins includeproteins and peptides having any biological function or activityincluding structural, regulatory, hormonal, enzymatic, genetic,immunological, contractile, storage, transportation, and signaltransduction. More specifically, a number of drug targets for humantherapeutics represent protein targets to which protein target moietymay be bound and incorporated into compounds according to the presentdisclosure. These include proteins which may be used to restore functionin numerous polygenic diseases, including for example B7.1 and B7,TINFR1m, TNFR2, NADPH oxidase, BclIBax and other partners in theapotosis pathway, C5a receptor, HMG-CoA reductase, PDE Vphosphodiesterase type, PDE IV phosphodiesterase type 4, PDE I, PDEII,PDEIII, squalene cyclase inhibitor, CXCR1, CXCR2, nitric oxide (NO)synthase, cyclo-oxygenase 1, cyclo-oxygenase 2, 5HT receptors, dopaminereceptors, G Proteins, i.e., Gq, histamine receptors, 5-lipoxygenase,tryptase serine protease, thymidylate synthase, purine nucleosidephosphorylase, GAPDH trypanosomal, glycogen phosphorylase, Carbonicanhydrase, chemokine receptors, JAW STAT, RXR and similar, HIV 1protease, HIV 1 integrase, influenza, neuramimidase, hepatitis B reversetranscriptase, sodium channel, multi drug resistance (MDR), proteinP-glycoprotein (and MRP), tyrosine kinases, CD23, CD124, tyrosine kinasep56 lck, CD4, CD5, IL-2 receptor, IL-1 receptor, TNF-alphaR, ICAM1, Cat+channels, VCAM, VLA-4 integrin, selectins, CD40/CD40L, newokinins andreceptors, inosine monophosphate dehydrogenase, p38 MAP Kinase,RaslRaflMEWERK pathway, interleukin-1 converting enzyme, caspase, HCV,NS3 protease, HCV NS3 RNA helicase, glycinamide ribonucleotide formyltransferase, rhinovirus 3C protease, herpes simplex virus-1 (HSV-I),protease, cytomegalovirus (CMV) protease, poly (ADP-ribose) polymerase,cyclin dependent kinases, vascular endothelial growth factor, oxytocinreceptor, microsomal transfer protein inhibitor, bile acid transportinhibitor, 5 alpha reductase inhibitors, angiotensin 11, glycinereceptor, noradrenaline reuptake receptor, endothelin receptors,neuropeptide Y and receptor, estrogen receptors, androgen receptors,adenosine receptors, adenosine kinase and AMP deaminase, purinergicreceptors (P2Y1, P2Y2, P2Y4, P2Y6, P2X1-7), farnesyltransferases,geranylgeranyl transferase, TrkA a receptor for NGF, beta-amyloid,tyrosine kinase Flk-IIKDR, vitronectin receptor, integrin receptor,Her-21 neu, telomerase inhibition, cytosolic phospholipaseA2 and EGFreceptor tyrosine kinase. Additional protein targets include, forexample, ecdysone 20-monooxygenase, ion channel of the GABA gatedchloride channel, acetylcholinesterase, voltage-sensitive sodium channelprotein, calcium release channel, and chloride channels. Still furthertarget proteins include Acetyl-CoA carboxylase, adenylosuccinatesynthetase, protoporphyrinogen oxidase, andenolpyruvylshikimate-phosphate synthase.

These various protein targets may be used in screens that identifycompound moieties which bind to the protein and by incorporation of themoiety into compounds according to the present disclosure, the level ofactivity of the protein may be altered for therapeutic end result.

The term “protein target moiety” or PTM is used to describe a smallmolecule which binds to a target protein or other protein or polypeptideof interest and places/presents that protein or polypeptide in proximityto an ubiquitin ligase such that degradation of the protein orpolypeptide by ubiquitin ligase may occur. Non-limiting examples ofsmall molecule target protein binding moieties include Hsp90 inhibitors,kinase inhibitors, MDM2 inhibitors, compounds targeting Human BETBromodomain-containing proteins, HDAC inhibitors, human lysinemethyltransferase inhibitors, angiogenesis inhibitors, immunosuppressivecompounds, and compounds targeting the aryl hydrocarbon receptor (AHR),among numerous others. The compositions described below exemplify someof the members of the small molecule target proteins.

Exemplary protein target moieties according to the present disclosureinclude, haloalkane halogenase inhibitors, Hsp90 inhibitors, kinaseinhibitors, MDM2 inhibitors, compounds targeting Human BETBromodomain-containing proteins, HDAC inhibitors, human lysinemethyltransferase inhibitors, angiogenesis inhibitors, immunosuppressivecompounds, and compounds targeting the aryl hydrocarbon receptor (AHR).

The compositions described herein exemplify some of the members of thesetypes of small molecule target protein binding moieties. Such smallmolecule target protein binding moieties also include pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts, enantiomers, solvates and polymorphs of thesecompositions, as well as other small molecules that may target a proteinof interest. References which are cited herein below are incorporated byreference herein in their entirety.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a compound or PTM ofFormula (I_(PTM)):

wherein:

-   -   each X_(PTM) is independently CH, N;    -   indicates the site of attachment of at least one linker, VLM,        VLM′, CLM, CLM′, ILM, ILM′, VLM, PTM, PTM′, or a combination        thereof;    -   each R_(PTM1) is independently OH, halogen, O(CO)R_(PTM), where        R_(PTM) is alkyl or cycloalkyl group with 1 to 6 carbons or aryl        groups, substitution can be mono-, di- or tri-substituted;    -   each R_(PTM2) is independently H, halogen, CN, CF₃, alkoxy,        substitution can be mono- or di-substitution; and    -   each R_(PTM3) is independently H, halogen, substitution can be        mono- or di-substitution.

In any aspect or embodiment described herein, the PTM is represented bythe Formula (II_(PTM)):

wherein:

-   -   X_(PTM) is CH, N;    -   indicates the site of attachment of at least one linker, VLM,        VLM′, CLM, CLM′, ILM, ILM′, VLM, PTM, PTM′, or a combination        thereof;    -   each R_(PTM1) is independently OH, halogen (e.g., F);    -   each R_(PTM2) is independently H, halogen (e.g., F), CF₃,        substitution can be mono- or di-substitution; and    -   each R_(PTM3) is independently halogen (e.g. F), substitution        can be mono- or di-substitution.

In certain embodiments, at least one of L

-   -   X_(PTM) of Formula (II_(PTM)) is CH;    -   R_(PTM1) of Formula (II_(PTM)) is OH;    -   R_(PTM2) of Formula (II_(PTM)) is H;    -   each R_(PTM3) of Formula (II_(PTM)) is independently H or F; or    -   a combination thereof.

Exemplary ER PROTACs

The present disclosure identifies compounds that are capable ofinhibiting estrogen receptor function, including compounds which degradethe estrogen receptor.

As described above, in any aspect or embodiment described herein, thepresent disclosure provides bifunctional PROTAC compounds comprising: atleast one of a tetrahydronaphthalene group, a tetrahydroisoquinolinegroup, or a combination thereof; a linker; and at least one of a VHLbinding ligand, cereblon binding ligand, or a combination thereof.

In any aspect or embodiment described herein, the compound is selectedfrom the group consisting of compounds 1-547 (as shown in Tables 1 and2), and salts and polymorphs thereof.

Therapeutic Compositions

Pharmaceutical compositions comprising combinations of an effectiveamount of at least one bifunctional compound as described herein, andone or more of the compounds otherwise described herein, all ineffective amounts, in combination with a pharmaceutically effectiveamount of a carrier, additive or excipient, represents a further aspectof the present disclosure.

The present disclosure includes, where applicable, the compositionscomprising the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, in particular, acid orbase addition salts of compounds as described herein. The acids whichare used to prepare the pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition saltsof the aforementioned base compounds useful according to this aspect arethose which form non-toxic acid addition salts, i.e., salts containingpharmacologically acceptable anions, such as the hydrochloride,hydrobromide, hydroiodide, nitrate, sulfate, bisulfate, phosphate, acidphosphate, acetate, lactate, citrate, acid citrate, tartrate,bitartrate, succinate, maleate, fumarate, gluconate, saccharate,benzoate, methanesulfonate, ethanesulfonate, benzenesulfonate,p-toluenesulfonate and pamoate [i.e., 1,1′-methylene-bis-(2-hydroxy-3naphthoate)]salts, among numerous others.

Pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts may also be used toproduce pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms of the compounds orderivatives according to the present disclosure. The chemical bases thatmay be used as reagents to prepare pharmaceutically acceptable basesalts of the present compounds that are acidic in nature are those thatform non-toxic base salts with such compounds. Such non-toxic base saltsinclude, but are not limited to those derived from suchpharmacologically acceptable cations such as alkali metal cations (eg.,potassium and sodium) and alkaline earth metal cations (eg, calcium,zinc and magnesium), ammonium or water-soluble amine addition salts suchas N-methylglucamine-(meglumine), and the lower alkanolammonium andother base salts of pharmaceutically acceptable organic amines, amongothers.

The compounds as described herein may, in accordance with thedisclosure, be administered in single or divided doses by the oral,parenteral or topical routes. Administration of the active compound mayrange from continuous (intravenous drip) to several oral administrationsper day (for example, Q.I.D.) and may include oral, topical, parenteral,intramuscular, intravenous, sub-cutaneous, transdermal (which mayinclude a penetration enhancement agent), buccal, sublingual andsuppository administration, among other routes of administration.Enteric coated oral tablets may also be used to enhance bioavailabilityof the compounds from an oral route of administration. The mosteffective dosage form will depend upon the pharmacokinetics of theparticular agent chosen as well as the severity of disease in thepatient. Administration of compounds according to the present disclosureas sprays, mists, or aerosols for intra-nasal, intra-tracheal orpulmonary administration may also be used. The present disclosuretherefore also is directed to pharmaceutical compositions comprising aneffective amount of compound as described herein, optionally incombination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, additive orexcipient. Compounds according to the present disclosure may beadministered in immediate release, intermediate release or sustained orcontrolled release forms. Sustained or controlled release forms arepreferably administered orally, but also in suppository and transdermalor other topical forms. Intramuscular injections in liposomal form mayalso be used to control or sustain the release of compound at aninjection site.

The compositions as described herein may be formulated in a conventionalmanner using one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and mayalso be administered in controlled-release formulations.Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers that may be used in thesepharmaceutical compositions include, but are not limited to, ionexchangers, alumina, aluminum stearate, lecithin, serum proteins, suchas human serum albumin, buffer substances such as phosphates, glycine,sorbic acid, potassium sorbate, partial glyceride mixtures of saturatedvegetable fatty acids, water, salts or electrolytes, such as prolaminesulfate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate,sodium chloride, zinc salts, colloidal silica, magnesium trisilicate,polyvinyl pyrrolidone, cellulose-based substances, polyethylene glycol,sodium carboxymethylcellulose, polyacrylates, waxes,polyethylene-polyoxypropylene-block polymers, polyethylene glycol andwool fat.

The compositions as described herein may be administered orally,parenterally, by inhalation spray, topically, rectally, nasally,buccally, vaginally or via an implanted reservoir. The term “parenteral”as used herein includes subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular,intra-articular, intra-synovial, intrasternal, intrathecal,intrahepatic, intralesional and intracranial injection or infusiontechniques. Preferably, the compositions are administered orally,intraperitoneally or intravenously.

Sterile injectable forms of the compositions as described herein may beaqueous or oleaginous suspension. These suspensions may be formulatedaccording to techniques known in the art using suitable dispersing orwetting agents and suspending agents. The sterile injectable preparationmay also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxicparenterally-acceptable diluent or solvent, for example as a solution in1,3-butanediol. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may beemployed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloridesolution. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employedas a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose, any bland fixed oilmay be employed including synthetic mono- or di-glycerides. Fatty acids,such as oleic acid and its glyceride derivatives are useful in thepreparation of injectables, as are natural pharmaceutically-acceptableoils, such as olive oil or castor oil, especially in theirpolyoxyethylated versions. These oil solutions or suspensions may alsocontain a long-chain alcohol diluent or dispersant, such as Ph. Helv orsimilar alcohol.

The pharmaceutical compositions as described herein may be orallyadministered in any orally acceptable dosage form including, but notlimited to, capsules, tablets, aqueous suspensions or solutions. In thecase of tablets for oral use, carriers which are commonly used includelactose and corn starch. Lubricating agents, such as magnesium stearate,are also typically added. For oral administration in a capsule form,useful diluents include lactose and dried corn starch. When aqueoussuspensions are required for oral use, the active ingredient is combinedwith emulsifying and suspending agents. If desired, certain sweetening,flavoring or coloring agents may also be added.

Alternatively, the pharmaceutical compositions as described herein maybe administered in the form of suppositories for rectal administration.These can be prepared by mixing the agent with a suitable non-irritatingexcipient, which is solid at room temperature but liquid at rectaltemperature and therefore will melt in the rectum to release the drug.Such materials include cocoa butter, beeswax and polyethylene glycols.

The pharmaceutical compositions as described herein may also beadministered topically. Suitable topical formulations are readilyprepared for each of these areas or organs. Topical application for thelower intestinal tract can be effected in a rectal suppositoryformulation (see above) or in a suitable enema formulation.Topically-acceptable transdermal patches may also be used.

For topical applications, the pharmaceutical compositions may beformulated in a suitable ointment containing the active componentsuspended or dissolved in one or more carriers. Carriers for topicaladministration of the compounds of this disclosure include, but are notlimited to, mineral oil, liquid petrolatum, white petrolatum, propyleneglycol, polyoxyethylene, polyoxypropylene compound, emulsifying wax andwater. In certain preferred aspects of the disclosure, the compounds maybe coated onto a stent which is to be surgically implanted into apatient in order to inhibit or reduce the likelihood of occlusionoccurring in the stent in the patient.

Alternatively, the pharmaceutical compositions can be formulated in asuitable lotion or cream containing the active components suspended ordissolved in one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. Suitablecarriers include, but are not limited to, mineral oil, sorbitanmonostearate, polysorbate 60, cetyl esters wax, cetearyl alcohol,2-octyldodecanol, benzyl alcohol and water.

For ophthalmic use, the pharmaceutical compositions may be formulated asmicronized suspensions in isotonic, pH adjusted sterile saline, or,preferably, as solutions in isotonic, pH adjusted sterile saline, eitherwith our without a preservative such as benzylalkonium chloride.Alternatively, for ophthalmic uses, the pharmaceutical compositions maybe formulated in an ointment such as petrolatum.

The pharmaceutical compositions as described herein may also beadministered by nasal aerosol or inhalation. Such compositions areprepared according to techniques well-known in the art of pharmaceuticalformulation and may be prepared as solutions in saline, employing benzylalcohol or other suitable preservatives, absorption promoters to enhancebioavailability, fluorocarbons, and/or other conventional solubilizingor dispersing agents.

The amount of compound in a pharmaceutical composition as describedherein that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce asingle dosage form will vary depending upon the host and diseasetreated, the particular mode of administration. Preferably, thecompositions should be formulated to contain between about 0.05milligram to about 750 milligrams or more, more preferably about 1milligram to about 600 milligrams, and even more preferably about 10milligrams to about 500 milligrams of active ingredient, alone or incombination with at least one other compound according to the presentdisclosure.

It should also be understood that a specific dosage and treatmentregimen for any particular patient will depend upon a variety offactors, including the activity of the specific compound employed, theage, body weight, general health, sex, diet, time of administration,rate of excretion, drug combination, and the judgment of the treatingphysician and the severity of the particular disease or condition beingtreated.

A patient or subject in need of therapy using compounds according to themethods described herein can be treated by administering to the patient(subject) an effective amount of the compound according to the presentdisclosure including pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates orpolymorphs, thereof optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrieror diluent, either alone, or in combination with other known therapeuticagents as otherwise identified herein.

These compounds can be administered by any appropriate route, forexample, orally, parenterally, intravenously, intradermally,subcutaneously, or topically, including transdermally, in liquid, cream,gel, or solid form, or by aerosol form.

The active compound is included in the pharmaceutically acceptablecarrier or diluent in an amount sufficient to deliver to a patient atherapeutically effective amount for the desired indication, withoutcausing serious toxic effects in the patient treated. A preferred doseof the active compound for all of the herein-mentioned conditions is inthe range from about 10 ng/kg to 300 mg/kg, preferably 0.1 to 100 mg/kgper day, more generally 0.5 to about 25 mg per kilogram body weight ofthe recipient/patient per day. A typical topical dosage will range from0.01-5% wt/wt in a suitable carrier.

The compound is conveniently administered in any suitable unit dosageform, including but not limited to one containing less than 1 mg, 1 mgto 3000 mg, preferably 5 to 500 mg of active ingredient per unit dosageform. An oral dosage of about 25-250 mg is often convenient.

The active ingredient is preferably administered to achieve peak plasmaconcentrations of the active compound of about 0.00001-30 mM, preferablyabout 0.1-30 μM. This may be achieved, for example, by the intravenousinjection of a solution or formulation of the active ingredient,optionally in saline, or an aqueous medium or administered as a bolus ofthe active ingredient. Oral administration is also appropriate togenerate effective plasma concentrations of active agent.

The concentration of active compound in the drug composition will dependon absorption, distribution, inactivation, and excretion rates of thedrug as well as other factors known to those of skill in the art. It isto be noted that dosage values will also vary with the severity of thecondition to be alleviated. It is to be further understood that for anyparticular subject, specific dosage regimens should be adjusted overtime according to the individual need and the professional judgment ofthe person administering or supervising the administration of thecompositions, and that the concentration ranges set forth herein areexemplary only and are not intended to limit the scope or practice ofthe claimed composition. The active ingredient may be administered atonce, or may be divided into a number of smaller doses to beadministered at varying intervals of time.

Oral compositions will generally include an inert diluent or an ediblecarrier. They may be enclosed in gelatin capsules or compressed intotablets. For the purpose of oral therapeutic administration, the activecompound or its prodrug derivative can be incorporated with excipientsand used in the form of tablets, troches, or capsules. Pharmaceuticallycompatible binding agents, and/or adjuvant materials can be included aspart of the composition.

The tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can contain any ofthe following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a bindersuch as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; anexcipient such as starch or lactose, a dispersing agent such as alginicacid, Primogel, or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearateor Sterotes; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweeteningagent such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such aspeppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring. When the dosage unitform is a capsule, it can contain, in addition to material of the abovetype, a liquid carrier such as a fatty oil. In addition, dosage unitforms can contain various other materials which modify the physical formof the dosage unit, for example, coatings of sugar, shellac, or entericagents.

The active compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can beadministered as a component of an elixir, suspension, syrup, wafer,chewing gum or the like. A syrup may contain, in addition to the activecompounds, sucrose as a sweetening agent and certain preservatives, dyesand colorings and flavors.

The active compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof canalso be mixed with other active materials that do not impair the desiredaction, or with materials that supplement the desired action, such asanti-cancer agents, among others. In certain preferred aspects of thedisclosure, one or more compounds according to the present disclosureare coadministered with another bioactive agent, such as an anti-canceragent or a would healing agent, including an antibiotic, as otherwisedescribed herein.

Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, subcutaneous,or topical application can include the following components: a sterilediluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils,polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other syntheticsolvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methylparabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite;chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; buffers suchas acetates, citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment oftonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. The parental preparationcan be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vialsmade of glass or plastic.

If administered intravenously, preferred carriers are physiologicalsaline or phosphate buffered saline (PBS).

In one embodiment, the active compounds are prepared with carriers thatwill protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, suchas a controlled release formulation, including implants andmicroencapsulated delivery systems. Biodegradable, biocompatiblepolymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides,polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid.Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to thoseskilled in the art.

Liposomal suspensions may also be pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.These may be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in theart, for example, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,522,811 (which isincorporated herein by reference in its entirety). For example, liposomeformulations may be prepared by dissolving appropriate lipid(s) (such asstearoyl phosphatidyl ethanolamine, stearoyl phosphatidyl choline,arachadoyl phosphatidyl choline, and cholesterol) in an inorganicsolvent that is then evaporated, leaving behind a thin film of driedlipid on the surface of the container. An aqueous solution of the activecompound are then introduced into the container. The container is thenswirled by hand to free lipid material from the sides of the containerand to disperse lipid aggregates, thereby forming the liposomalsuspension.

Therapeutic Methods

In an additional aspect, the description provides therapeuticcompositions comprising an effective amount of a compound as describedherein or salt form thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.The therapeutic compositions modulate protein degradation in a patientor subject, for example, an animal such as a human, and can be used fortreating or ameliorating disease states or conditions which aremodulated through the degraded protein.

The terms “treat”, “treating”, and “treatment”, etc., as used herein,refer to any action providing a benefit to a patient for which thepresent compounds may be administered, including the treatment of anydisease state or condition which is modulated through the protein towhich the present compounds bind. Disease states or conditions,including cancer and/or endometriosis, which may be treated usingcompounds according to the present disclosure are set forth hereinabove.

The description provides therapeutic compositions as described hereinfor effectuating the degradation of proteins of interest for thetreatment or amelioration of a disease, e.g., cancer. In certainadditional embodiments, the disease is breast cancer, uterine cancer,ovarian cancer, endometrial cancer, endometriosis, neurodegenerativedisease, inflammatory disease (e.g., lupus erythematosus), an autoimmunedisease (e.g., lupus erythematosus), or a combination thereof. As such,in another aspect, the description provides a method ofubiquitinating/degrading a target protein in a cell. In certainembodiments, the method comprises administering a bifunctional compoundas described herein comprising, e.g., a ULM and a PTM, preferably linkedthrough a linker moiety, as otherwise described herein, wherein the ULMis coupled to the PTM and wherein the ULM recognizes a ubiquitin pathwayprotein (e.g., an ubiquitin ligase, such as an E3 ubiquitin ligaseincluding cereblon, VHL, IAP, and/or MDM2) and the PTM recognizes thetarget protein such that degradation of the target protein will occurwhen the target protein is placed in proximity to the ubiquitin ligase,thus resulting in degradation/inhibition of the effects of the targetprotein and the control of protein levels. The control of protein levelsafforded by the present disclosure provides treatment of a disease stateor condition, which is modulated through the target protein by loweringthe level of that protein in the cell, e.g., cell of a patient. Incertain embodiments, the method comprises administering an effectiveamount of a compound as described herein, optionally including apharmaceutically acceptable excipient, carrier, adjuvant, anotherbioactive agent or combination thereof.

In additional embodiments, the description provides methods for treatingor ameliorating a disease, disorder or symptom thereof in a subject or apatient, e.g., an animal such as a human, comprising administering to asubject in need thereof a composition comprising an effective amount,e.g., a therapeutically effective amount, of a compound as describedherein or salt form thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptableexcipient, carrier, adjuvant, another bioactive agent or combinationthereof, wherein the composition is effective for treating orameliorating the disease or disorder or symptom thereof in the subject.

In another aspect, the description provides methods for identifying theeffects of the degradation of proteins of interest in a biologicalsystem using compounds according to the present disclosure.

In another embodiment, the present disclosure is directed to a method oftreating a human patient in need for a disease state or conditionmodulated through a protein where the degradation of that protein willproduce a therapeutic effect in the patient, the method comprisingadministering to a patient in need an effective amount of a compoundaccording to the present disclosure, optionally in combination withanother bioactive agent. The disease state or condition may be a diseasecaused by a microbial agent or other exogenous agent such as a virus,bacteria, fungus, protozoa or other microbe or may be a disease state,which is caused by overexpression of a protein (e.g., ER), which leadsto a disease state and/or condition

The term “disease state or condition” is used to describe any diseasestate or condition wherein protein dysregulation (i.e., the amount of ERexpressed in a patient is elevated) occurs and where degradation of oneor more proteins in a patient may provide beneficial therapy or reliefof symptoms to a patient in need thereof. In certain instances, thedisease state or condition may be cured.

Disease states or conditions which may be treated using compoundsaccording to the present disclosure include, for example, asthma,autoimmune diseases such as multiple sclerosis, various cancers,diabetes, heart disease, hypertension, inflammatory bowel disease,endometreosis, mental retardation, mood disorder, obesity, refractiveerror, infertility, Angelman syndrome, Canavan disease, Coeliac disease,Charcot-Marie-Tooth disease, Cystic fibrosis, Duchenne musculardystrophy, Haemochromatosis, Haemophilia, Klinefelter's syndrome,Neurofibromatosis, Phenylketonuria, Polycystic kidney disease, (PKD1) or4 (PKD2) Prader-Willi syndrome, Sickle-cell disease, Tay-Sachs disease,Turner syndrome.

The term “neoplasia” or “cancer” is used throughout the specification torefer to the pathological process that results in the formation andgrowth of a cancerous or malignant neoplasm, i.e., abnormal tissue thatgrows by cellular proliferation, often more rapidly than normal andcontinues to grow after the stimuli that initiated the new growth cease.Malignant neoplasms show partial or complete lack of structuralorganization and functional coordination with the normal tissue and mostinvade surrounding tissues, metastasize to several sites, and are likelyto recur after attempted removal and to cause the death of the patientunless adequately treated. As used herein, the term neoplasia is used todescribe all cancerous disease states and embraces or encompasses thepathological process associated with malignant hematogenous, ascitic andsolid tumors. Exemplary cancers which may be treated by the presentcompounds either alone or in combination with at least one additionalanti-cancer agent include squamous-cell carcinoma, basal cell carcinoma,adenocarcinoma, hepatocellular carcinomas, and renal cell carcinomas,cancer of the bladder, bowel, breast, cervix, endometrial, colon,esophagus, head, kidney, liver, lung, neck, ovary, pancreas, prostate,and stomach; leukemias; benign and malignant lymphomas, particularlyBurkitt's lymphoma and Non-Hodgkin's lymphoma; benign and malignantmelanomas; myeloproliferative diseases; sarcomas, including Ewing'ssarcoma, hemangiosarcoma, Kaposi's sarcoma, liposarcoma, myosarcomas,peripheral neuroepithelioma, synovial sarcoma, gliomas, astrocytomas,oligodendrogliomas, ependymomas, gliobastomas, neuroblastomas,ganglioneuromas, gangliogliomas, medulloblastomas, pineal cell tumors,meningiomas, meningeal sarcomas, neurofibromas, and Schwannomas; bowelcancer, breast cancer, prostate cancer, cervical cancer, uterine cancer,lung cancer, ovarian cancer, testicular cancer, thyroid cancer,astrocytoma, esophageal cancer, pancreatic cancer, stomach cancer, livercancer, colon cancer, melanoma; carcinosarcoma, Hodgkin's disease,Wilms' tumor and teratocarcinomas. Additional cancers which may betreated using compounds according to the present disclosure include, forexample, T-lineage Acute lymphoblastic Leukemia (T-ALL), T-lineagelymphoblastic Lymphoma (T-LL), Peripheral T-cell lymphoma, Adult T-cellLeukemia, Pre-B ALL, Pre-B Lymphomas, Large B-cell Lymphoma, BurkittsLymphoma, B-cell ALL, Philadelphia chromosome positive ALL andPhiladelphia chromosome positive CML.

The term “bioactive agent” is used to describe an agent, other than acompound according to the present disclosure, which is used incombination with the present compounds as an agent with biologicalactivity to assist in effecting an intended therapy, inhibition and/orprevention/prophylaxis for which the present compounds are used.Preferred bioactive agents for use herein include those agents whichhave pharmacological activity similar to that for which the presentcompounds are used or administered and include for example, anti-canceragents, antiviral agents, especially including anti-HIV agents andanti-HCV agents, antimicrobial agents, antifungal agents, etc.

The term “additional anti-cancer agent” is used to describe ananti-cancer agent, which may be combined with compounds according to thepresent disclosure to treat cancer. These agents include, for example,everolimus, trabectedin, abraxane, TLK 286, AV-299, DN-101, pazopanib,GSK690693, RTA 744, ON 0910.Na, AZD 6244 (ARRY-142886), AMN-107,TKI-258, GSK461364, AZD 1152, enzastaurin, vandetanib, ARQ-197, MK-0457,MLN8054, PHA-739358, R-763, AT-9263, a FLT-3 inhibitor, a VEGFRinhibitor, an EGFR TK inhibitor, an aurora kinase inhibitor, a PIK-1modulator, a Bcl-2 inhibitor, an HDAC inhbitor, a c-MET inhibitor, aPARP inhibitor, a Cdk inhibitor, an EGFR TK inhibitor, an IGFR-TKinhibitor, an anti-HGF antibody, a PI3 kinase inhibitor, an AKTinhibitor, an mTORC1/2 inhibitor, a JAK/STAT inhibitor, a checkpoint-1or 2 inhibitor, a focal adhesion kinase inhibitor, a Map kinase kinase(mek) inhibitor, a VEGF trap antibody, pemetrexed, erlotinib, dasatanib,nilotinib, decatanib, panitumumab, amrubicin, oregovomab, Lep-etu,nolatrexed, azd2171, batabulin, ofatumumab, zanolimumab, edotecarin,tetrandrine, rubitecan, tesmilifene, oblimersen, ticilimumab,ipilimumab, gossypol, Bio 111, 131-I-TM-601, ALT-110, BIO 140, CC 8490,cilengitide, gimatecan, IL13-PE38QQR, INO 1001, IPdR₁ KRX-0402,lucanthone, LY317615, neuradiab, vitespan, Rta 744, Sdx 102, talampanel,atrasentan, Xr 311, romidepsin, ADS-100380, sunitinib, 5-fluorouracil,vorinostat, etoposide, gemcitabine, doxorubicin, liposomal doxorubicin,5′-deoxy-5-fluorouridine, vincristine, temozolomide, ZK-304709,seliciclib; PD0325901, AZD-6244, capecitabine, L-Glutamic acid,N-[4-[2-(2-amino-4,7-dihydro-4-oxo-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl]benzoyl]-,disodium salt, heptahydrate, camptothecin, PEG-labeled irinotecan,tamoxifen, toremifene citrate, anastrazole, exemestane, letrozole, DES(diethylstilbestrol), estradiol, estrogen, conjugated estrogen,bevacizumab, IMC-1C11, CHIR-258);3-[5-(methylsulfonylpiperadinemethyl)-indolyl-quinolone, vatalanib,AG-013736, AVE-0005, goserelin acetate, leuprolide acetate, triptorelinpamoate, medroxyprogesterone acetate, hydroxyprogesterone caproate,megestrol acetate, raloxifene, bicalutamide, flutamide, nilutamide,megestrol acetate, CP-724714; TAK-165, HKI-272, erlotinib, lapatanib,canertinib, ABX-EGF antibody, erbitux, EKB-569, PKI-166, GW-572016,lonafarnib, BMS-214662, tipifarnib; amifostine, NVP-LAQ824, suberoylanalide hydroxamic acid, valproic acid, trichostatin A, FK-228, SU11248,sorafenib, KRN951, aminoglutethimide, arnsacrine, anagrelide,L-asparaginase, Bacillus Calmette-Guerin (BCG) vaccine, adriamycin,bleomycin, buserelin, busulfan, carboplatin, carmustine, chlorambucil,cisplatin, cladribine, clodronate, cyproterone, cytarabine, dacarbazine,dactinomycin, daunorubicin, diethylstilbestrol, epirubicin, fludarabine,fludrocortisone, fluoxymesterone, flutamide, gleevec, gemcitabine,hydroxyurea, idarubicin, ifosfamide, imatinib, leuprolide, levamisole,lomustine, mechlorethamine, melphalan, 6-mercaptopurine, mesna,methotrexate, mitomycin, mitotane, mitoxantrone, nilutamide, octreotide,oxaliplatin, pamidronate, pentostatin, plicamycin, porfimer,procarbazine, raltitrexed, rituximab, streptozocin, teniposide,testosterone, thalidomide, thioguanine, thiotepa, tretinoin, vindesine,13-cis-retinoic acid, phenylalanine mustard, uracil mustard,estramustine, altretamine, floxuridine, 5-deooxyuridine, cytosinearabinoside, 6-mecaptopurine, deoxycoformycin, calcitriol, valrubicin,mithramycin, vinblastine, vinorelbine, topotecan, razoxin, marimastat,COL-3, neovastat, BMS-275291, squalamine, endostatin, SU5416, SU6668,EMD121974, interleukin-12, IM862, angiostatin, vitaxin, droloxifene,idoxyfene, spironolactone, finasteride, cimitidine, trastuzumab,denileukin diftitox, gefitinib, bortezimib, paclitaxel, cremophor-freepaclitaxel, docetaxel, epithilone B, BMS-247550, BMS-310705,droloxifene, 4-hydroxytamoxifen, pipendoxifene, ERA-923, arzoxifene,fulvestrant, acolbifene, lasofoxifene, idoxifene, TSE-424, HMR-3339,ZK186619, topotecan, PTK787/ZK 222584, VX-745, PD 184352, rapamycin,40-O-(2-hydroxyethyl)-rapamycin, temsirolimus, AP-23573, RAD001,ABT-578, BC-210, LY294002, LY292223, LY292696, LY293684, LY293646,wortmannin, ZM336372, L-779,450, PEG-filgrastim, darbepoetin,erythropoietin, granulocyte colony-stimulating factor, zolendronate,prednisone, cetuximab, granulocyte macrophage colony-stimulating factor,histrelin, pegylated interferon alfa-2a, interferon alfa-2a, pegylatedinterferon alfa-2b, interferon alfa-2b, azacitidine, PEG-L-asparaginase,lenalidomide, gemtuzumab, hydrocortisone, interleukin-11, dexrazoxane,alemtuzumab, all-transretinoic acid, ketoconazole, interleukin-2,megestrol, immune globulin, nitrogen mustard, methylprednisolone,ibritgumomab tiuxetan, androgens, decitabine, hexamethylmelamine,bexarotene, tositumomab, arsenic trioxide, cortisone, editronate,mitotane, cyclosporine, liposomal daunorubicin, Edwina-asparaginase,strontium 89, casopitant, netupitant, an NK-1 receptor antagonist,palonosetron, aprepitant, diphenhydramine, hydroxyzine, metoclopramide,lorazepam, alprazolam, haloperidol, droperidol, dronabinol,dexamethasone, methylprednisolone, prochlorperazine, granisetron,ondansetron, dolasetron, tropisetron, pegfilgrastim, erythropoietin,epoetin alfa, darbepoetin alfa and mixtures thereof.

The term “anti-HIV agent” or “additional anti-HIV agent” includes, forexample, nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors (NRTI), othernon-nucloeoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors (i.e., those which arenot representative of the present disclosure), protease inhibitors,fusion inhibitors, among others, exemplary compounds of which mayinclude, for example, 3TC (Lamivudine), AZT (Zidovudine), (−)-FTC, ddl(Didanosine), ddC (zalcitabine), abacavir (ABC), tenofovir (PMPA),D-D4FC (Reverset), D4T (Stavudine), Racivir, L-FddC, L-FD4C, NVP(Nevirapine), DLV (Delavirdine), EFV (Efavirenz), SQVM (Saquinavirmesylate), RTV (Ritonavir), IDV (Indinavir), SQV (Saquinavir), NFV(Nelfinavir), APV (Amprenavir), LPV (Lopinavir), fusion inhibitors suchas T20, among others, fuseon and mixtures thereof, including anti-HIVcompounds presently in clinical trials or in development.

Other anti-HIV agents which may be used in coadministration withcompounds according to the present disclosure include, for example,other NNRTI's (i.e., other than the NNRTI's according to the presentdisclosure) may be selected from the group consisting of nevirapine(BI-R6-587), delavirdine (U-90152S/T), efavirenz (DMP-266), UC-781(N-[4-chloro-3-(3-methyl-2-butenyloxy)phenyl]-2methyl3-furancarbothiamide),etravirine (TMC125), Trovirdine (Ly300046.HCl), MKC-442 (emivirine,coactinon), HI-236, HI-240, HI-280, HI-281, rilpivirine (TMC-278),MSC-127, HBY 097, DMP266, Baicalin (TJN-151) ADAM-II (Methyl3′,3′-dichloro-4′,4″-dimethoxy-5′,5″-bis(methoxycarbonyl)-6,6-diphenylhexenoate),Methyl3-Bromo-5-(1-5-bromo-4-methoxy-3-(methoxycarbonyl)phenyl)hept-1-enyl)-2-methoxybenzoate(Alkenyldiarylmethane analog, Adam analog),(5-chloro-3-(phenylsulfinyl)-2′-indolecarboxamide), AAP-BHAP (U-104489or PNU-104489), Capravirine (AG-1549, S-1153), atevirdine (U-87201E),aurin tricarboxylic acid (SD-095345),1-[(6-cyano-2-indolyl)carbonyl]-4-[3-(isopropylamino)-2-pyridinyl]piperazine,1-[5-[[N-(methyl)methylsulfonylamino]-2-indolylcarbonyl-4-[3-(isopropylamino)-2-pyridinyl]piperazine,1-[3-(Ethylamino)-2-[pyridinyl]-4-[(5-hydroxy-2-indolyl)carbonyl]piperazine,1-[(6-Formyl-2-indolyl)carbonyl]-4-[3-(isopropylamino)-2-pyridinyl]piperazine,1-[[5-(Methylsulfonyloxy)-2-indoyly)carbonyl]-4-[3-(isopropylamino)-2-pyridinyl]piperazine,U88204E, Bis(2-nitrophenyl)sulfone (NSC 633001), Calanolide A(NSC675451), Calanolide B,6-Benzyl-5-methyl-2-(cyclohexyloxy)pyrimidin-4-one (DABO-546), DPC 961,E-EBU, E-EBU-dm, E-EPSeU, E-EPU, Foscarnet (Foscavir), HEPT(1-[(2-Hydroxyethoxy)methyl]-6-(phenylthio)thymine), HEPT-M(1-[(2-Hydroxyethoxy)methyl]-6-(3-methylphenyl)thio)thymine), HEPT-S(1-[(2-Hydroxyethoxy)methyl]-6-(phenylthio)-2-thiothymine), InophyllumP, L-737,126, Michellamine A (NSC650898), Michellamine B (NSC649324),Michellamine F,6-(3,5-Dimethylbenzyl)-1-[(2-hydroxyethoxy)methyl]-5-isopropyluracil,6-(3,5-Dimethylbenzyl)-1-(ethyoxymethyl)-5-isopropyluracil, NPPS, E-BPTU(NSC 648400), Oltipraz(4-Methyl-5-(pyrazinyl)-3H-1,2-dithiole-3-thione),N-{2-(2-Chloro-6-fluorophenethyl]-N′-(2-thiazolyl)thiourea (PETT Cl, Fderivative),N-{2-(2,6-Difluorophenethyl]-N′-[2-(5-bromopyridyl)]thiourea {PETTderivative),N-{2-(2,6-Difluorophenethyl]-N′-[2-(5-methylpyridyl)]thiourea {PETTPyridyl derivative),N-[2-(3-Fluorofuranyl)ethyl]-N′-[2-(5-chloropyridyl)]thiourea,N-[2-(2-Fluoro-6-ethoxyphenethyl)]-N′-[2-(5-bromopyridyl)]thiourea,N-(2-Phenethyl)-N′-(2-thiazolyl)thiourea (LY-73497), L-697,639,L-697,593, L-697,661,3-[2-(4,7-Difluorobenzoxazol-2-yl)ethyl}-5-ethyl-6-methyl(pypridin-2(1H)-thione(2-Pyridinone Derivative),3-[[(2-Methoxy-5,6-dimethyl-3-pyridyl)methyl]amine]-5-ethyl-6-methyl(pypridin-2(1H)-thione,R82150, R82913, R87232, R88703, R89439 (Loviride), R90385, S-2720,Suramin Sodium, TBZ (Thiazolobenzimidazole, NSC 625487),Thiazoloisoindol-5-one,(+)(R)-9b-(3,5-Dimethylphenyl-2,3-dihydrothiazolo[2,3-a]isoindol-5(9bH)-one,Tivirapine (R86183), UC-38 and UC-84, among others.

The term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” is used throughout thespecification to describe, where applicable, a salt form of one or moreof the compounds described herein which are presented to increase thesolubility of the compound in the gastic juices of the patient'sgastrointestinal tract in order to promote dissolution and thebioavailability of the compounds. Pharmaceutically acceptable saltsinclude those derived from pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic ororganic bases and acids, where applicable. Suitable salts include thosederived from alkali metals such as potassium and sodium, alkaline earthmetals such as calcium, magnesium and ammonium salts, among numerousother acids and bases well known in the pharmaceutical art. Sodium andpotassium salts are particularly preferred as neutralization salts ofthe phosphates according to the present disclosure.

The term “pharmaceutically acceptable derivative” is used throughout thespecification to describe any pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug form(such as an ester, amide other prodrug group), which, uponadministration to a patient, provides directly or indirectly the presentcompound or an active metabolite of the present compound.

General Synthetic Approach

The synthetic realization and optimization of the bifunctional moleculesas described herein may be approached in a step-wise or modular fashion.For example, identification of compounds that bind to the targetmolecules can involve high or medium throughput screening campaigns ifno suitable ligands are immediately available. It is not unusual forinitial ligands to require iterative design and optimization cycles toimprove suboptimal aspects as identified by data from suitable in vitroand pharmacological and/or ADMET assays. Part of the optimization/SARcampaign would be to probe positions of the ligand that are tolerant ofsubstitution and that might be suitable places on which to attach thelinker chemistry previously referred to herein. Where crystallographicor NMR structural data are available, these can be used to focus such asynthetic effort.

In a very analogous way one can identify and optimize ligands for an E3Ligase, i.e. ULMs/ILMs/VLMs/CLMs/ILMs.

With PTMs and ULMs (e.g. ILMs, VLMs, CLMs, and/or ILMs) in hand, oneskilled in the art can use known synthetic methods for their combinationwith or without a linker moiety. Linker moieties can be synthesized witha range of compositions, lengths and flexibility and functionalized suchthat the PTM and ULM groups can be attached sequentially to distal endsof the linker. Thus a library of bifunctional molecules can be realizedand profiled in in vitro and in vivo pharmacological and ADMET/PKstudies. As with the PTM and ULM groups, the final bifunctionalmolecules can be subject to iterative design and optimization cycles inorder to identify molecules with desirable properties.

In some instances, protecting group strategies and/or functional groupinterconversions (FGIs) may be required to facilitate the preparation ofthe desired materials. Such chemical processes are well known to thesynthetic organic chemist and many of these may be found in texts suchas “Greene's Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis” Peter G. M. Wutsand Theodora W. Greene (Wiley), and “Organic Synthesis: TheDisconnection Approach” Stuart Warren and Paul Wyatt (Wiley).

Protein Level Control

This description also provides methods for the control of protein levelswith a cell. This is based on the use of compounds as described herein,which are known to interact with a specific target protein such thatdegradation of a target protein in vivo will result in the control ofthe amount of protein in a biological system, prerferably to aparticular therapeutic benefit.

The following examples are used to assist in describing the presentdisclosure, but should not be seen as limiting the present disclosure inany way.

Specific Embodiments of the Present Disclosure

The present disclosure encompasses the following specific embodiments.These following embodiments may include all of the features recited in aproceeding embodiment, as specified. Where applicable, the followingembodiments may also include the features recited in any proceedingembodiment inclusively or in the alternative (e.g., an eighth embodimentmay include the features recited in a first embodiment, as recited,and/or the features of any of the second through seventh embodiments).

In certain embodiments, the description provides the following exemplaryER PROTAC molecules (such as the compounds in Tables 1 and 2, e.g.,Compounds 1-547), including salts, prodrugs, polymorphs, analogs,derivatives, and deuterated forms thereof.

An aspect of the present disclosure provides a bifunctional compoundhaving the chemical structure:

ULM-L-PTM,

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, enantiomer, stereoisomer,solvate, polymorph or prodrug thereof, wherein:

-   -   the ULM is a small molecule E3 ubiquitin ligase binding moiety        that binds an E3 ubiquitin ligase;    -   the L is a bond or a chemical linking moiety connecting the ULM        and the PTM; and    -   the PTM is an estrogen receptor protein targeting moiety        represented by the chemical structure:

wherein:

-   -   each X_(PTM) is independently CH, N;    -   indicates the site of attachment of at least one of the linker,        the ULM, a ULM′, a PTM′, or a combination thereof;    -   each R_(PTM1) is independently OH, halogen, alkoxy, methoxy,        ethoxy, O(CO)R_(PTM), wherein the substitution can be amino-,        di- or tri-substitution and R_(PTM) is alkyl or cycloalkyl group        with 1 to 6 carbons or aryl groups;    -   each R_(PTM2) is independently H, halogen, CN, CF₃, linear or        branched alkyl (e.g., linear or branched C1-C4 alkyl), alkoxy,        methoxy, ethoxy, wherein the substitution can be mono- or        di-substitution;    -   each R_(PTM3) is independently H, halogen, wherein the        substitution can be mono- or di-substitution; and    -   R_(PTM4) is a H, alkyl, methyl, ethyl.

In any aspect or embodiment described herein, the E3 ubiquitin ligasebinding moiety that targets an E3 ubiquitin ligase selected from thegroup consisting of Von Hippel-Lindau (VLM), cereblon (CLM), mousedouble-minute homolog2 (MLM), and IAP (ILM).

In any aspect or embodiment described herein, the ULM is a VonHippel-Lindau (VHL) ligase-binding moiety (VLM) with a chemicalstructure represented by:

wherein:

-   -   X¹, X² are each independently selected from the group of a bond,        O, NR^(Y3), CR^(Y3)R^(Y4), C═O, C═S, SO, and SO₂;    -   R^(Y3), R^(Y4) are each independently selected from the group of        H, linear or branched C₁₋₆ alkyl, optionally substituted by 1 or        more halo, optionally substituted C₁₋₆ alkoxyl (e.g., optionally        substituted by 0-3 R^(P) groups);    -   R^(P) is 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups each independently selected from        the group H, halo, —OH, C₁₋₃ alkyl, C═O;    -   W³ is selected from the group of an optionally substituted        -T-N(R^(1a)R^(1b))X³, -T-N(R^(1a)R^(1b)), -T-Aryl, an optionally        substituted -T-Heteroaryl, an optionally substituted        -T-Heterocycle, an optionally substituted —NR¹-T-Aryl, an        optionally substituted —NR¹-T-Heteroaryl or an optionally        substituted —NR¹-T-Heterocycle;    -   X³ is C═O, R¹, R^(1a), R^(1b);    -   each of R¹, R^(1a), R^(1b) is independently selected from the        group consisting of H, linear or branched C₁-C₆ alkyl group        optionally substituted by 1 or more halo or —OH groups,        R^(Y3)C═O, R^(Y3)C═S, R^(Y3)SO, R^(Y3)SO₂, N(R^(Y3)R^(Y4))C═O,        N(R^(Y3)R^(Y4))C═S, N(R^(Y3)R^(Y4))SO, and N(R^(Y3)R^(Y4))SO₂;    -   T is selected from the group of an optionally substituted alkyl,        —(CH₂)_(n)— group, wherein each one of the methylene groups is        optionally substituted with one or two substituents selected        from the group of halogen, methyl, a linear or branched C₁-C₆        alkyl group optionally substituted by 1 or more halogen or —OH        groups or an amino acid side chain optionally substituted; and    -   n is 0 to 6,    -   W⁴ is

-   -   R_(14a), R_(14b), are each independently selected from the group        of H, haloalkyl, or optionally substituted alkyl;    -   W⁵ is selected from the group of a phenyl or a 5-10 membered        heteroaryl,    -   R₁₅ is selected from the group of H, halogen, CN, OH, NO₂,        NR_(14a)R_(14b), OR_(14a), CONR_(14a)R_(14b), NR_(14a)COR_(14b),        SO₂NR_(14a)R_(14b), NR_(14a) SO₂R_(14b), optionally substituted        alkyl, optionally substituted haloalkyl, optionally substituted        haloalkoxy; aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or cycloheteroalkyl;    -   and wherein the dashed line indicates the site of attachment of        at least one PTM, another ULM (ULM′) or a chemical linker moiety        coupling at least one PTM or a ULM′ or both to ULM.

In any aspect or embodiment described herein, the ULM is a VonHippel-Lindau (VHL) ligase-binding moiety (VLM) with a chemicalstructure represented by:

wherein:

-   -   W³ is selected from the group of an optionally substituted aryl,        optionally substituted heteroaryl, or

-   -   R₉ and R₁₀ are independently hydrogen, optionally substituted        alkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted        hydroxyalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, or haloalkyl,        or R₉, R₁₀, and the carbon atom to which they are attached form        an optionally substituted cycloalkyl;    -   R₁₁ is selected from the group of an optionally substituted        heterocyclic, optionally substituted alkoxy,    -   optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted aryl,

-   -   R₁₂ is selected from the group of H or optionally substituted        alkyl;    -   R₁₃ is selected from the group of H, optionally substituted        alkyl, optionally substituted alkylcarbonyl, optionally        substituted (cycloalkyl)alkylcarbonyl, optionally substituted        aralkylcarbonyl, optionally substituted arylcarbonyl, optionally        substituted (heterocyclyl)carbonyl, or optionally substituted        aralkyl;    -   R_(14a), R_(14b), are each independently selected from the group        of H, haloalkyl, or optionally substituted alkyl;    -   W⁵ is selected from the group of a phenyl or a 5-10 membered        heteroaryl,    -   R₁₅ is selected from the group of H, halogen, CN, OH, NO₂,        NR_(14a)R_(14b), OR_(14a), CONR_(14a)R_(14b), NR_(14a)COR_(14b),        SO₂NR_(14a)R_(14b), NR_(14a) SO₂R_(14b), optionally substituted        alkyl, optionally substituted haloalkyl, optionally substituted        haloalkoxy; aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or cycloheteroalkyl,        each optionally substituted;    -   R₁₆ is independently selected from the group of H, halo,        optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted haloalkyl,        hydroxy, or optionally substituted haloalkoxy;    -   o is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;    -   R₁₈ is independently selected from the group of halo, optionally        substituted alkoxy, cyano, optionally substituted alkyl,        haloalkyl, haloalkoxy or a linker; and    -   p is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4, and wherein the dashed line indicates the        site of attachment of at least one PTM, another ULM (ULM′) or a        chemical linker moiety coupling at least one PTM or a ULM′ or        both to ULM.

In any aspect or embodiment described herein, the ULM has a chemicalstructure selected from the group of:

wherein:

-   -   R₁ is H, ethyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, sec-butyl, cyclopropyl,        cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl; optionally substituted        alkyl, optionally substituted hydroxyalkyl, optionally        substituted heteroaryl, or haloalkyl;    -   R_(14a) is H, haloalkyl, optionally substituted alkyl, methyl,        fluoromethyl, hydroxymethyl, ethyl, isopropyl, or cyclopropyl;    -   R₁₅ is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, CN, OH,        NO₂, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted        aryl; optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted        haloalkyl, optionally substituted haloalkoxy, cycloalkyl, or        cycloheteroalkyl;    -   X is C, CH₂, or C═O    -   R₃ is absent or an optionally substituted 5 or 6 membered        heteroaryl; and wherein the dashed line indicates the site of        attachment of at least one PTM, another ULM (ULM′) or        -   a chemical linker moiety coupling at least one PTM or a ULM′            or both to the ULM.

In any aspect or embodiment described herein, the ULM comprises a groupaccording to the chemical structure:

wherein:

-   -   R¹ of ULM-g is an optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl group, an        optionally substituted —(CH₂)_(n)OH, an optionally substituted        —(CH₂)_(n)SH, an optionally substituted (CH₂)_(n)—O—(C₁-C₆)alkyl        group, an optionally substituted (CH₂)_(n)—WCOCW—(C₀-C₆)alkyl        group containing an epoxide moiety WCOCW where each W is        independently H or a C₁-C₃ alkyl group, an optionally        substituted —(CH₂)_(n)COOH, an optionally substituted        —(CH₂)_(n)C(O)—(C₁-C₆ alkyl), an optionally substituted        —(CH₂)_(n)NHC(O)—R₁, an optionally substituted        —(CH₂)_(n)C(O)—NR₁R₂, an optionally substituted        —(CH₂)_(n)OC(O)—NR₁R₂, —(CH₂O)_(n)H, an optionally substituted        —(CH₂)_(n)OC(O)—(C₁-C₆ alkyl), an optionally substituted        —(CH₂)_(n)C(O)—O—(C₁-C₆ alkyl), an optionally substituted        —(CH₂O)_(n)COOH, an optionally substituted —(OCH₂)_(n)O—(C₁-C₆        alkyl), an optionally substituted —(CH₂O)_(n)C(O)—(C₁-C₆ alkyl),        an optionally substituted —(OCH₂)_(n)NHC(O)—R₁, an optionally        substituted —(CH₂O)_(n)C(O)—NR₁R₂, —(CH₂CH₂O)_(n)H, an        optionally substituted —(CH₂CH₂O)_(n)COOH, an optionally        substituted —(OCH₂CH₂)_(n)O—(C₁-C₆ alkyl), an optionally        substituted —(CH₂CH₂O)_(n)C(O)—(C₁-C₆ alkyl), an optionally        substituted —(OCH₂CH₂)_(n)NHC(O)—R₁, an optionally substituted        —(CH₂CH₂O)_(n)C(O)—NR₁R₂, an optionally substituted —SO₂R_(S),        an optionally substituted S(O)R_(S), NO₂, CN or halogen (F, Cl,        Br, I, preferably F or Cl);    -   R₁ and R₂ of ULM-g are each independently H or a C₁-C₆ alkyl        group which may be optionally substituted with one or two        hydroxyl groups or up to three halogen groups (preferably        fluorine);    -   R_(S) of ULM-g is a C₁-C₆ alkyl group, an optionally substituted        aryl, heteroaryl or heterocycle group or a —(CH₂)_(m)NR₁R₂        group;    -   X and X′ of ULM-g are each independently C═O, C═S, —S(O), S(O)₂,        (preferably X and X′ are both C═O);    -   R^(2′) of ULM-g is an optionally substituted        —(CH₂)_(n)—(C═O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)alkyl group, an optionally        substituted —(CH₂)_(n)—(C═O)_(u)(NR)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)NR_(1N)R_(2N)        group, an optionally substituted        —(CH₂)_(n)—(C═O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)-Aryl, an optionally        substituted —(CH₂)_(n)—(C═O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)-Heteroaryl,        an optionally substituted        —(CH₂)_(n)—(C═O)_(v)NR₁(SO₂)_(w)-Heterocycle, an optionally        substituted —NR₁—(CH₂)_(n)—C(O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)-alkyl, an        optionally substituted        —NR¹—(CH₂)_(n)—C(O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)—NR_(1N)R_(2N), an        optionally substituted        —NR¹—(CH₂)_(n)—C(O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)—NR₁C(O)R_(1N), an        optionally substituted        —NR¹—(CH₂)_(n)—(C═O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)-Aryl, an optionally        substituted        —NR¹—(CH₂)_(n)—(C═O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)-Heteroaryl or an        optionally substituted        —NR¹—(CH₂)_(n)—(C═O)_(v)NR₁(SO₂)_(w)-Heterocycle, an optionally        substituted —X^(R2′)-alkyl group; an optionally substituted        —X^(R2′)-Aryl group; an optionally substituted —X^(R2′)—        Heteroaryl group; an optionally substituted —X^(R2′)-Heterocycle        group; an optionally substituted;    -   R^(3′) of ULM-g is an optionally substituted alkyl, an        optionally substituted        —(CH₂)_(n)—(O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)-alkyl, an optionally        substituted —(CH₂)_(n)—C(O)_(u)(NR)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)—NR_(1N)R_(2N),        an optionally substituted        —(CH₂)_(n)—C(O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)—NR₁C(O)R_(IN), an        optionally substituted        —(CH₂)_(n)—C(O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)—C(O)NR₁R₂, an optionally        substituted —(CH₂)_(n)—C(O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)-Aryl, an        optionally substituted        —(CH₂)_(n)—C(O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)-Heteroaryl, an optionally        substituted —(CH₂)_(n)—C(O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)-Heterocycle,        an optionally substituted        —NR¹—(CH₂)_(n)—C(O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)-alkyl, an optionally        substituted —NR¹—(CH₂)_(n)—C(O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)—        NR_(1N)R_(2N), an optionally substituted        —NR¹—(CH₂)_(n)—C(O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)—NR₁C(O)R_(1N), an        optionally substituted        —NR¹—(CH₂)_(n)—C(O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)-Aryl, an optionally        substituted        —NR¹—(CH₂)_(n)—C(O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)-Heteroaryl, an        optionally substituted        —NR¹—(CH₂)_(n)—C(O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)-Heterocycle, an        optionally substituted        —O—(CH₂)_(n)—(C═O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)-alkyl, an optionally        substituted —O—(CH₂)n—(C═O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)—NR_(1N)R_(2N),        an optionally substituted        —O—(CH₂)n—(C═O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)—NR₁C(O)R_(1N), an        optionally substituted        —O—(CH₂)_(n)—(C═O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)-Aryl, an optionally        substituted —O—(CH₂)_(n)—(C═O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)-Heteroaryl        or an optionally substituted        —O—(CH₂)_(n)—(C═O)_(u)(NR₁)_(v)(SO₂)_(w)-Heterocycle;        —(CH₂)_(n)—(V)_(n′)—(CH₂)_(n)—(V)_(n′)-alkyl group, an        optionally substituted        —(CH₂)_(n)—(V)_(n′)—(CH₂)_(n)—(V)_(n′)-Aryl group, an optionally        substituted —(CH₂)_(n)—(V)_(n′)—(CH₂)_(n)—(V)_(n′)-Heteroaryl        group, an optionally substituted        —(CH₂)_(n)—(V)_(n′)—(CH₂)_(n)—(V)_(n′)-Heterocycle group, an        optionally substituted        —(CH₂)_(n)—N(R_(1′))(C═O)_(m′)—(V)_(n′)-alkyl group, an        optionally substituted        —(CH₂)_(n)—N(R_(1′))(C═O)_(m′)—(V)_(n′)-Aryl group, an        optionally substituted        —(CH₂)_(n)—N(R^(1′))(C═O)_(m′)—(V)_(n′)-Heteroaryl group, an        optionally substituted        —(CH₂)_(n)—N(R^(1′))(C═O)_(m′)—(V)_(n′)-Heterocycle group, an        optionally substituted —X^(R3′)— alkyl group; an optionally        substituted —X^(R3′)— Aryl group; an optionally substituted        —X^(R3′)— Heteroaryl group; an optionally substituted —X^(R3′)—        Heterocycle group; an optionally substituted;    -   R_(1N) and R_(2N) of ULM-g are each independently H, C₁-C₆ alkyl        which is optionally substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups        and up to three halogen groups or an optionally substituted        —(CH₂)_(n)-Aryl, —(CH₂)_(n)-Heteroaryl or —(CH₂)_(n)-Heterocycle        group;    -   V of ULM-g is O, S or NR₁;    -   R₁ of ULM-g is the same as above;    -   R¹ and R₁ of ULM-g are each independently H or a C₁-C₃ alkyl        group;    -   X^(R2′) and X^(R3′) of ULM-g are each independently an        optionally substituted —CH₂)_(n)—,        —CH₂)_(n)—CH(X_(v))═CH(X_(v))— (cis or trans), —CH₂)_(n)—CH≡CH—,        —(CH₂CH₂O)_(n)— or a C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl group, where X_(v) is H, a        halo or a C₁-C₃ alkyl group which is optionally substituted;    -   each m of ULM-g is independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6;    -   each m′ of ULM-g is independently 0 or 1;    -   each n of ULM-g is independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6;    -   each n′ of ULM-g is independently 0 or 1;    -   each u of ULM-g is independently 0 or 1;    -   each v of ULM-g is independently 0 or 1;    -   each w of ULM-g is independently 0 or 1; and    -   any one or more of R^(1′), R^(2′), R^(3′), X and X′ of ULM-g is        optionally modified to be covalently bonded to the PTM group        through a linker group when PTM is not ULM′, or when PTM is        ULM′, any one or more of R^(1′), R^(2′), R^(3′), X and X′ of        each of ULM and ULM′ are optionally modified to be covalently        bonded to each other directly or through a linker group, or a        pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, solvate or        polymorph thereof.

In any aspect or embodiment described herein, the ULM is a cereblon E3ligase-binding moiety (CLM) selected from the group consisting of athalidomide, lenalidomide, pomalidomide, analogs thereof, isosteresthereof, or derivatives thereof.

In any aspect or embodiment described herein, the CLM has a chemicalstructure represented by:

wherein:

-   -   W is selected from the group consisting of CH₂, CHR, C═O, SO₂,        NH, and N-alkyl;    -   each X is independently selected from the group consisting of O,        S, and H₂;    -   Y is selected from the group consisting of CH₂, —C═CR′, NH,        N-alkyl, N-aryl, N-hetaryl, N-cycloalkyl, N-heterocyclyl, O, and        S;    -   Z is selected from the group consisting of O, S, and H₂;    -   G and G′ are independently selected from the group consisting of        H, alkyl (linear, branched, optionally substituted), OH,        R′OCOOR, R′OCONRR″, CH₂-heterocyclyl optionally substituted with        R′, and benzyl optionally substituted with R′;    -   Q₁, Q₂, Q₃, and Q₄ represent a carbon C substituted with a group        independently selected from R′, N or N-oxide;    -   A is independently selected from the group H, alkyl (linear,        branched, optionally substituted), cycloalkyl, Cl and F;    -   R comprises —CONR′R″, —OR′, —NR′R″, —SR′, —SO₂R′, —SO₂NR′R″,        —CR′R″—, —CR′NR′R″—, (—CR′O)_(n)R″, -aryl, -hetaryl, -alkyl        (linear, branched, optionally substituted), -cycloalkyl,        -heterocyclyl, —P(O)(OR′)R″, —P(O)R′R″, —OP(O)(OR′)R″,        —OP(O)R′R″, —Cl, —F, —Br, —I, —CF₃, —CN, —NR′SO₂NR′R″,        —NR′CONR′R″, —CONR′COR″, —NR′C(═N—CN)NR′R″, —C(═N—CN)NR′R″,        —NR′C(═N—CN)R″, —NR′C(═C—NO₂)NR′R″, —SO₂NR′COR″, —NO₂, —CO₂R′,        —C(C═N—OR′)R″, —CR′═CR′R″, —CCR′, —S(C═O)(C═N—R′)R″, —SF₅ and        —OCF₃;    -   R′ and R″ are independently selected from the group consisting        of a bond, H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclic,        —C(═O)R, heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally substituted;    -   represents a bond that may be stereospecific ((R) or (S)) or        non-stereospecific; and    -   R_(n) comprises a functional group or an atom,    -   wherein n is an integer from 1-10, and wherein    -   when n is 1, R_(n) is modified to be covalently joined to the        linker group (L), and    -   when n is 2, 3, or 4, then one R_(n) is modified to be        covalently joined to the linker group (L), and any other R_(n)        is optionally modified to be covalently joined to a PTM, a CLM,        a second CLM having the same chemical structure as the CLM, a        CLM′, a second linker, or any multiple or combination thereof.

In any aspect or embodiment described herein, the CLM has a chemicalstructure represented by:

wherein:

-   -   W of Formulas (h) through (ab) is independently selected from        CH₂, CHR, C═O, SO₂, NH, and N-alkyl;    -   Q₁, Q₂, Q₃, Q₄, Q₅ of Formulas (h) through (ab) are        independently represent a carbon C substituted with a group        independently selected from R′, N or N-oxide;    -   R¹ of Formulas (h) through (ab) is selected from H, CN, C1-C3        alkyl;    -   R² of Formulas (h) through (ab) is selected from the group H,        CN, C1-C3 alkyl, CHF₂, CF₃, CHO;    -   R³ of Formulas (h) through (ab) is selected from H, alkyl,        substituted alkyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy;    -   R⁴ of Formulas (h) through (ab) is selected from H, alkyl,        substituted alkyl;    -   R⁵ of Formulas (h) through (ab) is H or lower alkyl;    -   X of Formulas (h) through (ab) is C, CH or N;    -   R′ of Formulas (h) through (ab) is selected from H, halogen,        alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy;    -   R of Formulas (h) through (ab) is H, OH, lower alkyl, lower        alkoxy, cyano, halogenated lower alkoxy, or halogenated lower        alkyl    -   of Formulas (h) through (ab) is a single or double bond; and    -   the CLM is covalently joined to a PTM, a chemical linker group        (L), a ULM, CLM (or CLM′) or combination thereof.

In any aspect or embodiment described herein, the ULM is a (MDM2)binding moiety (MLM) with a chemical moiety selected from the groupconsisting of a substituted imidazolines, a substitutedspiro-indolinones, a substituted pyrrolidines, a substitutedpiperidinones, a substituted morpholinones, a substitutedpyrrolopyrimidines, a substituted imidazolopyridines, a substitutedthiazoloimidazoline, a substituted pyrrolopyrrolidinones, and asubstituted isoquinolinones.

In any aspect or embodiment described herein, the ULM is a IAP E3ubiquitin ligase binding moiety (ILM) comprising the amino acids alanine(A), valine (V), proline (P), and isoleucine (I) or their unnaturalmimetics.

In any aspect or embodiment described herein, the ULM is a IAP E3ubiquitin ligase binding moiety (ILM) comprising a AVPI tetrapeptidefragment or derivative thereof.

In any aspect or embodiment described herein, the linker (L) comprises achemical structural unit represented by the formula:

-(A^(L))_(q)-,

wherein:

-   -   (A^(L))_(q) is a group which is connected to at least one of        ULM, PTM, or both; and    -   q is an integer greater than or equal to 1,    -   each A^(L) is independently selected from the group consisting        of, a bond, CR^(L1)R^(L2), O, S, SO, SO₂, NR^(L3), SO₂NR^(L3),        SONR^(L3), CONR^(L3), NR^(L3)CONR^(L4), NR^(L3)SO₂NR^(L4), CO,        CR^(L1)=CR^(L2), C≡C, SiR^(L1)R^(L2), P(O)R^(L1), P(O)OR^(L1),        NR^(L3)C(═NCN)NR^(L4), NR^(L3)C(═NCN), NR^(L3)C(═CNO₂)NR^(L4),        C₃₋₁₁cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 0-6 R^(L1) and/or        R^(L2) groups, C₃₋₁₁heterocyclyl optionally substituted with 0-6        R^(L1) and/or R^(L2) groups, aryl optionally substituted with        0-6 R^(L1) and/or R^(L2) groups, heteroaryl optionally        substituted with 0-6 R^(L1) and/or R^(L2) groups, where R^(L1)        or R^(L2), each independently are optionally linked to other        groups to form cycloalkyl and/or heterocyclyl moiety, optionally        substituted with 0-4 R^(L5) groups;    -   R^(L1), R^(L2), R^(L3), R^(L4) and R^(L5) are, each        independently, H, halo, C₁₋₈alkyl, OC₁₋₈alkyl, SC₁₋₈alkyl,        NHC₁₋₈alkyl, N(C₁₋₈alkyl)₂, C₃₋₁₁cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl,        C₃₋₁₁heterocyclyl, OC₁₋₈cycloalkyl, SC₁₋₈ cycloalkyl,        NHC₁₋₈cycloalkyl, N(C₁₋₈cycloalkyl)₂,        N(C₁₋₈cycloalkyl)(C₁₋₈alkyl), OH, NH₂, SH, SO₂C₁₋₈ alkyl,        P(O)(OC₁₋₈alkyl)(C₁₋₈alkyl), P(O)(OC₁₋₈alkyl)₂, CC—C₁₋₈alkyl,        CCH, CH═CH(C₁₋₈alkyl), C(C₁₋₈ alkyl)═CH(C₁₋₈alkyl),        C(C₁₋₈alkyl)═C(C₁₋₈alkyl)₂, Si(OH)₃, Si(C₁₋₈alkyl)₃,        Si(OH)(C₁₋₈alkyl)₂, COC₁₋₈ alkyl, CO₂H, halogen, CN, CF₃, CHF₂,        CH₂F, NO₂, SF₅, SO₂NHC₁₋₈alkyl, SO₂N(C₁₋₈alkyl)₂, SONHC₁₋₈        alkyl, SON(C₁₋₈alkyl)₂, CONHC₁₋₈alkyl, CON(C₁₋₈alkyl)₂,        N(C₁₋₈alkyl)CONH(C₁₋₈alkyl), N(C₁₋₈ alkyl)CON(C₁₋₈alkyl)₂,        NHCONH(C₁₋₈alkyl), NHCON(C₁₋₈alkyl)₂, NHCONH₂,        N(C₁₋₈alkyl)SO₂NH(C₁₋₈ alkyl), N(C₁₋₈alkyl) SO₂N(C₁₋₈alkyl)₂, NH        SO₂NH(C₁₋₈alkyl), NH SO₂N(C₁₋₈alkyl)₂, NH SO₂NH₂.

In any aspect or embodiment described herein, the linker (L) comprises agroup represented by a general structure selected from the groupconsisting of:

-   -   —N(R)—(CH₂)_(m)—O(CH₂)_(n)—O(CH₂)_(o)—O(CH₂)_(p)—O(CH₂)_(q)—O(CH₂)_(r)—OCH2-,    -   O—(CH₂)_(m)—O(CH₂)_(n)—O(CH₂)_(o)—O(CH₂)_(p)—O(CH₂)_(q)—O(CH₂)_(r)—OCH2-,    -   O—(CH₂)_(m)—O(CH₂)_(n)—O(CH₂)_(o)—O(CH₂)_(p)—O(CH₂)_(q)—O(CH₂)_(r)—O—;    -   —N(R)—(CH₂)_(m)—O(CH₂)_(n)—O(CH₂)_(o)—O(CH₂)_(p)—O(CH₂)_(q)—O(CH₂)_(r)—O—;    -   (CH₂)_(m)—O(CH₂)_(n)—O(CH₂)_(o)—O(CH₂)_(p)—O(CH₂)_(q)—O(CH₂)_(r)—O—;    -   (CH₂)_(m)—O(CH₂)_(n)—O(CH₂)_(o)—O(CH₂)_(p)—O(CH₂)_(q)—O(CH₂)_(r)—OCH2-;

-   -   wherein m, n, o, p, q, and r, are independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4,        5, 6, with the proviso that when the number is zero, there is no        N—O or O—O bond, R is selected from the group H, methyl and        ethyl, and X is selected from the group H and F;

each n and m of the linker can independently be 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.

In any aspect or embodiment described herein, the linker (L) is selectedfrom the group consisting of:

In any aspect or embodiment described herein, the linker (L) is selectedfrom the group consisting of:

wherein each m, n, o and p is independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7.

In any aspect or embodiment described herein, L is selected from thegroup consisting of:

In any aspect or embodiment described herein, the linker (L) is apolyethylenoxy group optionally substituted with aryl or phenylcomprising from 1 to 10 ethylene glycol units.

In any aspect or embodiment described herein, the linker (L) comprisesthe following chemical structure:

wherein:

-   -   W^(L1) and W^(L2) are each independently a 4-8 membered ring        with 0-4 heteroatoms, optionally substituted with RQ, each RQ is        independently a H, halo, OH, CN, CF3, NH₂, carboxyl, C1-C6 alkyl        (linear, branched, optionally substituted), C1-C6 alkoxy        (linear, branched, optionally substituted), or 2 RQ groups taken        together with the atom they are attached to, form a 4-8 membered        ring system containing 0-4 heteroatoms;    -   Y^(L1) is each independently a bond, C1-C6 alkyl (linear,        branched, optionally substituted) and optionally one or more C        atoms are replaced with O; or C1-C6 alkoxy (linear, branched,        optionally substituted);    -   n is an integer from 0-10; and    -   a        indicates the attachment point to the PTM or ULM moieties.

In any aspect or embodiment described herein, the linker (L) comprisesthe following chemical structure:

wherein:

-   -   W^(L1) and W^(L2) are each independently aryl, heteroaryl,        cyclic, heterocyclic, C₁₋₆ alkyl (linear, branched, optionally        substituted), C1-C6 alkoxy (linear, branched, optionally        substituted), bicyclic, biaryl, biheteroaryl, or biheterocyclic,        each optionally substituted with R^(Q), each R^(Q) is        independently a H, halo, OH, CN, CF₃, NH₂, carboxyl, hydroxyl,        nitro, C≡CH, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₁-C₆ alkyl (linear,        branched, optionally substituted), C₁-C₆ alkoxy (linear,        branched, optionally substituted), OC₁₋₃alkyl (optionally        substituted by 1 or more —F), OH, NH₂, NR^(Y1)R^(Y2), CN, or 2        R^(Q) groups taken together with the atom they are attached to,        form a 4-8 membered ring system containing 0-4 heteroatoms;    -   Y^(L1) is each independently a bond, NR^(YL1), O, S, NR^(YL2),        CR^(YL1)R^(YL2), C═O, C═S, SO, SO₂, C₁-C₆ alkyl (linear,        branched, optionally substituted) and optionally one or more C        atoms are replaced with O; C₁-C₆ alkoxy (linear, branched,        optionally substituted);    -   Q^(L) is a 3-6 membered alicyclic or aromatic ring with 0-4        heteroatoms, biheterocyclic, or bicyclic, optionally bridged,        optionally substituted with 0-6 R^(Q), each R^(Q) is        independently H, C₁₋₆ alkyl (linear, branched, optionally        substituted by 1 or more halo, C₁₋₆ alkoxyl), or 2 R^(Q) groups        taken together with the atom they are attached to, form a 3-8        membered ring system containing 0-2 heteroatoms);    -   R^(YL1), R^(YL2) are each independently H, OH, C₁₋₆ alkyl        (linear, branched, optionally substituted by 1 or more halo,        C₁₋₆ alkoxyl), or R¹, R² together with the atom they are        attached to, form a 3-8 membered ring system containing 0-2        heteroatoms);    -   n is an integer from 0-10; and    -   a        indicates the attachment point to the PTM or ULM moieties.

In any aspect or embodiment described herein, the compound comprisesmultiple ULMs, multiple PTMs, multiple linkers or any combinationsthereof.

In any aspect or embodiment described herein, the compound is selectedfrom the group consisting of: Compounds 1-547 (i.e., a compound selectedfrom Table 1 or Table 2).

Another aspect of the present disclosure provides a compositioncomprising an effective amount of a bifunctional compound of the presentdisclosure, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

In any aspect or embodiment described herein, the composition furthercomprises at least one of additional bioactive agent or anotherbifunctional compound of any of claims 1-23.

In any aspect or embodiment described herein, the additional bioactiveagent is anti-cancer agent.

A further aspect of the present disclosure provides a compositioncomprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and an effective amountof at least one compound of the present disclosure for treating adisease or disorder in a subject, the method comprising administeringthe composition to a subject in need thereof, wherein the compound iseffective in treating or ameliorating at least one symptom of thedisease or disorder.

In any aspect or embodiment described herein, the disease or disorder isassociated with estrogen receptor accumulation and aggregation.

In any aspect or embodiment described herein, the disease or disorder iscancer or a neoplasia associated with estrogen receptor accumulation andaggregation.

In any aspect or embodiment described herein, the disease or disorder isbreast cancer or uterine cancer.

In any aspect or embodiment described herein, the disease or disorder isendometriosis.

General Synthetic Approach

The synthetic realization and optimization of the bifunctional moleculesas described herein may be approached in a step-wise or modular fashion.For example, identification of compounds that bind to the targetmolecules can involve high or medium throughput screening campaigns ifno suitable ligands are immediately available. It is not unusual forinitial ligands to require iterative design and optimization cycles toimprove suboptimal aspects as identified by data from suitable in vitroand pharmacological and/or ADMET assays. Part of the optimization/SARcampaign would be to probe positions of the ligand that are tolerant ofsubstitution and that might be suitable places on which to attach thelinker chemistry previously referred to herein. Where crystallographicor NMR structural data are available, these can be used to focus such asynthetic effort.

In a very analogous way one can identify and optimize ligands for an E3Ligase, i.e. ULMs/VLMs/CLMs.

With PTMs and ULMs (e.g. VLMs and/or CLMs) in hand, one skilled in theart can use known synthetic methods for their combination with orwithout a linker moiety. Linker moieties can be synthesized with a rangeof compositions, lengths and flexibility and functionalized such thatthe PTM and ULM groups can be attached sequentially to distal ends ofthe linker. Thus, a library of bifunctional molecules can be realizedand profiled in vitro and in vivo pharmacological and ADMET/PK studies.As with the PTM and ULM groups, the final bifunctional molecules can besubject to iterative design and optimization cycles in order to identifymolecules with desirable properties.

Compounds of the present disclosure [e.g., the general Formulas (I),(I_(PTM)) and (II_(PTM)) and bifunctional compounds comprising the same]may be prepared by methods known in the art of organic synthesis as setforth in the specific exemplary compounds or compounds described in thisapplication. In all of the methods, it is well understood thatprotecting groups for sensitive or reactive groups may be employed wherenecessary in accordance with general principles of chemistry. Protectinggroups are manipulated according to standard methods of organicsynthesis (T. W. Green and P. G. M. Wuts (1999) Protective Groups inOrganic Synthesis, 3^(rd) edition, John Wiley & Sons). These groups areremoved at a convenient stage of the compound synthesis using methodsthat are readily apparent to those skilled in the art. The selection ofprocesses as well as the reaction conditions and order of theirexecution shall be consistent with the preparation of compounds of thepresent disclosure, including compounds of Formulas (I), (I_(PTM)) and(II_(PTM)) and bifunctional compounds comprising the same. Schemesdescribed below illustrate the general methods of preparing compoundswith the structure featured as Formulas (I), (I_(PTM)) and (II_(PTM)).

Compounds of the present disclosure may be synthesized by connecting theER binding fragment prepared according to Scheme 1-1 through Scheme 1-40with the cereblon binding fragment prepared according to Scheme 2-1through Scheme 2-47. The detailed synthesis of representative compoundsof the present disclosure, are further described in Scheme 3-1 throughScheme 3-88.

Abbreviations

-   -   ACN: acetonitrile    -   ADDP: 1,1′-(azodicarbonyl)dipiperidine    -   BAST: N,N-bis(2-methoxyethyl)aminosulfur trifluoride    -   BPO: benzoyl peroxide    -   Cbz: Carbonylbezyloxy    -   DAST: diethylaminosulfur trifluoride    -   DBE: 1,2-dibromoethane    -   DCE: 1,2-dichloroethane    -   DCM: dichloromethane    -   DEAD: diethyl azodicarboxylate    -   DIAD: diisopropyl azodicarboxylate    -   DIBAL: disiobutylaluminium hydride    -   DIEA or DIPEA: diisopropylethylamine    -   DMA: N,N-dimethylacetamide    -   DMF: N,N-dimethylformamide    -   DMP: Dess-Martin periodinane    -   EA: ethyl acetate    -   EDCI: 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide    -   HBTU: N,N,N′N′-tetramethyl-O-(1H-benzotriazol-1-yl)uronium        hexafluorophosphate    -   HMDS: bis(trimethylsilyl)amine    -   HMPA: hexamethylphosphoramide    -   LDA: lithium diisopropylamide    -   MCPBA: meta-chloroperoxybenzoic acid    -   MsCl: methanesulfonyl chloride    -   M.W: microwave    -   NBS: N-bromosuccinimide    -   NMP: N-methylpyrrolidone    -   PCC: pyridinium chlorochromate    -   Pd-118 or Pd(dtpf)C1₂: 1,1′-bis(di-tert-butylphosphino)ferrocene        dichloropalladium    -   Pd(dppf)C1₂: 1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene        dichloropalladium    -   Pd(dba)₂: bis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium    -   Pd₂(dba)₃: Tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium    -   PPTS: pyridium p-tolunesulfonate    -   PTSA: p-toluenesulfonic acid    -   RuPhos-Pd-G3:        [(2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2′,6′-diisopropoxy-1,1′-biphenyl)-2-(2′-amino-1,1′-biphenyl)]        palladium(II) methanesulfonate    -   RuPhos-Pd-G2:        Chloro[(2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2′,6′-diisopropoxy-1,1′-biphenyl)-2-(2′-amino-1,1′-biphenyl)]        palladium(II)    -   SFC: supercritical fluid chromatography    -   t-BuXPhos-Pd-G3:        [(2-di-tert-butylphosphino-2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-1,1′-biphenyl)-2-(2′-amino-1,1′-biphenyl)]        palladium(II) methanesulfonate    -   TEA: trimethylamine    -   TFA: trifluoroacetic acid    -   TLC: thin layer chromatography    -   TMP: 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine    -   TEMPO: 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine-N-oxide    -   TosCl or TsCl: p-toluenesulfonyl chloride    -   TsOH: p-toluenesulfonic acid    -   XantPhos: 4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethylxanthene    -   XPhos: 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2′ 4′ 6′-triisopropylbiphenyl    -   XPhos-Pd-G3:        [(2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-1,1′-biphenyl)-2-(2′-amino-1,1′-biphenyl)]        palladium(II) methanesulfonate    -   12354-85-7: bis(pentamethylcyclopentadienylrhodium dichloride)

General Synthetic Schemes 1-1 Through 1-40 Described the Routes Used toPrepare Exemplary ER Ligands and Exemplary ER Ligands with PartialLinker Moieties Connected Thereto General Synthetic Scheme 1-1 toPrepare Intermediate

Wherein the number n can be 0 to 4; Y can be CH, N; R₁, R₂ and R₃ can beH, F, CF₃ In the case of benzyl group deprotection using BBr₃, theacetal functional group will also be deprotected to lead to the desiredaldehyde intermediate.

General Synthetic Scheme 1-2 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 1-3 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 1-4 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 1-5 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 1-6 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 1-7 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 1-8 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 1-9 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 1-10 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 1-11 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 1-12 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 1-13 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 1-14 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 1-15 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 1-16 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 1-17 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 1-18 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 1-19 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 1-20 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 1-21 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 1-22 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 1-23 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 1-24 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 1-25 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 1-26a and 1-26b to Prepare Intermediates

General Synthetic Scheme 1-27 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 1-28 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 1-29 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 1-30 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 1-31 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 1-32 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 1-33 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 1-34 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 1-35 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 1-36 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 1-37a and 1-37b to Prepare Intermediates

General Synthetic Scheme 1-38 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 1-39 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 1-40 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Schemes 2-1 Through 2-47 Describe the Routes Used toPrepare Representative Cereblon Binding Moieties and Cereblon BindingMoieties with Partial Linker Moieties Connected Thereto

General Synthetic Schemes 2-1a Through 2-1d to Prepare Intermediates.

General Synthetic Scheme 2-2 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 2-3 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 2-4 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 2-5 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 2-6 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 2-7 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Schemes 2-8a and 2-8b to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 2-9 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 2-10 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Schemes 2-11a Through 2-11b to Prepare Intermediates.

General Synthetic Scheme 2-12 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 2-13 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 2-14 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 2-15 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 2-16 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 2-17 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Schemes 2-18a Through 2-18b to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 2-19 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Schemes 2-20a Through 2-20b to Prepare Intermediates

General Synthetic Scheme 2-21 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 2-22 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 2-23 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 2-24 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 2-25 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 2-26 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 2-27 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 2-28 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 2-29 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 2-30 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 2-31 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 2-32 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 2-33 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 2-34 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 2-35 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 2-35 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 2-37 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 2-38 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 2-39 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 2-40 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 2-41a and 2-41b to Prepare Intermediates

General Synthetic Scheme 2-42 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 2-43 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 2-44 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 2-45a Through 2-45c to Prepare Intermediates

General Synthetic Scheme 2-46 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Scheme 2-47 to Prepare Intermediate

General Synthetic Schemes 3-1 Through 3-88 Described the Routes Used toPrepare Representative Chimeric Compounds of the Present DisclosureGeneral Synthetic Scheme 3-1

Alternatively, compound 1 and compound 2 can also be prepared usingsynthetic scheme 3-2.

General Synthetic Scheme 3-2

General Synthetic Scheme 3-3

General Synthetic Scheme 3-4

General Synthetic Scheme 3-5

General Synthetic Scheme 3-6

General Synthetic Scheme 3-7

General Synthetic Scheme 3-8

General Synthetic Scheme 3-9

General Synthetic Scheme 3-10

General Synthetic Scheme 3-11

General Synthetic Scheme 3-12

General Synthetic Scheme 3-13

General Synthetic Scheme 3-14

General Synthetic Scheme 3-15

General Synthetic Scheme 3-16

General Synthetic Scheme 3-17

General Synthetic Scheme 3-18

General Synthetic Scheme 3-19

General Synthetic Scheme 3-20

General Synthetic Scheme 3-21

General Synthetic Scheme 3-22

General Synthetic Scheme 3-23

General Synthetic Scheme 3-24 to Prepare Claimed Compounds

General Synthetic Scheme 3-25

General Synthetic Scheme 3-26

General Synthetic Scheme 3-27

General Synthetic Scheme 3-28

General Synthetic Scheme 3-29

General Synthetic Scheme 3-30

General Synthetic Scheme 3-31

General Synthetic Scheme 3-32

General Synthetic Scheme 3-33

General Synthetic Scheme 3-34

General Synthetic Scheme 3-35

General Synthetic Scheme 3-36

General Synthetic Scheme 3-37

General Synthetic Scheme 3-38

General Synthetic Scheme 3-39

General Synthetic Scheme 3-40

General Synthetic Scheme 3-41

General Synthetic Scheme 3-42

General Synthetic Scheme 3-43

General Synthetic Scheme 3-44 to Prepare Claimed Compounds

General Synthetic Scheme 3-45 to Prepare Claimed Compounds

General Synthetic Scheme 3-46 to Prepare Claimed Compounds

General Synthetic Scheme 3-47

General Synthetic Scheme 3-48

General Synthetic Scheme 3-49 to Prepare Claimed Compounds

General Synthetic Scheme 3-50

General Synthetic Scheme 3-51

General Synthetic Scheme 3-52

General Synthetic Scheme 3-53

General Synthetic Scheme 3-54

General Synthetic Scheme 3-55

General Synthetic Scheme 3-57

General Synthetic Scheme 3-58

General Synthetic Scheme 3-59

General Synthetic Scheme 3-60

General Synthetic Scheme 3-61

General Synthetic Scheme 3-62

General Synthetic Scheme 3-63

General Synthetic Scheme 3-64

General Synthetic Scheme 3-65

General Synthetic Scheme 3-66

General Synthetic Scheme 3-67

General Synthetic Scheme 3-68

General Synthetic Scheme 3-69

General Synthetic Scheme 3-70

General Synthetic Scheme 3-71

General Synthetic Scheme 3-73

General Synthetic Scheme 3-74

General Synthetic Scheme 3-75

General Synthetic Scheme 3-76

General Synthetic Scheme 3-77

General Synthetic Scheme 3-78

General Synthetic Scheme 3-80

General Synthetic Scheme 3-81

General Synthetic Scheme 3-82

General Synthetic Scheme 3-83

General Synthetic Scheme 3-84

General Synthetic Scheme 3-85

General Synthetic Scheme 3-86

General Synthetic Scheme 3-87

General Synthetic Scheme 3-88

EXAMPLES

All synthesized compounds were characterized by ¹H-NMR and purity wasanalyzed by LC/MS under the wave length of 214 and 254 nM with UVdetection. Purity of each compound in Table 1 and Table 2 was over 90%.The observed molecular weight from LC/MS was listed in Table 1 (see FIG.5) and Table 2 (see FIG. 6) as [M+H]⁺. The synthetic methods used forpreparing individual compound are listed in Table 1 and Table 2. Somemolecules in Table 1 and Table 2 were obtained as salt forms, such ashydrochloride, acetate, formate, or triflate. Only structures of theneutral form of each compound were listed. ¹H-NMR of representativecompounds are listed in Table 3 (see FIG. 7). Although the chemicalnames listed in Table 3 are for the neutral forms of the exemplarycompounds, the corresponding ¹H-NMR data includes both neutral forms andsalt forms.

All synthesized chimeric molecules were assessed for target engagementin T47D cells using the commercial kit of ERE luciferase reporter geneassay. In the assay, 10% FBS was included and estrogen level wasmeasured to be 10 pM. Target engagement was expressed as IC₅₀ in thesuppression of estrogen induced signing and the result was listed inTable 1 and Table 2.

Exemplary compounds of the present disclosure were tested for ER_(α)degradation in MCF7 cells using an In-Cell Western™ Assay (LI-COR®;Lincoln, Nebr.). Degradation activity is listed in Table 3 as DC₅₀ andD_(max), where DC₅₀ was calculated based on curve fit using ACAS doseresponse module (McNeil & Co Inc.). D_(max) was calculated based on theequation [(ER_(α) highest level-ER_(α) lowest level)/(ER_(α) highestlevel)].

The exemplary compounds that demonstrated degradation activity, as shownin Table 3, were further tested for ERα degradation in MCF7 cells usingstandard western blot methodology. FIG. 2 and FIG. 3 illustraterepresent exemplary compounds from the western blot assay.

Compounds prepared in this application were also analyzed for theirability to degrade ERα in MCF7 and T47D cells. FIG. 4 shows thedegradation result of selected exemplary compounds.

ERE Luciferase Assay to Assess Target Engagement for ExemplaryCompounds.

T47D-KBlue cells (ATCC #CRL_2865, T47D human breast cancer cells stablytransfected with estrogen responsive element/promoter/luciferasereporter gene) were seeded into 96-well white opaque plates in RPMIgrowth medium supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum and allowed toadhere overnight in a 37° C. humidified incubator. The following day,cells were treated with PROTACs in a 12-point concentration curve (topfinal concentration of 300 nM with subsequent concentrations being3-fold less with 2 pM being the lowest concentration in the assay). EachPROTAC was tested independently in two experiments on 96-well plates.After 24 hours, media was removed and lysis buffer was added to thewells. Following lysis, Bright-Glo™ Luciferase Assay Substrate (Promega,Madison Wis.) was added and the luciferase activity was measured using aCytation 3 plate reader (BioTek™, Winooski, Vt.). Each compound wasassayed in duplicates and the activity was calculated as IC₅₀ usingGraphPad Prism software (San Diego, Calif.).

Estrogen Receptor-Alpha (ERα) Degradation Assay in MCF-7 Cells UsingWestern Blot Method.

The exemplary novel ERα degraders were assessed for their activity indegrading ERα in MCF-7 cells via western blot. The assay was carried outin the presence of 10% female bovine serum (FBS) or high percentage ofhuman or mouse serum.

The western blot assay performed on the exemplary compounds of thepresent disclosure was performed by one of the following two assays,which provides comparable results.

MCF7 cells were grown in DMEM/F12 with 10% fetal bovine serum and seededat 24,000 cells per well in 100 μl into 96-well clear tissue cultureplates. The following day, the cells were treated with PROTACs in a7-point concentration curve with 100 nM being the top concentration andserial dilutions to make the other concentrations (30 nM, 10 nM, 3 nM, 1nM, and 0.3 nM). At all concentrations, 0.01% DMSO is the finalconcentration in the well. The following day, the plates are aspirated,washed with 50 μl of cold PBS. The cells are lysed with 50 μl/well 4° C.Cell Lysis Buffer (Catalog #9803; Cell Signaling Technology, Danvers,Mass.) (20 mM Tris-HCL (pH 7.5), 150 mM NaCl, 1 mM Na₂EDTA, 1 mM EGTA,1% Triton, 2.5 mM sodium pyrophosphate, 1 mM B-glycerophosphate, 1 mMsodium vanadate, 1 ug/ml leupeptin). Lysates were clarified at 16,000×gfor 10 minutes, and 2 μg of protein was subjected to SDS-PAGE analysisand followed by immunoblotting according to standard protocols. Theantibodies used were ERα (Cell Signaling Technologies Catalog #8644),and Tubulin (Sigma Catalog #T1′9026; St. Louis, Mo.). Detection reagentswere Clarity Western ECL substrate (Bio-Rad Catalog #170-5060; Hercules,Calif.).

Alternatively, MCF7 cells were grown in DMEM/F12 with 10% fetal bovineserum and seeded at 24,000 cells per well in 500 μl in 24-well cleartissue culture plates. The following day, the cells were treated withPROTACs in a 5-point concentration curve (100 nM, 33 nM, 11 nM, 3.7 nM,and 1.2 nM) in the presence of 0.01% DMSO. After 72 hours, the wells areaspirated and washed with 500 μl of PBS. The cells are lysed with 100μl/well 4° C. Cell Lysis Buffer (Catalog #9803; Cell SignalingTechnology, Danvers, Mass.) (20 mM Tris-HCL (pH 7.5), 150 mM NaCl, 1 mMNa₂EDTA, 1 mM EGTA, 1% Triton, 2.5 mM sodium pyrophosphate, 1 mMB-glycerophosphate, 1 mM sodium vanadate, 1 μg/ml leupeptin). Lysateswere clarified at 16,000×g for 10 minutes, and 2 μg of protein wassubjected to SDS-PAGE analysis and followed by immunoblotting accordingto standard protocols. The antibodies used were ERα (Cell SignalingTechnologies Catalog #8644), and Tubulin (Sigma Catalog #T9026; St.Louis, Mo.). Detection reagents were Clarity Western ECL substrate(Bio-Rad Catalog #170-5060; Hercules, Calif.).

Estrogen Receptor-Alpha (ERα) Degradation Assay in T47D Cells UsingWestern Blot Method.

The same protocol that was described above with MCF7 cells was utilized,except that T47D cells were utilized instead of the MCF7 cells.

Estrogen Receptor-Alpha (ERα) Degradation Assay Using in-Cell Western™Assay.

Degradation of ERα by claimed compounds were determined in MCF7 cellsusing an In-Cell Western™ assay. Briefly, MCF7 cells were plated in96-well plates (2000 cells per well in 100 μl media) and incubated at37° C. under an atmosphere of 5% CO₂ in a humidified incubatorovernight. One-hundred (100) μl of media containing test compound (at 2×concentration) was added to the appropriate wells to provide 11 seriallydecreasing concentrations (top final concentration, 1 μM then 3-foldless for the next 10 concentrations); a vehicle control (DMSO) was alsoadded for each compound. For each experiment, all compounds were assayedon duplicate plates. Cells were then incubated for 5 days in theabove-mentioned environment. The assay was terminated by removal ofmedia, a single wash with ice-cold PBS and the addition of 50 μlparaformaldehyde (PFA: 4% in PBS). After 15 minutes in PFA at roomtemperature, the cells were permeabilized in Tris-phosphate-bufferedsaline with Tween (0.1%) (TBST) supplemented with Triton X-100 (0.5%)for 15 minutes. Cells were then blocked in BSA (TBST with BSA, 3%) forone hour. Primary antibodies for the detection of ERα (rabbitmonoclonal, 1:1000, Cell Signaling Technology Catalog #8644) and tubulin(mouse monoclonal, 1:5000, Sigma Catalog #T6074) in TBST with BSA (3%)were added. The cells were incubated overnight at 4° C. The cells werethen washed thrice with TBST at room temperature and then incubated withanti-rabbit and anti-mouse fluorescently-labelled secondary antibodies(IRDye®; LI-COR; Lincoln, Nebr.) in LI-COR blocking buffer (Catalog#927-50000) for one hour at room temperature. Following 3 washes withTBST, the buffer was removed and the plates were read on an Odyssey®infrared imaging system (LI-COR®; Lincoln, Nebr.) at 700 nm and 800 nm.Using commercial software (ImageStudio™; LI-COR, Lincoln, Nebr.), thestaining intensity for ERα and tubulin in each well was quantified andexported for analysis. For each data point, ERα intensity was normalizedto tubulin intensity and for each compound all normalized intensityvalues were normalized to the vehicle control. DC₅₀ and D_(max) valueswere determined following a 4-parameter IC₅₀ curve fit using ACAS doseresponse module (McNeil & Co Inc.).

The degradation data was categorized as follows: Degradation DC₅₀ranges: DC₅₀<5 nM (A); 5 nM<DC₅₀<50 nM (B); DC₅₀>50 nM (C); andDegradation D_(max) ranges: D_(max)>75% (A); 50%<D_(max)<75 (B);D_(max)<50% (C). The degradation activity of the exemplary compounds islisted in Table 3.

Experiment Procedures of Synthesizing ER PROTACs Synthesis of(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1[(2S)-2-(2-{2-[4-(2-{4-[(1R,2S)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl]phenoxy}ethyl)piperazin-1yl]ethoxy}acetamido)-3,3-dimethylbutanoyl]-N-{[4-(4-methyl-1,3-thiazol-5-yl)phenyl]methyl}pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide(Exemplary Compound 1) Step 1: Preparation of tert-butyl4-(2-(2-ethoxy-2-oxoethoxy)ethyl) piperazine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of tert-butyl piperazine-1-carboxylate (1.50 g, 8.05 mmol,1.00 eq) in N,N-dimethylformamide (30 mL) was added cesium carbonate(2.89 g, 8.86 mmol, 1.10 eq), potassium iodide (134 mg, 0.8 mmol, 0.10eq) and ethyl 2-(2-chloroethoxy)acetate (1.68 g, 10.06 mmol, 1.25 eq) at25° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 110° C. for 16 hours. LC/MSshowed disappearance of the starting material and the desire compoundwas formed. The mixture was poured into saturated brine (100 mL) andthen extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL×5). The combined organic layerswere dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated invacuum. The residue was further purified by silica gel columnchromatography (petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=15:1 to 5:1) to givetert-butyl 4-[2-(2-ethoxy-2-oxo-ethoxy)ethyl]piperazine-1-carboxylate(2.40 g, 2.91 mmol, 36% yield, 38% purity) as a colorless oil. LC/MS(ESI) m/z: 317.1 [M+1]⁺.

Step 2: Preparation of2-(2-(4-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperazin-1-yl)ethoxy)acetic acid

To a solution of tert-butyl4-[2-(2-ethoxy-2-oxo-ethoxy)ethyl]piperazine-1-carboxylate (750 mg, 2.37mmol, 1.00 eq) in methanol (5 mL) and water (5 mL) was added lithiumhydroxide monohydrate (497 mg, 11.85 mmol, 5.00 eq) at 25° C. Theresulting mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 hours. LC/MS showedstarting material was disappeared and the desired compound was found.Then the reaction mixture was adjusted to pH=(5-6) by hydrochloric acid(2 M, 0.5 mL) and concentrated under reduced pressure to removemethanol. The residue was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 mL×2). Thecombined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (3 mL×2), driedover anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuum.2-[2-(4-tert-butoxycarbonylpiperazin-1-yl)ethoxy]acetic acid (350 mg,1.21 mmol, 51% yield) was obtain as a colorless oil, which was directlyused for next step without further purification. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃)δ: 6.50 (br, 1H), 4.02 (s, 2H), 3.78 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 2H), 3.65-3.62 (m,4H), 3.47-3.38 (m, 2H), 2.82-2.79 (m, 4H), 1.46 (s, 9H).

Step 3: Preparation of tert-butyl4-[2-({[(2S)-1-[(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-2-({[4-(4-methyl-1,3-thiazol-5-yl)phenyl]methyl}carbamoyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl]-3,3-dimethyl-1-oxobutan-2-yl]carbamoyl}methoxy)ethyl]piperazine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of 2-[2-(4-tert-butoxycarbonylpiperazin-1-yl)ethoxy]aceticacid (170 mg, 0.59 mmol, 1.00 eq) in N,N-dimethylformamide (6 mL) wasadded 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride (226mg, 1.18 mmol, 2.00 eq), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (119 mg, 0.88 mmol, 1.50eq), diisopropylethylamine (228 mg, 1.77 mmol, 3.00 eq) and(2S,4R)-1-[(2S)-2-amino-3,3-dimethyl-butanoyl]-4-hydroxy-N-[[4-(4-methylthiazol-5-yl)phenyl]methyl]pyrrolidine-2-carboxamidehydrochloride (275 mg, 0.59 mmol, 1.00 eq) at 25° C. The resultingmixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 hours. LC/MS showed thedisappearance of the starting material and desire compound was found.The mixture was poured into saturated brine (30 mL), and then extractedwith ethyl acetate (15 mL×5). The combined organic layers were driedover anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuum. Theresidue was further purified by preparative TLC (SiO₂,dichloromethane:methanol=10:1) to provide tert-butyl4-[2-({[(2S)-1-[(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-2-({[4-(4-methyl-1,3-thiazol-5-yl)phenyl]methyl}carbamoyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl]-3,3-dimethyl-1-oxobutan-2-yl]carbamoyl}methoxy)ethyl]piperazine-1-carboxylate(320 mg, 0.45 mmol, 77% yield, 99% purity) as a colorless oil. LC/MS(ESI) m/z: 701.2 [M+1]+; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ:8.84 (s, 1H),7.42-7.39 (m, 5H), 4.54-4.51 (m, 4H), 4.34 (m, 1H), 4.05-3.96 (m, 2H),3.76-3.70 (m, 2H), 3.67-3.60 (m, 2H), 3.41-3.35 (m, 4H), 2.72-2.66 (m,2H), 2.57-2.55 (m, 4H), 2.53 (s, 3H), 2.27-2.19 (m, 1H), 2.13-2.05 (m,1H), 1.38 (s, 9H), 1.00 (s, 9H).

Step 4: Preparation of(2S,4R)-1-[(2S)-3,3-dimethyl-2-{2-[2-(piperazin-1-yl)ethoxy]acetamido}butanoyl]-4-hydroxy-N-{[4-(4-methyl-1,3-thiazol-5-yl)phenyl]methyl}pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

To a solution of tert-butyl4-[2-({[(2S)-1-[(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-2-({[4-(4-methyl-1,3-thiazol-5-yl)phenyl]methyl}carbamoyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl]-3,3-dimethyl-1-oxobutan-2-yl]carbamoyl}methoxy)ethyl]piperazine-1-carboxylate(110 mg, 0.16 mmol, 1.00 eq) in ethyl acetate (3 mL) was addedhydrochloric acid/ethyl acetate (4.0 M, 3 mL) at 25° C. The resultingmixture was stirred at 25° C. for 0.5 hours. LC/MS showed thedisappearance of the starting material and desire compound was found.The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure.(2S,4R)-1-[(2S)-3,3-dimethyl-2-[[2-(2-piperazin-1-ylethoxy)acetyl]amino]butanoyl]-4-hydroxy-N-[[4-(4-methylthiazol-5-yl)phenyl]methyl]pyrrolidine-2-carboxamidehydrochloride (100 mg, 0.12 mmol, 77% yield, 77% purity) was obtained asa yellow solid. LC/MS (ESI) m/z: 601.2 [M+1]+; ¹H NMR (400 MHz,METHANOL-d₄) δ:7.56-7.50 (m, 5H), 4.63-4.51 (m, 5H), 4.45-4.38 (m, 1H),4.24 (s, 2H), 3.99-3.91 (m, 4H), 3.84-3.78 (m, 2H), 3.71-3.61 (m, 4H),3.56-3.50 (m, 2H), 2.57 (m, 4H), 2.32-2.24 (m, 1H), 2.15-2.04 (m, 1H),1.07 (s, 9H).

Step 5: Preparation of7-benzyloxy-4-[4-(2,2-diethoxyethoxy)phenyl]-1,2-dihydronaphthalene

To a solution of 4-(6-benzyloxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl)phenol (22 g,66.99 mmol, 1.00 eq, prepared according to procedures in step 1-3described for Exemplary Compound 62) in N,N-dimethylformamide (200 mL)was added cesium carbonate (43.65 g, 133.98 mmol, 2.00 eq) and2-bromo-1,1-diethoxy-ethane (26.4 g, 133.98 mmol, 20 mL, 2.00 eq). Thereaction mixture was stirred at 100° C. for 2 hours. TLC (petroleumether:ethyl acetate=10:1) showed most of the starting material wasconsumed. Ethyl acetate (600 mL) and water (300 mL) was added to themixture. The organic phase was separated. The combined organic phase waswashed with brine (300 mL×3), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered andconcentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gelchromatography (petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=1:0 to 25:1) to give7-benzyloxy-4-[4-(2,2-diethoxyethoxy)phenyl]-1,2-dihydronaphthalene (21g, 47.24 mmol, 70% yield) as a yellow oil. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.46-7.31 (m, 5H), 7.29-7.24 (m, 2H), 6.96-6.91 (m, 3H), 6.86 (d, J=2.4Hz, 1H), 6.71 (dd, J=8.4, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 5.92 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 5.07 (s,2H), 4.88 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.05 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 2.83-3.76 (m, 2H),3.71-3.63 (m, 2H), 2.82 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 2.40-2.35 (m, 2H), 1.28 (t,J=6.8 Hz, 6H).

Step 6: Preparation of7-(benzyloxy)-3-bromo-4-(4-(2,2-diethoxyethoxy)phenyl)-1,2-dihydronaphthalene

To a solution of7-benzyloxy-4-[4-(2,2-diethoxyethoxy)phenyl]-1,2-dihydronaphthalene (20g, 44.99 mmol, 1.00 eq) in acetonitrile (480 mL) was addedN-bromosuccinimide (8.41 g, 47.24 mmol, 1.05 eq). The reaction mixturewas stirred at 20° C. for 3 hours. TLC (petroleum ether:ethylacetate=10:1) and LC/MS showed desired product was formed. Saturatedsodium bicarbonate solution (500 mL) was added to the mixture, theresulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (400 mL×3). Thecombined organic phase was washed with brine (80 mL), dried over sodiumsulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purifiedby silica gel chromatography (petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=1:0 to 30:1)to give7-(benzyloxy)-3-bromo-4-(4-(2,2-diethoxyethoxy)phenyl)-1,2-dihydronaphthalene(12.4 g, 23.69 mmol, 53% yield) as a light yellow solid. LC/MS (ESI)m/z: 545.2, 547.2 [M+23, M+25]+; ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.44-7.31 (m,5H), 7.16-7.13 (m, 2H), 7.01-6.97 (m, 2H), 6.80 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.63(dd, J=8.4, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 6.59 (t, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 5.04 (s, 2H), 4.89 (t,J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.07 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 3.83-3.77 (m, 2H), 3.72-3.66 (m,2H), 3.02-2.93 (m, 4H), 1.28 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 6H).

Step 7: Preparation of7-benzyloxy-4-[4-(2,2-diethoxyethoxy)phenyl]-3-phenyl-1,2-dihydronaphthalene

To a solution of7-benzyloxy-3-bromo-4-[4-(2,2-diethoxyethoxy)phenyl]-1,2-dihydronaphthalene(12.4 g, 23.69 mmol, 1.00 eq), phenylboronic acid (2.89 g, 23.69 mmol,1.00 eq) in dioxane (100 mL) and water (20 mL) was added potassiumcarbonate (6.55 g, 47.38 mmol, 2.00 eq) and(1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene)palladium(II) dichloride (1.73 g,2.37 mmol, 0.10 eq) under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred at100° C. for 3 hours. LC/MS showed most of the starting material wasconsumed. Water (300 mL) was added to the mixture, the resulting mixturewas extracted with ethyl acetate (150 mL×3). The combined organic phasewas washed with brine (200 mL×2), dried over sodium sulfate, filteredand concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gelchromatography (petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=1:0 to 30:1) to give7-benzyloxy-4-[4-(2,2-diethoxyethoxy)phenyl]-3-phenyl-1,2-dihydronaphthalene(10.4 g, 19.97 mmol, 84% yield) as a white solid. LC/MS (ESI) m/z: 521.3[M+1]⁺; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.46-7.32 (m, 5H), 7.14-6.95 (m, 7H),6.87 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.79 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.72 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H),6.67 (dd, J=8.4, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 5.08 (s, 2H), 4.83 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 3.99(d, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 3.82-3.74 (m, 2H), 3.67-3.63 (m, 2H), 2.97-2.93 (m,2H), 2.81-2.77 (m, 2H), 1.26 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 6H).

Step 8: Preparation of5,6-cis-5-(4-(2,2-diethoxyethoxy)phenyl)-6-phenyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-ol

To a solution of7-benzyloxy-4-[4-(2,2-diethoxyethoxy)phenyl]-3-phenyl-1,2-dihydronaphthalene(4 g, 7.68 mmol, 1.00 eq) in ethyl alcohol (150 mL) and tetrahydrofuran(30 mL) was added palladium/carbon (400 mg, 10% Pd) under nitrogen. Thereaction mixture was stirred at 20° C. under hydrogen (50 0 si) for 24hours. TLC (petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=3:1) and LC/MS detected mostof the starting material was consumed. The mixture was filtered and thefilter was concentrated in vacuum to give5,6-cis-5-(4-(2,2-diethoxyethoxy)phenyl)-6-phenyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-ol(3.3 g, 7.09 mmol, 92% yield, 93% purity) as a yellow oil. LC/MS (ESI)m/z: 455.3 [M+23]⁺; ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.19-7.12 (m, 3H),6.83-6.79 (m, 3H), 6.71 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.59-6.53 (m, 3H), 6.31 (d,J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.81-4.77 (m, 2H), 4.23 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 3.90 (dd,J=4.8, 1.6 Hz, 2H), 3.78-3.71 (m, 2H), 3.65-3.58 (m, 2H), 3.38-3.33 (m,1H), 3.10-2.96 (m, 2H), 2.23-2.16 (m, 1H), 1.84-1.79 (m, 1H), 1.24 (t,J=6.8 Hz, 6H).

Step 9: Preparation of(1R,2S)-1-[4-(2,2-diethoxyethoxy)phenyl]-2-phenyl-tetralin-6-ol

1,2-cis-1-[4-(2,2-diethoxyethoxy)phenyl]-2-phenyl-tetralin-6-ol (6.6 g,15.26 mmol, 1.00 eq) was purified by SFC using a chiral column (column:AD, 250 mm×30 mm, 10 um; mobile phase: 0.1% ammonium hydroxide inmethanol; B %: 25%-25%, 3.5 min).(1S,2R)-1-[4-(2,2-diethoxyethoxy)phenyl]-2-phenyl-tetralin-6-ol (2.5 g,5.18 mmol, 68% yield) was obtained as the first fraction and(1R,2S)-1-[4-(2,2-diethoxyethoxy)phenyl]-2-phenyl-tetralin-6-ol (2.5 g,5.18 mmol, 68% yield) was obtained as the second fraction. Bothfractions were light yellow oil.

Step 10: Preparation of2-[4-[(1R,2S)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenoxy]acetaldehyde

To a solution of(1R,2S)-1-[4-(2,2-diethoxyethoxy)phenyl]-2-phenyl-tetralin-6-ol (1.5 g,3.47 mmol, 1.00 eq) in tetrahydrofuran (70 mL) was added sulfuric acidsolution (2 M, 70 mL, 40.00 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at 70°C. for 2 hours. TLC (petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=1:1) showed most ofthe starting material was consumed. Water (100 mL) was added to themixture, the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (100mL×3). The combined organic phase was washed with brine (100 mL×2),dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuum to give2-[4-[(1R,2S)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenoxy]acetaldehyde(1.17 g, 3.26 mmol, 94% yield) as a light yellow solid.

Step 11: Preparation of(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-[(2S)-2-(2-{2-[4-(2-{4-[(1R,2S)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl]phenoxy}ethyl)piperazin-1-yl]ethoxy}acetamido)-3,3-dimethylbutanoyl]-N-{[4-(4-methyl-1,3-thiazol-5-yl)phenyl]methyl}pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide(Exemplary Compound 1)

To a solution of(2S,4R)-1-[(2S)-3,3-dimethyl-2-[[2-(2-piperazin-1-ylethoxy)acetyl]amino]butanoyl]-4-hydroxy-N-[[4-(4-methylthiazol-5-yl)phenyl]methyl]pyrrolidine-2-carboxamidehydrochloride (45 mg, 0.07 mmol, 1.00 eq) in dichloromethane (3 mL) andmethanol (1.5 mL) was added sodium acetate (12 mg, 0.14 mmol, 2.00 eq)at 25° C. The mixture was stirred for half an hour, and then2-[4-[(1R,2S)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenoxy]acetaldehyde (28mg, 0.08 mmol, 1.10 eq) was added, followed by sodium cyanoborohydride(9 mg, 141 umol, 2.00 eq). The resulting mixture was stirred at 25° C.for 16 hours. LC/MS showed almost complete disappearance of the startingmaterial and the desire compound was found. The mixture was concentratedin vacuum. The residue was added into saturated brine (10 mL) and thenextracted with dichloromethane (10 mL×5). The combined organic layerswere dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated invacuum. The residue was further purified by preparative TLC (SiO₂,dichloromethane:methanol=10:1) to provide(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-[(2S)-2-[[2-[2-[4-[2-[4-[(1R,2S)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenoxy]ethyl]piperazin-1-yl]ethoxy]acetyl]amino]-3,3-dimethyl-butanoyl]-N-[[4-(4-methylthiazol-5-yl)phenyl]methyl]pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide(8 mg, 0.009 mmol, 12% yield, 98% purity) as a white solid. LC/MS (ESI)m/z: 943.1 [M+1]⁺; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ: 9.36-9.10 (br, 1H), 8.95(s, 1H), 8.60 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (m, 5H), 7.16-7.12 (m, 3H), 6.82(d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 6.64-6.61 (m, 2H), 6.51-6.34 (m, 3H), 6.26-6.24 (m,2H), 5.25-5.10 (m, 1H), 4.59-4.51 (m, 1H), 4.48-4.32 (m, 3H), 4.29-4.15(m, 2H), 3.80-3.70 (m, 4H), 3.63-3.55 (m, 3H), 3.34-3.26 (m, 8H),3.05-2.84 (m, 2H), 2.48-2.43 (m, 9H), 2.11-2.01 (m, 2H), 1.95-1.85 (m,1H), 1.75-1.65 (m, 1H), 0.93 (s, 9H).

Synthesis of(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-[(2S)-2-{2-[2-(4-{2-[4-(6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-1-yl)phenoxy]ethyl}piperazin-1-yl)ethoxy]acetamido}-3,3-dimethylbutanoyl]-N-[(1S)-1-[4-(4-methyl-1,3-thiazol-5-yl)phenyl]ethyl]pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide(Exemplary Compound 6) Step 1: Preparation of2-(3-benzyloxyphenyl)acetic acid

To a solution of 2-(3-hydroxyphenyl)acetic acid (20 g, 131.45 mmol, 1.00eq) in ethanol (300 mL) was added potassium hydroxide (18.44 g, 328.62mmol, 2.50 eq), sodium iodide (492 mg, 3.29 mmol, 0.03 eq) andbromomethylbenzene (23.61 g, 138.02 mmol, 1.05 eq). The resultingmixture was stirred at 90° C. for 16 hours. LCMS indicated the reactionwas completed. The reaction mixture was concentrated to remove thesolvent. The residue was diluted with water (100 mL), and neutralizedwith concentrated hydrochloric acid to pH=3, then filtrated and thesolid was collected. The desired product 2-(3-benzyloxyphenyl)aceticacid (16 g, 66.04 mmol, 50% yield) was obtained as a white solid. ¹H-NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.47-7.35 (m, 5H), 7.23 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H),6.92-6.83 (m, 3H), 5.08 (s, 2H), 3.54 9S, 2H).

Step 2: Preparation of 4-allyloxybenzoic acid

4-Hydroxybenzoic acid (14 g, 101.36 mmol, 1.00 eq) was dissolved inethanol (200 mL), then aqueous solution (50 mL) containing potassiumhydroxide (14.22 g, 253.40 mmol, 2.50 eq) and sodium iodide (456 mg,3.04 mmol, 0.03 eq) was added at 20° C. and the mixture was stirred at20° C. for 2 hours. Then 3-bromoprop-1-ene (12.88 g, 106.43 mmol, 1.05eq) was added dropwise. The resulting mixture was stirred at 90° C. for16 hours. The desired product was detected by LC/MS. The reactionmixture was concentrated to remove the ethanol, the residue wasneutralized with concentrated hydrochloric acid to pH around 3, and thenextracted with ethyl acetate (300 mL×2), the combined organic phase waswashed with brine (100 mL), dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated.The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography(dichloromethane:methanol=1:0 to 30:1). The desired product4-allyloxybenzoic acid (6 g, 33.67 mmol, 33% yield) was obtained as awhite solid. LC/MS (ESI) m/z: 179.0 [M+1]⁺; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ12.65 (br, 1H), 7.89 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.03 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H),6.10-6.00 (m, 1H), 5.43 (d, J=17.2, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 5.28 (dd, J=10.4, 1.2Hz, 1H), 4.64 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 2H).

Step 3: Preparation of 2-[3-(benzyloxy)phenyl]-N-phenylacetamide

To a solution of 2-(3-benzyloxyphenyl)acetic acid (16 g, 66.04 mmol,1.00 eq) in tetrahydrofuran (200 mL) was added aniline (6.77 g, 72.64mmol, 6.64 mL, 1.10 eq), HATU (30.13 g, 79.25 mmol, 1.20 eq), andtriethylamine (13.37 g, 132.08 mmol, 18 mL, 2.00 eq). The resultingmixture was stirred at 20° C. for 1 hour. TLC (petroleum ether:ethylacetate=3:1) indicated the reaction was completed. The reaction mixturewas concentrated. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (500 mL),washed with 1N hydrochloric acid (100 mL), brine (200 mL), dried oversodium sulfate and then concentrated. The residue was triturated withpetroleum ether:ethyl acetate=3:1 (200 mL) and then filtrated. Thedesired product 2-(3-benzyloxyphenyl)-N-phenyl-acetamide (19.50 g, 59.47mmol, 90% yield, 97% purity) was obtained as a white solid. LC/MS (ESI)m/z: 318.0 [M+1]⁺.

Step 4: Preparation of N-[2-(3-benzyloxyphenyl)ethyl]aniline

To a solution of 2-(3-benzyloxyphenyl)-N-phenyl-acetamide (12 g, 37.81mmol, 1.00 eq) in tetrahydrofuran (200 mL) was added lithium aluminumhydride (2.15 g, 56.72 mmol, 1.50 eq) at 0° C. dropwise. The resultingmixture was stirred at 0° C. for additional 2 hours. TLC (petroleumether:ethyl acetate=3:1) indicated the reaction was completed. Then 2 mLof water and 2 mL of 15% sodium hydroxide aqueous solution was added toquench the reaction, the resulting mixture was stirred for additional 30minutes, then filtrated and the filtrated cake was further washed withethyl acetate (500 mL). The filtrate was concentrated. The residue waspurified by silica gel column chromatography (petroleum ether:ethylacetate=20:1 to 10:1). The desired productN-[2-(3-benzyloxyphenyl)ethyl]aniline (6 g, 19.78 mmol, 52% yield) wasobtained as a yellow oil. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.48-7.34 (m, 5H),7.28-7.19 (m, 3H), 6.90-6.88 (m, 3H), 6.74 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.64 (dd,J=8.4, 0.8 Hz, 2H), 5.09 (s, 2H), 3.71 (br, 1H), 3.43 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H),2.92 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H).

Step 5: Preparation of4-(allyloxy)-N-(3-(benzyloxy)phenethyl)-N-phenylbenzamide

To a solution of 4-allyloxybenzoic acid (4.58 g, 25.71 mmol, 1.30 eq) indichloromethane (200 mL) was added oxalyl dichloride (5.02 g, 39.56mmol, 3.46 mL, 2.00 eq). The resulting mixture was stirred at 20° C. for2 hours. Then the mixture was concentrated to remove the solvent. Theresidue was dissolved in toluene (100 mL) andN-[2-(3-benzyloxyphenyl)ethyl]aniline (6 g, 19.78 mmol, 1.00 eq) andsodium carbonate (6.29 g, 59.34 mmol, 3.00 eq) was added. The resultingmixture was stirred at 100° C. for 2 hours. TLC (petroleum ether:ethylacetate=3:1) indicated the reaction was complete. The reaction mixturewas filtrated to remove the inorganic base, the filtrate wasconcentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel columnchromatography (petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=30:1 to 10:1). The desiredproduct 4-(allyloxy)-N-(3-(benzyloxy)phenethyl)-N-phenylbenzamide (8.00g, yield: 87%) was obtained as a yellow oil. LC/MS (ESI) m/z: 464.1[M+1]⁺; ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.46-7.34 (m, 5H), 7.28-7.15 (m, 6H),6.92-6.83 (m, 5H), 6.71-6.67 (m, 2H), 6.04-5.97 (m, 1H), 5.41-5.35 (m,1H), 5.28 (dq, J=10.4, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 5.05 (s, 2H), 4.48 (dt, J=5.2, 1.6Hz, 2H), 4.15-4.10 (m, 2H), 3.03-2.99 (m, 2H).

Step 6: Preparation of1-(4-allyloxyphenyl)-6-benzyloxy-2-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline

To a solution of4-allyloxy-N-[2-(3-benzyloxyphenyl)ethyl]-N-phenyl-benzamide (8 g, 17.26mmol, 1.00 eq) in toluene (80 mL) was added phosphorus oxychloride(52.93 g, 345.20 mmol, 32.08 mL, 20.00 eq). The solution was heated to120° C. for 16 hours. LC/MS showed starting material was consumed.Sodium borohydride (1.31 g, 34.52 mmol, 2.00 eq) was added to thesolution at 20° C. The solution was stirred at 20° C. for 2 hours. LC/MSshowed reaction was complete. The solvent was removed and residue wasquenched with water (30 mL). The mixture was extracted with ethylacetate (30 mL×3). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate,filtered and concentrated in vacuum to give1-(4-allyloxyphenyl)-6-benzyloxy-2-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline(5.5 g, 12.29 mmol, 71% yield) as white solid. LC/MS (ESI) m/z: 448.1[M+1]⁺.

Step 7: Preparation of 4-(6-(benzyloxy)-2-phenyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-1-yl)phenol

To a solution of1-(4-allyloxyphenyl)-6-benzyloxy-2-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline(5.5 g, 12.29 mmol, 1.00 eq) in tetrahydrofuran (100 mL) was addedtriphenylphosphine (4.84 g, 18.43 mmol, 1.50 eq), morpholine (1.28 g,14.75 mmol, 1.30 mL, 1.20 eq), palladium acetate (276 mg, 1.23 mmol,0.10 eq). The resulting mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 16 hours.LC/MS indicated the reaction was complete. The reaction mixture wasfiltered through a pad of Celite and the cake was washed with 100 mL ofethyl acetate. The filtrate was concentrated to remove the solvent. Theresidue was further purified by semi-preparative reverse phase HPLC(column: Phenomenex Synergi Max-RP 250×50 mm, 10 um; mobile phase: waterwith 0.1% TFA/acetonitrile; B %: acetonitrile 10%-65%). The collectedfraction was concentrated to remove most of acetonitrile. The resultingmixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (250 mL×3). The combinedorganic phase was washed with brine (400 mL), dried over sodium sulfate,filtered and concentrated in vacuum. The desired product4-(6-(benzyloxy)-2-phenyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-1-yl)phenol (3.9g, yield: 78%) was obtained as a yellow solid. LC/MS (ESI) m/z: 408.0[M+1]⁺; ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 7.46-7.44 (m, 2H), 7.40-7.36 (m, 2H),7.33-7.30 (m, 1H), 7.24 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.06-6.92 (m, 5H), 6.87-6.83(m, 3H), 6.66-6.63 (m, 2H), 5.79 (s, 1H), 5.07 (s, 2H), 3.72-3.50 (m,2H), 3.02 (br, 2H).

Step 8: Preparation of tert-butyl4-[2-[4-(6-benzyloxy-2-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinolin-1-yl)phenoxy]ethyl]piperazine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of4-(6-benzyloxy-2-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinolin-1-yl)phenol (2.30 g,5.64 mmol, 1.00 eq), tert-butyl4-(2-chloroethyl)piperazine-1-carboxylate (1.68 g, 6.77 mmol, 1.20 eq)in N,N-dimethylformamide (20 mL) was added cesium carbonate (2.76 g,8.46 mmol, 1.50 eq) and potassium iodide (94 mg, 0.56 mmol, 0.10 eq)under nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred at 90° C.for 16 hours. LC/MS showed most of the starting material was consumed.Water (150 mL) was added to the mixture, the resulting mixture wasextracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL×3). The combined organic phase waswashed with brine (100 mL×2), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered andconcentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gelchromatography (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate=20/1 to 1/1) to givetert-butyl4-[2-[4-(6-benzyloxy-2-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinolin-1-yl)phenoxy]ethyl]piperazine-1-carboxylate (2.5 g, 3.97 mmol, 70% yield, 98%purity) as a yellow solid. LC/MS (ESI) m/z: 620.3 [M+1]⁺; ¹H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.44-7.37 (m, 4H), 7.32-7.28 (m, 2H), 7.17-7.11 (m, 4H),6.87-6.80 (m, 6H), 6.64 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 5.84 (s, 1H), 5.07 (s, 2H),4.06-3.98 (m, 2H), 3.67-3.62 (m, 1H), 3.44-3.40 (m, 1H), 3.29-3.27 (m,4H), 2.96-2.79 (m, 2H), 2.65 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.39 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 4H),1.38 (s, 9H).

Step 9: Preparation of 6-(benzyloxy)-2-phenyl-1-(4-(2-(piperazin-1-yl)ethoxy)phenyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline

To a solution oftert-butyl-4-[2-[4-(6-benzyloxy-2-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinolin-1-yl)phenoxy]ethyl]piperazine-1-carboxylate (1.00 g, 1.61 mmol, 1.00 eq) indichloromethane (40 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (10.00 mL) at 25°C. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 hours. TLC(dichloromethane:methanol=10:1) showed the starting material wasconsumed completely. The reaction mixture was poured into water (100mL), and then neutralized with sodium bicarbonate. The resulting mixturewas extracted with ethyl acetate (150 mL×3). The combined organic phasewas washed with brine (250 mL×2), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate,filtered and concentrated in vacuum to afford6-benzyloxy-2-phenyl-1-[4-(2-piperazin-1-ylethoxy)phenyl]-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline(0.80 g, 1.54 mmol, 95% yield) as a yellow oil. LC/MS (ESI) m/z: 520.3[M+1]⁺.

Step 10: Preparation of ethyl2-(2-(4-(2-(4-(6-(benzyloxy)-2-phenyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-1-yl)phenoxy)ethyl)piperazin-1-yl)ethoxy)acetate

To a solution of ethyl 2-(2-chloroethoxy)acetate (0.24 g, 1.44 mmol,1.00 eq) and6-benzyloxy-2-phenyl-1-[4-(2-piperazin-1-ylethoxy)phenyl]-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline(0.75 g, 1.44 mmol, 1.0 eq) in N,N-dimethylformamide (10 mL) was addedsodium iodide (0.22 g, 1.44 mmol, 1.00 eq) and cesium carbonate (0.94 g,2.88 mmol, 2.00 eq) at 25° C. The mixture was heated to 100° C. andstirred at 100° C. for 16 hours. LC/MS showed the reaction was completedand desired product was formed. The mixture was poured into water (50ml), and the aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL×3).The combined organic phase was washed with brine (100 mL×2), dried overanhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuum. Theresidue was purified by silica gel column chromatography(dichloromethane:methanol=50:1) to afford ethyl2-[2-[4-[2-[4-(6-benzyloxy-2-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinolin-1-yl)phenoxy]ethyl]piperazin-1-yl]ethoxy]acetate(0.58 g, 0.90 mmol, 62% yield) as a yellow oil LC/MS (ESI) m/z: 650.3[M+1]⁺.

Step 11: Preparation of2-(2-(4-(2-(4-(6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-1-yl)phenoxy)ethyl)piperazin-1-yl)ethoxyaceticacid

To a solution of ethyl2-[2-[4-[2-[4-(6-benzyloxy-2-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinolin-1-yl)phenoxy]ethyl]piperazin-1-yl]ethoxy]acetate (0.40 g, 0.62 mmol, 1.00 eq)in dioxane (6 mL) was added concentrated hydrochloric acid (11.8 M, 8mL). The mixture was stirred at 100° C. for 1 hour. LC/MS showed thestarting material was consumed and the formation of the desired product.The mixture was cooled to 25° C., and the pH was adjusted to 5 withsaturated sodium bicarbonate solution. The aqueous phase was extractedwith ethyl acetate (50 mL×5). The combined organic phase was dried withanhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuum to afford2-[2-[4-[2-[4-(6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinolin-1-yl)phenoxy]ethyl]piperazin-1-yl]ethoxy]aceticacid (0.32 g, 0.42 mmol, 68% yield, 69% purity) as a yellow oil. Thecrude product was directly used for the next step without furtherpurification. LC/MS (ESI) m/z: 532.3 [M+1]⁺.

Step 12: Preparation of(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-((2S)-2-(2-(2-(4-(2-(4-(6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-1-yl)phenoxy)ethyl)piperazin-1-yl)ethoxy)acetamido)-3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)-N—((S)-1-(4-(4-methylthiazol-5-yl)phenyl)ethyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide(Exemplary Compound 6)

To a solution of2-[2-[4-[2-[4-(6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinolin-1-yl)phenoxy]ethyl]piperazin-1-yl]ethoxy]acetic acid (0.16 g, 0.30 mmol, 1.00eq), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (0.05 g, 0.36 mmol, 1.20 eq) and1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydro chloride (0.09 g,0.45 mmol, 1.50 eq) in N,N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) was addedN,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.19 g, 1.50 mmol, 0.26 mL, 5.00 eq). Themixture was stirred at 25° C. for half an hour, and then(2S,4R)-1-[(2S)-2-amino-3,3-dimethyl-butanoyl]-4-hydroxy-N-[(1S)-1-[4-(4-methylthiazol-5-yl)phenyl]ethyl]pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide(0.14 g, 0.30 mmol, 1.00 eq, HCl salt) was added. The resulting mixturewas stirred at 25° C. for 16 hours. LC/MS showed the reaction wascompleted. The mixture was poured into 100 mL of saturated brine andthen extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL×3). The combined organic layerswere dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated invacuum. The residue was further purified by semi-preparative reversephase HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150 mm×25 mm, 10 um; mobilephase: water with 0.05% ammonium hydroxide/acetonitrile; B %: 28%-48%,7.8 min). The collected fraction was concentrated to remove most ofacetonitrile and lyophilized to provide(2S,4R)-4-hydroxy-1-[(2S)-2-[[2-[2-[4-[2-[4-(6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinolin-1-yl)phenoxy]ethyl]piperazin-1-yl]ethoxy]acetyl]amino]-3,3-dimethyl-butanoyl]-N-[(1S)-1-[4-(4-methylthiazol-5-yl)phenyl]ethyl]pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide(25.8 mg, 0.03 mmol, 9% yield, 98% purity) as a gray solid. LC/MS (ESI)m/z: 958.5 [M+1]⁺; ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.88 (s, 1H), 7.46-7.40 (m,4H), 7.16 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.09-7.04 (m, 3H), 6.87 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H),6.79 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 6.72-6.63 (m, 3H), 5.72 (s, 1H), 5.03-4.96 (m,1H), 4.69 (s, 1H), 4.58 (m, 1H), 4.45 (m, 1H), 4.10-3.97 (m, 4H),3.86-3.84 (m, 1H), 3.78-3.70 (m, 3H), 3.63-3.58 (m, 1H), 3.45-3.39 (m,1H), 2.91-2.79 (m, 4H), 2.76-2.51 (m, 9H), 2.49 (s, 3H), 2.23-2.17 (m,1H), 2.01-1.97 (m, 1H), 1.54 (d, J=7.2, 3H), 1.05 (s, 9H).

Synthesis of3-{5-[4-(5-{4-[(1R,2S)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl]phenoxy}pentyl)piperazin-1-yl]-1-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol-2-yl}piperidine-2,6-dione(Exemplary Compound 62) Step 1: Preparation of 6-benzyloxytetralin-1-one

To a solution of 6-hydroxytetralin-1-one (100 g, 616.56 mmol, 1.00 eq)in acetonitrile (1000 mL) was added potassium carbonate (170.43 g, 1.23mol, 2.00 eq) and benzyl bromide (126.54 g, 739.87 mmol, 88 mL, 1.20eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 2 hours. TLC(petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=5:1) showed most of the starting materialwas consumed. Water (1000 mL) was added to the mixture, the resultingmixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (600 mL×3). The combinedorganic phase was washed with brine (800 mL), dried over sodium sulfate,filtered and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was triturated withpetroleum ether and ethyl acetate (303 mL, petroleum ether:ethylacetate=100:1, V:V). The mixture was filtered and the filter cake waswashed with petroleum ether (50 mL×2), dried in vacuum to give6-benzyloxytetralin-1-one (146 g, 578.65 mmol, 94% yield) as a brownsolid.

¹H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.02 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.45-7.34 (m, 5H),6.91 (dd, J=8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.80 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.12 (s, 2H), 2.93(t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.62 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.15-2.09 (m, 2H).

Step 2: Preparation of (6-benzyloxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl)trifluoromethanesulfonate

To a solution of 6-benzyloxytetralin-1-one (80 g, 317.07 mmol, 1.00 eq)in tetrahydrofuran (1000 mL) was added lithium diiso-propylamide (2 M,237.8 mL, 1.50 eq) at −70° C. The mixture was stirred at −70° C. for 1hour, then1,1,1-trifluoro-N-phenyl-N-(trifluoromethylsulfonyl)methanesulfonamide(124.6 g, 348.78 mmol, 1.10 eq) in tetrahydrofuran (300 mL) was addeddropwise to the mixture. The reaction mixture was stirred at 20° C. for1 hour. TLC (petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=10:1) showed most of thestarting material was consumed. Saturated ammonium chloride (600 mL) wasadded to the mixture, the organic phase was separated. Ethyl acetate(600 mL) was added to the mixture, the resulting mixture was washed withbrine (600 mL×2). The combined organic phase was dried over sodiumsulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purifiedby flash silica gel chromatography (petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=1:0 to50:1) to give (6-benzyloxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl)trifluoromethanesulfonate (88 g, 228.95 mmol, 72% yield) as a lightyellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.46-7.33 (m, 5H), 7.27 (d,J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.87-6.83 (m, 2H), 5.88 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 5.09 (s, 2H),2.85 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 2.52-2.47 (m, 2H).

Step 3: Preparation of 4-(6-benzyloxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl)phenol

To a solution of (6-benzyloxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl)trifluoromethanesulfonate (80 g, 208.13 mmol, 1.00 eq),(4-hydroxyphenyl)boronic acid (34.45 g, 249.76 mmol, 1.20 eq) in dioxane(700 mL) and water (120 mL) was added potassium carbonate (57.53 g,416.26 mmol, 2.00 eq) and(1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene)palladium(II) dichloride (15.23 g,20.81 mmol, 0.10 eq) under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred at100° C. for 3 hours. TLC (petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=5:1) showed mostof the starting material was consumed. Water (600 mL) was added to themixture, the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (600mL×3). The combined organic phase was washed with brine (800 mL×2),dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuum. Theresidue was purified by silica gel chromatography (petroleum ether:ethylacetate=50:1 to 5:1) to give4-(6-benzyloxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl)phenol (60 g, 182.70 mmol, 88%yield) as a red solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.47-7.36 (m, 6H),7.24-7.22 (m, 2H), 6.97 (t, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.88-6.24 (m, 3H), 6.73 (dd,J=8.4, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 5.93 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 5.08 (s, 2H), 2.83 (t, J=8.0Hz, 2H), 2.41-2.36 (m, 2H).

Step 4: Preparation of [4-(6-benzyloxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl)phenyl] acetate

To a solution of 4-(6-benzyloxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl)phenol (60 g,182.70 mmol, 1.00 eq), triethylamine (46.22 g, 456.76 mmol, 63.3 mL,2.50 eq) in dichloromethane (400 mL) was added dropwise acetyl chloride(21.51 g, 274.06 mmol, 19.6 mL, 1.50 eq) at 0° C. The reaction mixturewas stirred at 20° C. for 1 hour. TLC (petroleum ether:ethylacetate=5:1) showed most of the starting material was consumed. Water(300 mL) was added to the mixture, the organic phase was separated. Theorganic phase was washed with brine (200 mL×2), dried over sodiumsulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuum to give[4-(6-benzyloxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl)phenyl] acetate (66 g, crude)as a yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.46-7.32 (m, 7H), 7.10 (d,J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.96 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.73 (dd,J=2.4, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.97 (t, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 5.08 (s, 2H), 2.83 (t, J=8.0Hz, 2H), 2.42-2.37 (m, 2H), 2.34 (s, 3H).

Step 5: Preparation of[4-(6-benzyloxy-2-bromo-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl)phenyl]acetate

To a solution of [4-(6-benzyloxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl)phenyl]acetate (44 g, 118.78 mmol, 1.00 eq) in acetonitrile (880 mL) was addedN-bromosuccinimide (22.20 g, 124.72 mmol, 1.05 eq) in three portions.The reaction mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 2 hours. LC/MS showedmost of the starting material was consumed. Saturated sodium bicarbonate(500 mL) was added to the mixture, the resulting mixture was extractedwith ethyl acetate (500 mL×3). The combined organic phase was washedwith brine (800 mL×2), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered andconcentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gelchromatography (petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=100:1 to 40:1) to give[4-(6-benzyloxy-2-bromo-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl)phenyl] acetate (33g, 73.44 mmol, 61.83% yield) as a light yellow solid. LC/MS (ESI) m/z:449.0, 451.0 [M, M+2]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.33-7.23 (m, 5H),7.15 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.07 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.71 (s, 1H), 6.55-6.48(m, 2H), 4.94 (s, 2H), 2.93-2.83 (m, 4H), 2.24 (s, 3H).

Step 6: Preparation of[4-(6-benzyloxy-2-phenyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl)phenyl]acetate

To a solution of[4-(6-benzyloxy-2-bromo-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl)phenyl]acetate (48 g,106.82 mmol, 1.00 eq), phenylboronic acid (13.68 g, 112.16 mmol, 1.05eq) in dioxane (400 mL) and water (60 mL) was added potassium carbonate(29.53 g, 213.64 mmol, 2.00 eq) and(1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene)palladium(II) dichloride (7.82 g,10.68 mmol, 0.10 eq) under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred at100° C. for 3 hours. TLC (petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=5:1) and LC/MSshowed most of the starting material was consumed. Water (400 mL) wasadded to the mixture, the resulting mixture was extracted with ethylacetate (300 mL×3). The combined organic phase was washed with brine(500 mL×2), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated invacuum. The residue was purified by trituration with methanol (200 mL).The filter cake was purified by silica gel chromatography (petroleumether:ethyl acetate=100:1 to 5:1) to give[4-(6-benzyloxy-2-phenyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl)phenyl] acetate (43g, 96.30 mmol, 90% yield) as a light yellow solid. LC/MS (ESI) m/z:447.2 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.47-7.32 (m, 5H), 7.15-7.04 (m,5H), 7.03-6.96 (m, 4H), 6.88 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.75 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H),6.69 (dd, J=2.4, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.09 (s, 2H), 2.99-2.95 (m, 2H), 2.83-2.79(m, 2H), 2.30 (s, 3H).

Step 7: Preparation of[4-[(1,2-cis)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenyl] acetate

To a solution of[4-(6-benzyloxy-2-phenyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl)phenyl]acetate (17g, 38.07 mmol, 1.00 eq) in methanol (350 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (70 mL)was added palladium/carbon (2 g, 10%) under nitrogen. The reactionmixture was stirred at 20° C. under hydrogen (50 psi) for 24 hours. TLC(petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=3:1) and LC/MS showed most of thestarting material was consumed. The residue was purified by silica gelchromatography (petroleum ether:dichloromethane=10:1 to 0:1) to give[4-[(1,2-cis)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenyl] acetate (9.5 g,26.50 mmol, 70% yield) as a white solid and also extra 4.5 g of crudeproduct. LC/MS (ESI) m/z: 381.0 [M+23]⁺; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.20-7.15 (m, 3H), 6.83-6.80 (m, 3H), 6.74-6.70 (m, 3H), 6.58 (dd,J=2.4, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.43-6.40 (m, 2H), 4.94 (s, 1H), 4.29 (d, J=5.2 Hz,1H), 3.52-3.37 (m, 1H), 3.11-2.97 (m, 2H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 2.23-2.07 (m,1H), 1.86-1.81 (m, 1H).

Step 8: Preparation of[4-[(1,2-cis)-6-benzyloxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenyl]acetate

To a solution of [4-[(1,2-cis)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenyl]acetate (9.5 g, 26.50 mmol, 1.00 eq) in acetonitrile (100 mL) was addedpotassium carbonate (7.33 g, 53.01 mmol, 2.00 eq) and benzyl bromide(6.8 g, 39.76 mmol, 4.7 mL, 1.50 eq). The reaction mixture was stirredat 50° C. for 16 hours. TLC (petroleum ether:dichloromethane=2:1) showedmost of the starting material was consumed. Water (200 mL) was added tothe mixture, the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (100mL×3). The combined organic phase was washed with brine (200 mL), driedover sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuum. The residuewas purified by silica gel chromatography (petroleumether:dichloromethane=50:1 to 2:1) to give[4-[(1,2-cis)-6-benzyloxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenyl]acetate (11 g,24.52 mmol, 92% yield) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ:7.48-7.32 (m, 5H), 7.20-7.13 (m, 3H), 6.89-6.86 (m, 2H), 6.84-6.75 (m,3H), 6.73-6.69 (m, 2H), 6.42-6.40 (m, 2H), 5.07 (s, 2H), 4.30 (d, J=5.2Hz, 1H), 3.42-3.38 (m, 1H), 3.14-3.01 (m, 2H), 2.24 (s, 3H), 2.22-2.13(m, 1H), 1.86-1.82 (m, 1H).

Step 9: Preparation of4-[(1,2)-cis-(6-benzyloxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl)]phenol

To a solution containing[4-(1,2)-cis-(6-benzyloxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl)phenyl]acetate (11 g,24.52 mmol, 1.00 eq) in tetrahydrofuran (30 mL), water (15 mL) andmethanol (15 mL) was added lithium hydroxide (5.15 g, 122.62 mmol, 5.00eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 1 hour. TLC(petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=3:1) showed most of the starting materialwas consumed. Hydrochloric acid (2M, 80 mL) and water (50 mL) was addedto the mixture to adjust pH ˜7, the resulting mixture was extracted withethyl acetate (100 mL×3). The combined organic phase was washed withbrine (150 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated invacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (petroleumether:dichloromethane=10:1 to 0:1) to give4-[(1,2)-cis-(6-benzyloxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl)]phenol (9.2 g, 22.63mmol, 92% yield) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.48-7.33(m, 5H), 7.21-7.14 (m, 3H), 6.90-6.76 (m, 5H), 6.47 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H),6.30 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 6.42-6.40 (m, 2H), 5.07 (s, 2H), 4.54 (s, 1H),4.30 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 3.42-3.38 (m, 1H), 3.14-3.01 (m, 2H), 2.22-2.13(m, 1H), 1.86-1.82 (m, 1H).

Step 10: Preparation of(1,2)-cis-6-(benzyloxy)-1-(4-((5-bromopentyl)oxy)phenyl)-2-phenyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene

To a solution of 4-(6-benzyloxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl)phenol (600 mg,1.48 mmol, 1.00 eq) in acetone (10 mL) was added potassium carbonate(612 mg, 4.43 mmol, 3.00 eq) and 1,5-dibromopentane (1 g, 4.43 mmol, 0.6mL, 3.00 eq). The mixture was stirred at 70° C. for 12 hours. LC/MSshowed the reaction was completed and the desired product was formed.The reaction mixture was diluted with water (30 mL) and extracted withethyl acetate (20 mL×2). The combined organic phase was washed withbrine (10 mL×2), dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered andconcentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by columnchromatography (petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=1:0 to 20:1) to give(1,2)-cis-6-benzyloxy-1-[4-(5-bromopentoxy)phenyl]-2-phenyl-tetralin(620 mg, 1.12 mmol, 75% yield) as a colorless oil. LC/MS (ESI) m/z:555.2 [M+1]⁺; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.49-7.45 (m, 2H), 7.44-7.39(m, 2H), 7.37-7.31 (m, 1H), 7.21-7.14 (m, 3H), 6.91-6.85 (m, 2H), 6.82(dd, J=2.0, 7.2 Hz, 2H), 6.79-6.74 (m, 1H), 6.56-6.50 (m, 2H), 6.33 (d,J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 5.08 (s, 2H), 4.25 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 3.85 (t, J=6.4 Hz,2H), 3.43 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 3.40-3.33 (m, 1H), 3.18-2.98 (m, 2H),2.28-2.13 (m, 1H), 1.92 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.87-1.80 (m, 1H), 1.80-1.71(m, 2H), 1.64-1.56 (m, 2H)

Step 11: Preparation of(1R,2S)-6-hydroxy-1-(4-((5-bromopentyl)oxy)phenyl)-2-phenyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene

To a solution of(1,2)-cis-6-benzyloxy-1-[4-(5-bromopentoxy)phenyl]-2-phenyl-tetralin(620 mg, 1.12 mmol, 1.00 eq) in dichloromethane (15 mL) was added borontribromide (1.7 g, 6.72 mmol, 0.65 mL, 6.00 eq) at −70° C. The mixturewas stirred at −70° C. for 1 hour. TLC (petroleum ether:ethylacetate=3:1) showed most of the starting material was consumed and a newspot formed. The reaction mixture was quenched by saturated sodiumbicarbonate (5 mL) at −70° C., and then diluted with water (8 mL) andextracted with dichloromethane (5 mL×2). The combined organic phase waswashed with saturated brine (5 mL×2), dried with anhydrous sodiumsulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purifiedby preparative TLC (petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=3:1) to give desiredcompound (240 mg, yield 46%, purity 90%) as a white solid, which wasfurther separated by chiral SFC (column: OJ 250 mm×30 mm, 10 um; mobilephase: 0.1% ammonium hydroxide in methanol; B %: 40%-40%, 2.4 min) togive first fraction(1S,2R)-1-[4-(5-bromopentoxy)phenyl]-2-phenyl-tetralin-6-ol (100 mg,0.21 mmol, 38% yield) as a white solid and the later fraction(1R,2S)-6-(benzyloxy)-1-(4-((5-bromopentyl)oxy)phenyl)-2-phenyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene(100 mg, 0.21 mmol, 38% yield) as a white solid.

Step 12: Preparation of tert-butyl4-(1-oxo-3H-isobenzofuran-5-yl)piperazine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of 5-bromo-3H-isobenzofuran-1-one (45 g, 211.24 mmol, 1.00eq) and tert-butyl piperazine-1-carboxylate (39.34 g, 211.24 mmol, 1.00eq) in dioxane (500 mL) was addedtris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(O) (19.34 g, 21.12 mmol, 0.10 eq),4,5-bis (diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethylxanthene (12.22 g, 21.12 mmol,0.10 eq) and potassium phosphate (89.68 g, 422.48 mmol, 2.00 eq). Themixture was heated to 100° C. for 16 hours under nitrogen protection.TLC (ethyl acetate:petroleum ether=1:2) showed reaction was complete.The mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite and the filtrate wasconcentrated in vacuum. The residue was triturated in ethylacetate:petroleum ether (500 mL, v/v=1:2) to provide tert-butyl4-(1-oxo-3H-isobenzofuran-5-yl)piperazine-1-carboxylate (50 g, 122.5mmol, 58% yield, 78% purity) as yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ7.62 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (dd, J=8.8 Hz, 2 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (s, 1H),5.25 (s, 2H), 3.47-3.45 (m, 4H), 3.45-3.38 (m, 4H), 1.42 (s, 9H).

Step 13: Preparation of4-(4-tert-butoxycarbonylpiperazin-1-yl)-2-(hydroxylmethyl)benzoic acid

To a mixture of tert-butyl4-(1-oxo-3H-isobenzofuran-5-yl)piperazine-1-carboxylate (47.8 g, 150.14mmol, 1.00 eq) in tetrahydrofuran (150 mL), methanol (150 mL) and water(150 mL) was added sodium hydroxide (24 g, 600 mmol, 4.00 eq). Themixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 hour. TLC (ethyl acetate:petroleumether=1:2) showed reaction was complete. The solution was adjusted topH=4-5 with aqueous hydrochloride solution (IM) and extracted with ethylacetate (100 mL×5). The organic layers were concentrated in vacuum. Thecrude material was triturated in ethyl acetate:petroleum ether (450 mL,v:v=1:2) to provide 4-(4-tert-butoxycarbonylpiperazin-1-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)benzoic acid (40 g, 118.91 mmol, 79%yield) as yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 12.36 (s, 1H), 7.78 (d,J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J=2 Hz, 1H), 6.81 (dd, J=8.8, 1 Hz), 5.10 (s,1H), 4.80 (s, 2H), 3.47-3.44 (m, 4H), 3.29-3.27 (m, 4H), 1.42 (s, 9H).

Step 14: Preparation of tert-butyl 4-[3-(hydroxymethyl)-4-methoxycarbonyl-phenyl]piperazine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of4-(4-tert-butoxycarbonylpiperazin-1-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)benzoic acid(20 g, 59.46 mmol, 1.00 eq) in methanol (100 mL) and ethyl acetate (100mL) was added imino(trimethylsilylmethylene)ammonium (2 M, 89 mL, 3.00eq) at −10° C. The solution was stirred at −10° C. for 0.25 hour. TLC(ethyl acetate:petroleum ether=1:2) showed reaction was complete. Thesolution was quenched with water (300 mL) and extracted with ethylacetate (150 mL×3). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate andfiltered. The filtrate was concentrated to provide tert-butyl4-[3-(hydroxymethyl)-4-methoxycarbonyl-phenyl]piperazine-1-carboxylate(20.84 g, crude) was obtained as brown oil.

Step 15: Preparation of tert-butyl4-[3-(bromomethyl)-4-methoxycarbonyl-phenyl]iperazine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of tert-butyl4-[3-(hydroxymethyl)-4-methoxycarbonyl-phenyl]piperazine-1-carboxylate(20.84 g, 59.47 mmol, 1.00 eq) in tetrahydrofuran (200 mL) was addedtriphenylphosphine (23.4 g, 89.21 mmol, 1.50 eq) and perbromomethane(29.58 g, 89.21 mmol, 1.50 eq). The solution was stirred at 25° C. for 1hour. TLC (ethyl acetate:petroleum ether=1:3) showed reaction wascomplete. The solution was quenched with water (200 mL) and extractedwith ethyl acetate (100 mL×2). The organic layer was dried over sodiumsulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuum. Theresidue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (ethylacetate:petroleum ether=1:50-1:8) to provide tert-butyl4-[3-(bromomethyl)-4-methoxycarbonyl-phenyl]piperazine-1-carboxylate (12g, 29.03 mmol, 49% yield) as a pale-yellow oil. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3)δ 7.93 (s, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.78 (dd, J=9.0, 2.4Hz, 1H), 4.97 (s, 2H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.64-3.57 (m, 4H), 3.34-3.30 (m,4H), 1.42 (s, 9H).

Step 16: Preparation of tert-butyl4-[2-(2,6-dioxo-3-piperidyl)-1-oxo-isoindolin-5-yl]piperazine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of tert-butyl4-[3-(bromomethyl)-4-methoxycarbonyl-phenyl]piperazine-1-carboxylate (12g, 29.03 mmol, 1.00 eq) in acetonitrile (300 mL) was added3-aminopiperidine-2,6-dione hydrochloride (7.17 g, 43.55 mmol, 1.50 eq)and N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (11.26 g, 87.09 mmol, 15 mL, 3.00eq). The solution was stirred at 80° C. for 16 hours. LC/MS showedreaction was complete. The reaction mixture was cooled to 20° C. andfiltered. The solid was washed with acetonitrile (30 mL) to providetert-butyl4-[2-(2,6-dioxo-3-piperidyl)-1-oxo-isoindolin-5-yl]piperazine-1-carboxylate(6 g, 14 mmol, 48% yield) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ10.91 (s, 1H), 7.53 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.06-7.04 (m, 2H), 5.03 (dd,J=13.2, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.35-4.19 (m, 2H), 3.48-3.45 (m, 4H), 3.27-3.26 (m,4H), 2.89-2.87 (m, 1H), 2.60-2.56 (m, 1H), 2.38-2.34 (m, 1H), 1.98-1.96(m, 1H), 1.42 (s, 9H).

Step 17: Preparation of 3-(1-oxo-5-piperazin-1-yl-isoindolin-2-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione hydrochloride

To a mixture of tert-butyl4-[2-(2,6-dioxo-3-piperidyl)-1-oxo-isoindolin-5-yl]piperazine-1-carboxylate(6 g, 14 mmol, 1.00 eq) in dioxane (70 mL) was addedhydrochloride/dioxane (4 M, 100 mL, 28.57 eq). The mixture was stirredat 25° C. for 2 hours. LC/MS showed reaction was complete. The mixturewas poured into ethyl acetate (400 mL) and stirred for 30 minutes. Thesuspension was filtered and solid was collected to provide3-(1-oxo-5-piperazin-1-yl-isoindolin-2-yl) piperidine-2,6-dionehydrochloride (5 g, 13.71 mmol, 98% yield) as a white solid. ¹H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO) δ: 10.95 (s, 1H), 9.49 (s, 2H), 7.57 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H),7.15-7.10 (m, 2H), 5.05 (dd, J=13.2, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.37-4.20 (m, 2H),3.55-3.53 (m, 4H), 3.20-3.19 (m, 4H), 2.90-2.86 (m, 1H), 2.60-2.56 (m,1H), 2.38-2.34 (m, 1H), 1.98-1.96 (m, 1H).

Step 18: Preparation of3-{5-[4-(5-{4-[(1R,2S)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl]phenoxy}pentyl)piperazin-1-yl]-1-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol-2-yl}piperidine-2,6-dione(Exemplary Compound 62)

(1R,2S)-1-[4-(5-bromopentoxy)phenyl]-2-phenyl-tetralin-6-ol (50 mg, 0.11mmol, 1.00 eq),3-(1-oxo-5-piperazin-1-yl-isoindolin-2-yl)piperidine-2,6-dionehydrochloride (47 mg, 0.13 mmol, 1.20 eq) and diisopropylethylamine (70mg, 0.53 mmol, 0.1 mL, 5.00 eq) were taken up into a microwave tube inN-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (3 mL). The sealed tube was heated at 140° C.for 2 hours under microwave. LC/MS showed the reaction was completed anddesired product was formed. The reaction mixture was diluted with water(15 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (5 mL×2). The combined organicphase was washed with saturated brine (5 mL×2), dried with anhydroussodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuum. The residue waspurified by preparative TLC (dichloromethane:methanol=10:1) to give3-{5-[4-(5-{4-[(1R,2S)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl]phenoxy}pentyl)piperazin-1-yl]-1-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol-2-yl}piperidine-2,6-dione(16.9 mg, 0.02 mmol, 22% yield, 99.9% purity) as a white solid. Thissolid was converted to a hydrochloride salt. LC/MS (ESI) m/z: 713.3[M+1]⁺; ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 10.96 (s, 1H), 10.69 (s, 1H), 9.16(s, 1H), 7.58 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.23-7.08 (m, 5H), 6.83 (d, J=6.4 Hz,2H), 6.67-6.59 (m, 2H), 6.57-6.45 (m, 3H), 6.27 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 5.06(dd, J=5.2, 13.2 Hz, 1H), 4.40-4.31 (m, 1H), 4.28-4.14 (m, 2H), 3.99 (d,J=13.2 Hz, 2H), 3.83 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 3.58-3.51 (m, 2H), 3.34-3.21 (m,3H), 3.16-3.04 (m, 4H), 3.03-2.84 (m, 3H), 2.62-2.56 (m, 1H), 2.44-2.35(m, 1H), 2.16-2.02 (m, 1H), 2.01-1.92 (m, 1H), 1.83-1.63 (m, 5H),1.46-1.35 (m, 2H).

Synthesis of2-(2,6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl)-5-(4-(5-(4-((1R,2S)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)phenoxy)pentyl)piperazin-1-yl)isoindoline-1,3-dione(Exemplary Compound 69)

(1R,2S)-1-[4-(5-bromopentoxy)phenyl]-2-phenyl-tetralin-6-ol (50 mg, 0.11mmol, 1.00 eq, prepared in step 11, Exemplary Compound 62),2-(2,6-dioxo-3-piperidyl)-5-piperazin-1-yl-isoindoline-1,3-dione (49 mg,0.13 mmol, 1.20 eq, hydrochloride, prepared in step 3, ExemplaryCompound 393) and diisopropylethylamine (70 mg, 0.53 mmol, 0.1 mL, 5.00eq) were taken up into a microwave tube in 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (3mL). The sealed tube was heated at 140° C. for 2 hours under microwave.LC-MS showed the reaction was completed and desired MS can be detected.The reaction mixture was diluted with water (15 mL) and extracted withethyl acetate (5 mL×2). The combined organic phase was washed withsaturated brine (5 mL×2), dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, filteredand concentrated in vacuum. The reaction mixture was filtered andpurified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10micron; mobile phase: [water (0.225% formic acid)-ACN]; B %: 20%-50%, 10min). The collected fraction was concentrated to remove most ofacetonitrile and hydrochloric acid (1 M, 2 mL) was added. The solutionwas lyophilized to give2-(2,6-dioxo-3-piperidyl)-5-[4-[5-[4-[(1R,2S)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenoxy]pentyl]piperazin-1-yl]isoindoline-1,3-dione(18.10 mg, 0.02 mmol, 22% yield, 98% purity, hydrochloride) as a yellowsolid of hydrochloric acid salt. LC-MS (ESI) m/z: 727.3 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 11.10 (s, 1H), 10.14 (s, 1H), 9.14 (s, 1H), 7.76(d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (s, 1H), 7.35 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.18-7.09 (m,3H), 6.83 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 6.66-6.59 (m, 2H), 6.53 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H),6.48 (dd, J=2.4, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.27 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 5.09 (dd, J=5.2,13.2 Hz, 1H), 4.27-4.15 (m, 3H), 3.83 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 3.61-3.50 (m,2H), 3.31-3.24 (m, 3H), 3.17-3.05 (m, 4H), 3.03-2.82 (m, 3H), 2.63-2.57(m, 2H), 2.17-1.97 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.63 (m, 5H), 1.48-1.35 (m, 2H).

Synthesis of3-[5-[4-[[1-[4-[(1R,2S)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]piperazin-1-yl]-1-oxo-isoindolin-2-yl]piperidine-2,6-dione(Exemplary Compound 341) Step 1: Preparation 6-tert-butoxytetralin-1-one

To a stirred solution of 6-hydroxytetralin-1-one (50 g, 308.29 mmol, 1eq) in anhydrous dichloromethane (2000 mL) at 0° C. was added tert-butyl2,2,2-trichloroethanimidate (67.36 g, 308.29 mmol, 55 mL, 1 eq) andpyridinium para-toluenesulfonate (7.75 g, 30.83 mmol, 0.1 eq). Thereaction mixture was stirred at 10° C. for 3 hours. Additional portionof tert-butyl 2,2,2-trichloroethanimidate (67.36 g, 308.29 mmol, 55 mL,1 eq) and pyridinium para-toluenesulfonate (7.75 g, 30.83 mmol, 0.1 eq)was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 10° C. for 15 hours.This process was repeated three times. Thin layer chromatography(petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=3:1, R_(f)=0.8) showed that most ofreactant still remained, the reaction mixture was stirred at 10° C. for72 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition of a solution ofsodium hydrogen carbonate (1500 mL) at 15° C., and then extracted withdichloromethane (300 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed withbrine (300 mL×2), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered andconcentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silicagel chromatography (petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=100:1 to 50:1) to get6-tert-butoxytetralin-1-one (21 g, 96.20 mmol, 31% yield) as a yellowoil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.97 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (dd, J=2.4,8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 2.93-3.90 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H),2.63-2.60 (m, t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.13 (m, 2H), 1.43 (s, 9H)

Step 2: Preparation of (6-tert-butoxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl)trifluoromethanesulfonate

To a solution of 6-tert-butoxytetralin-1-one (40 g, 183.24 mmol, 1 eq)in tetrahydrofuran (500 mL) was added lithium diiso-propylamide (2 M,137 mL, 1.5 eq) at −70° C. The mixture was stirred at −70° C. for 1hour, then 1,1,1-trifluoro-N-phenyl-N-(trifluoromethylsulfonyl)methanesulfonamide (72.01 g, 201.56 mmol, 1.1 eq) in tetrahydrofuran(200 mL) was added dropwise to the mixture. The reaction mixture wasstirred at 20° C. for 2 hours. Thin layer chromatography (petroleumether:ethyl acetate=5:1) showed the reaction was completed. Saturatedammonium chloride (300 mL) was added to the mixture, the organic phasewas separated. Ethyl acetate (500 mL×3) was added to the mixture, theresulting mixture was washed with brine (1000 mL×2). The combinedorganic phase was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentratedin vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography(petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=1:0 to 50:1) to give(6-tert-butoxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl) trifluoromethanesulfonate (52g, 144.64 mmol, 78% yield, 97% purity) as a yellow oil. LC-MS (ESI) m/z:294.9 [M+1-56]⁺. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ: 7.30 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 6.91(d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (s, 1H), 5.95 (s, 1H), 2.93-2.78 (m, 2H),2.59-2.46 (m, 2H), 1.42 (s, 9H).

Step 3: Preparation of4-(6-tert-butoxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl)phenol

To a solution of (6-tert-butoxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl)trifluoromethanesulfonate (52 g, 148.42 mmol, 1 eq),(4-hydroxyphenyl)boronic acid (24.57 g, 178.11 mmol, 1.2 eq) in dioxane(800 mL) and water (150 mL) was added potassium carbonate (41.03 g,296.84 mmol, 2 eq) and(1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene)palladium(II) dichloride (10.86 g,14.84 mmol, 0.1 eq) under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred at100° C. for 10 hours. Thin layer chromatography (petroleum ether:ethylacetate=5:1) showed the reaction was complete. The residue was dilutedwith water (500 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (500 mL×2). Thecombined organic layers were washed with brine (1000 mL×2), dried withanhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuum. Theresidue was purified by silica gel chromatography (petroleumether:tetrahydrofuran=50:1 to 20:1) to give4-(6-tert-butoxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl)phenol (43 g, 131.46 mmol,88% yield, 90% purity) as a yellow oil. LCMS (ESI) m/z: 239.1 [M+1-56]⁺;¹H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.23 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 6.91 (d, J=8.0 Hz,1H), 6.87-6.79 (m, 3H), 6.73 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.95 (s, 1H), 4.83-4.75(m, 1H), 2.87-2.73 (m, 2H), 2.44-2.31 (m, 2H), 1.37 (s, 9H)

Step 4: Preparation of4-(2-bromo-6-tert-butoxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl)phenol

To a solution of 4-(6-tert-butoxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl)phenol (1g, 3.06 mmol, 1 eq) in acetonitrile (20 mL) was added N-bromosuccinimide(489 mg, 2.75 mmol, 0.9 eq) in three portions. The reaction mixture wasstirred at 20° C. for 1.5 hours. LC-MS showed the reaction wascompleted. The residue was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted withethyl acetate (20 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washed withbrine (20 mL×2), dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered andconcentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gelchromatography (petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=1:0 to 20:1) to give4-(2-bromo-6-tert-butoxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl)phenol (1 g, 2.46mmol, 80% yield, 91% purity) as a yellow oil. LC-MS (ESI) m/z: 316.9[M+1-56]⁺; ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.12 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.90 (d,J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 6.77 (s, 1H), 6.69-6.62 (m, 1H), 6.60-6.53 (m, 1H), 4.86(s, 1H), 2.96 (s, 4H), 1.35 (s, 9H).

Step 5: Preparation of4-(6-tert-butoxy-2-phenyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl)phenol

To a solution of4-(2-bromo-6-tert-butoxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl)phenol (1 g, 2.46mmol, 1 eq), phenylboronic acid (314 mg, 2.58 mmol, 1.05 eq) in dioxane(10 mL) and water (2 mL) was added potassium carbonate (678 mg, 4.91mmol, 2 eq) and (1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene)palladium(II)dichloride (179 mg, 0.24 mmol, 0.1 eq) under nitrogen. The reactionmixture was stirred at 100° C. for 12 hours. LC-MS showed the reactionwas completed. The residue was diluted with water (20 mL) and extractedwith ethyl acetate (20 mL×2). The combined organic layers were washedwith brine (20 mL×3), dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered andconcentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gelchromatography (petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=1:0 to 10:1) to get4-(6-tert-butoxy-2-phenyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl)phenol (930 mg,2.35 mmol, 95% yield, 93% purity) as an orange oil. LCMS (ESI) m/z:314.1 [M+1-56]⁺; ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.16-7.09 (m, 2H), 7.08-6.99(m, 3H), 6.97-6.89 (m, 2H), 6.86-6.82 (m, 1H), 6.74-6.66 (m, 4H), 4.70(s, 1H), 2.99-2.89 (m, 2H), 2.84-2.75 (m, 2H), 1.37 (s, 9H)

Step 6: Preparation of 4-(6-tert-butoxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl)phenol

To a solution of4-(6-tert-butoxy-2-phenyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl)phenol (930 mg,2.35 mmol, 1 eq) in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) and methanol (4 mL) wasadded palladium on activated carbon catalyst (100 mg, 10% purity) undernitrogen. The suspension was degassed under vacuum and purged withhydrogen three times. The mixture was stirred under hydrogen (50 psi) at30° C. for 36 hours. LC-MS showed the reaction was completed. Thereaction mixture was filtered and the solution was concentrated. Theresulting material was directly used into the next step without furtherpurification to affordcis-4-(6-tert-butoxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl)phenol (870 mg, 2.14 mmol,91% yield, 91% purity) as a white solid. LC-MS (ESI) m/z: 317.0[M+1-56]⁺; ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.22-7.12 (m, 3H), 6.89-6.78 (m,4H), 6.74 (dd, J=2.0, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.45 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.27 (d,J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.51 (s, 1H), 4.25 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 3.38 (dd, J=3.2,12.8 Hz, 1H), 3.08-2.99 (m, 2H), 2.27-2.08 (m, 1H), 1.87-1.76 (m, 1H),1.37 (s, 9H)

Step 7: Preparation of WX-ARV-HD-012-E1,4-[(1S,2R)-6-tert-butoxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenol

4-(6-tert-butoxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl)phenol (870 mg, 2.13 mmol, 1 eq)was subjected to supercritical fluid chromatography for chiralseparation (column: AD, 250 mm×30 mm, 5 um; mobile phase: 0.1% ammoniumhydroxide in methanol, 20%-20%, 4.2 min for each run) to get4-[(1S,2R)-6-tert-butoxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenol (420 mg, 1.04mmol, 97% yield, 92% purity) as the first fraction and4-[(1R,2S)-6-tert-butoxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenol (420 mg, 1.04mmol, 97% yield, 92% purity) as a second fraction. Fraction 1:[α]_(D)=+336.9 (C=0.50 g/100 mL in ethyl acetate, 25° C.), LC-MS (ESI)m/z: 395.1 [M+23]⁺; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 9.02 (s, 1H), 7.20-7.07(m, 3H), 6.87-6.79 (m, 3H), 6.79-6.72 (m, 1H), 6.71-6.64 (m, 1H), 6.36(d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.15 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.19 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H),3.31-3.26 (m, 1H), 3.09-2.89 (m, 2H), 2.17-2.04 (m, 1H), 1.79-1.65 (m,1H), 1.29 (s, 9H). Fraction 2: [α]_(D)=−334.1 (C=0.50 g/100 mL in ethylacetate, 25° C.), LC-MS (ESI) m/z: 395.2 [M+23]⁺; ¹H-NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ: 9.02 (s, 1H), 7.21-7.06 (m, 3H), 6.88-6.78 (m, 3H),6.78-6.72 (m, 1H), 6.71-6.64 (m, 1H), 6.36 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.15 (d,J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.19 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 3.30-3.27 (m, 1H), 3.08-2.90 (m,2H), 2.16-2.04 (m, 1H), 1.79-1.65 (m, 1H), 1.29 (s, 9H).

Step 8: Preparation of4-(6-benzyloxy-2-phenyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl)phenyl]1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4,4-nonafluorobutane-1-sulfonate

To a solution of 4-[(1R,2S)-6-tert-butoxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenol(1 g, 2.68 mmol, 1 eq) and 1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4,4-nonafluorobutane-1-sulfonylfluoride (811 mg, 2.68 mmol, 1 eq) in tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) andacetonitrile (5 mL) was added potassium carbonate (557 mg, 4.03 mmol,1.5 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 hours. TLC(petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=10:1) indicated the starting material wasconsumed completely and one new spot formed. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silicagel chromatography (petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=1:0 to 50:1). Thedesired compound[4-[(1R,2S)-6-tert-butoxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenyl]1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4,4-nonafluorobutane-1-sulfonate (1.6 g, 2.44 mmol, 91%yield) was obtained as a colorless oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.21-7.11 (m, 3H), 6.94-6.86 (m, 3H), 6.84-6.73 (m, 4H), 6.46 (d, J=8.8Hz, 2H), 4.33 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 3.50-3.40 (m, 1H), 3.16-2.95 (m, 2H),2.20-2.02 (m, 1H), 1.91-1.79 (m, 1H), 1.38 (s, 9H)

Step 9: Preparation of 1-[4-(6-benzyloxy-2-phenyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl) phenyl]-4-(dimethoxymethyl)piperidine

A mixture of[4-[(1R,2S)-6-tert-butoxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenyl]1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4,4-nonafluorobutane-1-sulfonate(1.6 g, 2.44 mmol, 1 eq), 4-(dimethoxymethyl)piperidine (584 mg, 3.67mmol, 1.5 eq), sodium tert-butoxide (705 mg, 7.33 mmol, 3 eq), palladiumacetate (82 mg, 0.37 mmol, 0.15 eq) anddicyclohexylphosphino-2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl (233 mg, 0.49 mmol,0.2 eq) in toluene (30 mL) was degassed and purged with nitrogen threetimes, and then the mixture was stirred at 90° C. for 16 hours undernitrogen atmosphere. LC-MS showed one main peak with desired MS wasdetected. TLC (petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=10:1) indicated thestarting material was consumed completely and one new spot formed. Themixture was cooled, diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL), filtered on aplug of celite, the filter cake was washed with ethyl acetate (30 mL).The filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gelchromatography (petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=100:1 to 10:1). Thedesired compound1-[4-[(1R,2S)-6-tert-butoxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenyl]-4-(dimethoxymethyl)piperidine(1.1 g, 2.14 mmol, 87% yield) was obtained as a white solid. LC-MS (ESI)m/z: 514.3 [M+1]⁺; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.21-7.11 (m, 3H),6.88-6.78 (m, 4H), 6.73 (dd, J=2.4, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.57 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H),6.27 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.23 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 4.06 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H),3.63-3.52 (m, 2H), 3.41-3.30 (m, 7H), 3.13-2.96 (m, 2H), 2.54 (d, J=2.0,12.0 Hz, 2H), 2.28-2.10 (m, 1H), 1.85-1.63 (m, 4H), 1.49-1.31 (m, 11H).

Step 10: Preparation of1-[4-[(1R,2S)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenyl]piperidine-4-carbaldehyde

To a solution of1-[4-[(1R,2S)-6-tert-butoxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenyl]-4-(dimethoxymethyl)piperidine(1.1 g, 2.14 mmol, 1 eq) in tetrahydrofuran (45 mL) was added sulfuricacid (2 M, 43 mL, 40 eq). The reaction mixture was stirred at 70° C. for1 hour. LC (petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=3:1) indicated the startingmaterial was consumed completely and one new spot formed. The reactionmixture was quenched by addition of saturated sodium bicarbonatesolution to pH=7-8, and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL×2). Thecombined organic layers were washed with brine (20 mL), dried oversodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Theresidue was used into next step without further purification. Thedesired compound1-[4-[(1R,2S)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenyl]piperidine-4-carbaldehyde(900 mg, 2.14 mmol, 99% yield, 97% purity) was obtained as light yellowsolid. LCMS MS (ESI) m/z: 412.1 [M+1]⁺

Step 11: Preparation of3-[5-[4-[[1-[4-[(1R,2S)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]piperazin-1-yl]-1-oxo-isoindolin-2-yl]piperidine-2,6-dione(Exemplary Compound 341)

To a solution of3-(1-oxo-5-piperazin-1-yl-isoindolin-2-yl)piperidine-2,6-dionehydrochloride (319 mg, 0.87 mmol, prepared in Step 17 described forExemplary Compound 62) in methanol (4 mL) and dichloromethane (4 mL) wasadded sodium acetate (120 mg, 1.46 mmol, 2 eq). The mixture was stirredat 20° C. for 0.5 h, then to the mixture was added1-[4-[(1R,2S)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenyl]piperidine-4-carbaldehyde(300 mg, 0.73 mmol, 1 eq) and sodium cyanoborohydride (137 mg, 2.19mmol, 3 eq). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 12 h. LC-MS showedthe starting material was consumed completely and one main peak withdesired MW was detected. The reaction mixture was concentrated underreduced pressure. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (Phenomenex lunaC18 column, 250×50 mm, 10 um; mobile phase: [water (0.05%HCl)-acetonitrile]; B %: acetonitrile 10%-40% in 30 min). The desiredcompound3-[5-[4-[[1-[4-[(1R,2S)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]piperazin-1-yl]-1-oxo-isoindolin-2-yl]piperidine-2,6-dione(288.4 mg, 0.37 mmol, 51% yield) was obtained as a white solid ofhydrochloride salt. LC-MS (ESI) m/z: 724.4 [M+1]⁺; ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ 10.97 (s, 1H), 10.83 (s, 0.9H, HCl), 7.60 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H),7.40 (br s, 2H), 7.22-7.11 (m, 5H), 6.83 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 6.69-6.63(m, 2H), 6.58-6.47 (m, 3H), 5.07 (dd, J=5.2, 13.2 Hz, 1H), 4.41-4.30 (m,2H), 4.28-4.21 (m, 1H), 4.00 (d, J=12.7 Hz, 2H), 3.61 (d, J=11.0 Hz,2H), 3.54-3.36 (m, 6H), 3.16 (br s, 4H), 3.06-2.84 (m, 3H), 2.76-2.53(m, 1H), 2.43-2.33 (m, 1H), 2.27 (br s, 1H), 2.16-2.04 (m, 3H),2.02-1.69 (m, 5H).

Synthesis of3-[5-[4-[2-[1-[4-[(1R,2S)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenyl]-4-piperidyl]ethyl]piperazin-1-yl]-1-oxo-isoindolin-2-yl]piperidine-2,6-dione(Exemplary Compound 343) Step 1: Preparation of benzyl4-(2-hydroxyethyl) piperidine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of 2-(4-piperidyl) ethanol (5 g, 38.70 mmol, 1 eq) indichloromethane (100 mL) was added sodium carbonate (18.5 g, 174.2 mmol,4.5 eq) in water (100 mL) at 0° C., and benzyl chloroformate (7.3 g,42.6 mmol, 6 mL, 1.1 eq) was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred at20° C. for 12 hours. The mixture was diluted with water (100 mL),extracted with dichloromethane (100 mL×2). The combined organic layerswere washed with brine (100 mL×2), dried over sodium sulfate, filteredand concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified bysilica gel chromatography (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate=10:1 to 2:1).Benzyl 4-(2-hydroxyethyl) piperidine-1-carboxylate (9.9 g, 37.40 mmol,48% yield) was obtained as colorless oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.43-7.30 (m, 5H), 5.14 (s, 2H), 4.30-4.14 (m, 2H), 3.73 (t, 2H), 2.80(s, 2H), 1.72 (d, 2H), 1.68-1.61 (m, 1H), 1.54 (m, 2H), 1.30-1.24 (m,1H), 1.17 (d, 2H).

Step 2: Preparation of 4-(2-oxoethyl) piperidine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of benzyl 4-(2-hydroxyethyl) piperidine-1-carboxylate (9g, 34.20 mmol, 1.0 eq) in dichloromethane (150 mL) was added Dess-Martinreagent (15.9 g, 37.6 mmol, 11.6 mL, 1.1 eq) at 0° C. The mixture wasstirred at 20° C. for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched by theaddition of saturated sodium bicarbonate (50 mL) at 15° C. and filteredto remove insoluble residue, then diluted with dichloromethane 100 mL.The organic layer was washed with brine 60 mL (20 mL×3), dried oversodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Theresidue was purified by silica gel chromatography (petroleum ether/ethylacetate=1/0 to 5:1) to give benzyl4-(2-oxoethyl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (7.3 g, 28.1 mmol, 82% yield) asa yellow oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ=10.12-9.46 (m, 1H), 7.60-7.07(m, 5H), 5.04 (s, 2H), 4.36-3.89 (m, 2H), 2.74 (s, 2H), 2.40-2.24 (m,2H), 2.09-1.91 (m, 1H), 1.63 (d, J=12.2 Hz, 2H), 1.30-1.09 (m, 2H).

Step 3: Preparation of benzyl 4-(2,2-dimethoxyethyl)piperidine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of benzyl 4-(2-oxoethyl) piperidine-1-carboxylate (8 g,30.60 mmol, 1 eq) in methyl alcohol (80 mL) was added trimethoxymethane(16.2 g, 153.1 mmol, 16.8 mL, 5 eq) and 4-methylbenzenesulfonic acid(291 mg, 1.5 mmol, 0.05 eq). The mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 1hour. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition of water (50 mL) at15° C., and then diluted with dichloromethane 100 mL. The organic layerwas washed with brine (20 mL×3), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered andconcentrated under reduced pressure to afford benzyl4-(2,2-dimethoxyethyl) piperidine-1-carboxylate (9.3 g, 30.1 mmol, 98%yield) as a yellow oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.37-7.11 (m, 5H),5.04 (s, 2H), 4.39 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 4.07 (s, 2H), 3.31-3.12 (m, 6H),2.70 (s, 2H), 1.70-1.56 (m, 2H), 1.54-1.41 (m, 3H), 1.19-0.99 (m, 2H).

Step 4: Preparation of 4-(2,2-dimethoxyethyl) piperidine

A mixture of benzyl 4-(2,2-dimethoxyethyl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (9.3g, 30.10 mmol, 1 eq) and palladium on activated carbon catalyst (1 g, 3mmol, 10% purity, 0.1 eq) in methyl alcohol (130 mL) was degassed andpurged with hydrogen 3 times. The mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 15hours under hydrogen atmosphere at 15 psi. The reaction mixture wasfiltered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide4-(2,2-dimethoxyethyl) piperidine (5 g, 28.9 mmol, 96% yield) as ayellow oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 4.48 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 3.39-3.26(m, 6H), 3.05 (d, J=12.0 Hz, 2H), 2.60 (dt, J=2.5, 12.2 Hz, 2H), 1.87(s, 1H), 1.69 (d, J=12.8 Hz, 2H), 1.59-1.47 (m, 3H), 1.27-1.00 (m, 2H).

Step 5: Preparation of1,1-[4-(6-benzyloxy-2-phenyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl)phenyl]-4-(2,2-dimethoxyethyl)piperidine

A mixture of[4-(6-benzyloxy-2-phenyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl)phenyl]1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4,4-nonafluorobutane-1-sulfonate(3 g, 4.37 mmol, 1 eq, prepared using the same method as described forExemplary Compound 341), 4-(2,2-dimethoxyethyl)piperidine (1.14 g, 6.6mmol, 1.5 eq), palladium acetate (147.15 mg, 0.66 mmol, 0.15 eq), sodiumtert-butoxide (1.3 g, 13.1 mmol, 3 eq) anddicyclohexylphosphino-2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl (624.9 mg, 1.3 mmol,0.3 eq) in toluene (50 mL) was degassed and purged with nitrogen 3times. The mixture was stirred at 90° C. for 16 hours under nitrogenatmosphere. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated underreduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography(petroleum ether/ethyl acetate=I/O to 15:1) to give1-[4-(6-benzyloxy-2-phenyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl)phenyl]-4-(2,2-dimethoxyethyl)piperidine(2.2 g, 3.93 mmol, 90% yield) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃)δ=7.47-7.30 (m, 5H), 7.15-7.07 (m, 2H), 7.07-7.00 (m, 3H), 6.92 (d,J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 6.86 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.79 (dd, J=5.6, 8.4 Hz, 3H),6.67 (dd, J=2.5, 8.5 Hz, 1H), 5.07 (s, 2H), 4.53 (t, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 3.64(d, J=12.3 Hz, 2H), 3.34 (s, 6H), 3.02-2.87 (m, 2H), 2.83-2.73 (m, 2H),2.67 (t, J=11.3 Hz, 2H), 1.83 (d, J=12.5 Hz, 2H), 1.57 (s, 3H),1.49-1.32 (m, 2H).

Step 6: Preparation of 1-[4-[4-(2,2-dimethoxyethyl)-1-piperidyl]phenyl]-2-phenyl-tetralin-6-ol

Hydrogenation of the benzyl ether from step 5 using the same procedureas described for Exemplary Compound 341 provided the desired phenol. ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.19-7.12 (m, 3H), 6.85-6.77 (m, 3H), 6.70 (d,J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 6.58 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.53 (dd, J=2.7, 8.3 Hz, 1H),6.29 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 4.51 (t, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 4.20 (d, J=4.9 Hz, 1H),3.58-3.46 (m, 2H), 3.38-3.34 (m, 1H), 3.33 (s, 6H), 3.11-2.95 (m, 2H),2.58 (dt, J=2.3, 12.0 Hz, 2H), 2.26-2.10 (m, 1H), 1.89-1.73 (m, 3H),1.62-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.54-1.46 (m, 1H), 1.42-1.29 (m, 2H).

Step 7: Preparation of(1S,2R)-1-[4-[4-(2,2-dimethoxyethyl)-1-piperidyl]phenyl]-2-phenyl-tetralin-6-oland(1R,2S)-1-[4-[4-(2,2-dimethoxyethyl)-1-piperidyl]phenyl]-2-phenyl-tetralin-6-ol

1-[4-[4-(2,2-dimethoxyethyl)-1-piperidyl]phenyl]-2-phenyl-tetralin-6-olfrom step 6 (0.5 g, 1.1 mmol, 1 eq) was subjected SFC separation using achiral column (column: AD, 250 mm×30 mm, 10 um; mobile phase: (0.1%ammonium hydroxide methyl alcohol, 40%-40%, 4.7 min each run) to givethe first fraction(1S,2R)-1-[4-[4-(2,2-dimethoxyethyl)-1-piperidyl]phenyl]-2-phenyl-tetralin-6-ol(0.23 g, 0.49 mmol, 92% yield, 100% purity) as a colorless oil, and thesecond fraction provided(1R,2S)-1-[4-[4-(2,2-dimethoxyethyl)-1-piperidyl]phenyl]-2-phenyl-tetralin-6-ol (0.23 g, 0.49 mmol, 92% yield, 100%purity) as colorless oil. LCMS (ESI) m/z: 472.4 [M+1]⁺.

Step 8: Preparation of2-[1-[4-[(1R,2S)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenyl]-4-piperidyl]acetaldehyde

This aldehyde was prepared using the same method as described forExemplary Compound 341. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ=9.95-9.73 (m, 1H),7.18-7.13 (m, 3H), 6.88-6.78 (m, 3H), 6.71 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 6.58 (dd,J=2.6, 8.2 Hz, 3H), 6.30 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 4.80-4.52 (m, 1H), 4.21 (d,J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 3.84-3.72 (m, 2H), 3.53 (s, 2H), 3.42-3.27 (m, 1H), 3.05(d, J=4.5 Hz, 1H), 2.64 (s, 2H), 2.41 (d, J=5.8 Hz, 2H), 2.25-2.11 (m,1H), 2.08-1.92 (m, 1H), 1.80 (d, J=12.9 Hz, 2H), 1.01-0.66 (m, 1H).

Step 9: Preparation of3-[5-[4-[2-[1-[4-[(1R,2S)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenyl]-4-piperidyl]ethyl]piperazin-1-yl]-1-oxo-isoindolin-2-yl]piperidine-2,6-dione(Exemplary Compound 343)

To a solution of 3-(1-oxo-5-piperazin-1-yl-isoindolin-2-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione hydrochloride (85 mg, 0.24 mmol, 1 eq, prepared asdescribed for Exemplary Compound 62) in dichloromethane (1 mL) andmethyl alcohol (5 mL) was added sodium acetate (77 mg, 0.94 mmol, 4 eq)in one portion at 25° C. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 hourand2-[1-[4-[(1R,2S)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenyl]-4-piperidyl]acetaldehyde(100 mg, 0.24 mmol, 1 eq) and acetic acid (525 mg, 8.74 mmol, 37.2 eq)was added, The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 hour. Then sodiumcyanoborohydride (29 mg, 0.47 mmol, 2 eq) was added in one portion, themixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 hour. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified bypreparative HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 um;mobile phase: [water (0.05% hydrochloric acid)-acetonitrile]; B %:15%-35%, 7.8 min) to give3-[5-[4-[2-[1-[4-[(1R,2S)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenyl]-4-piperidyl]ethyl]piperazin-1-yl]-1-oxo-isoindolin-2-yl]piperidine-2,6-dione(117.7 mg, 64% yield, 99% purity) as an off-white solid of hydrochloridesalt. LC-MS (ESI) m/z: 738.3 [M+1]⁺; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 11.24 (s,1H), 10.95 (s, 1H), 7.58 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H),7.20-7.11 (m, 5H), 6.83 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 6.69-6.61 (m, 2H), 6.53 (d,J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 5.06 (dd, J=4.6, 13.2 Hz, 1H), 4.42-4.18 (m, 3H), 4.00(d, J=12.8 Hz, 2H), 3.58 (d, J=10.9 Hz, 2H), 3.47-3.27 (m, 6H),3.23-3.03 (m, 4H), 3.02-2.84 (m, 3H), 2.71-2.52 (m, 1H), 2.39 (d, J=13.7Hz, 2H), 2.10-1.71 (m, 10H).

Synthesis of2-(2,6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl)-5-(4-((1-(4-((1R,2S)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)phenyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)piperazin-1-yl)isoindoline-1,3-dione(Exemplary Compound 393) Step 1: Preparation of2-(2,6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl)-5-fluoroisoindoline-1,3-dione

To a solution of 5-fluoroisobenzofuran-1,3-dione (15 g, 90.30 mmol, 1.00eq) in acetic acid (200 mL) was added sodium acetate (14.8 g, 180.60mmol, 2.00 eq) and 3-aminopiperidine-2,6-dione hydrochloride (14.9 g,90.30 mmol, 1.00 eq). The mixture was stirred at 120° C. for 12 hours.The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to removemost acetic acid. The residue was poured into water (200 mL) and stirredfor 10 minutes. The mixture was filtered. The filtered cake was washedwith water (30 mL×2) and dried to give2-(2,6-dioxo-3-piperidyl)-5-fluoro-isoindoline-1,3-dione (24 g, 86.89mmol, 96% yield) as an off-white solid. LC-MS (ESI) m/z: 277.1 [M+1]⁺;¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.13 (s, 1H), 8.00 (dd, J=4.4, 8.4 Hz, 1H),7.84 (dd, J=2.4, 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.75-7.68 (m, 1H), 5.16 (dd, J=5.2, 12.8Hz, 1H), 2.95-2.84 (m, 1H), 2.66-2.52 (m, 2H), 2.14-2.02 (m, 1H).

Step 2: Preparation of tert-butyl4-(2-(2,6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl)-1,3-dioxoisoindolin-5-yl)piperazine-1-carboxylate

2-(2,6-Dioxo-3-piperidyl)-5-fluoro-isoindoline-1,3-dione (1 g, 3.62mmol, 1.00 eq), tert-butyl piperazine-1-carboxylate (742 mg, 3.98 mmol,1.10 eq) and diisopropylethylamine (1.4 g, 10.86 mmol, 1.9 mL, 3.00 eq)were taken up into a microwave tube in 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (15 mL).The sealed tube was heated at 140° C. for 2 hours under microwaveconditions (4 batches in parallel). The reaction mixture was dilutedwith water (120 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL×2). Thecombined organic phase was washed with saturated brine (30 mL×2), driedwith anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuum. Theresidue was purified by column chromatography (petroleum ether:ethylacetate=3:1 to 1:1) to give tert-butyl4-[2-(2,6-dioxo-3-piperidyl)-1,3-dioxo-isoindolin-5-yl]piperazine-1-carboxylate(4 g, 9.04 mmol, 62% yield) as a yellow solid. LC-MS (ESI) m/z: 343.0[M-100]⁺; ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.23 (s, 1H), 7.71 (d, J=8.4 Hz,1H), 7.28 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (dd, J=2.4, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.95 (dd,J=5.2, 12.4 Hz, 1H), 3.66-3.57 (m, 4H), 3.45-3.39 (m, 4H), 2.94-2.85 (m,1H), 2.80-2.71 (m, 1H), 2.17-2.09 (m, 1H), 2.07-1.98 (m, 1H), 1.49 (s,9H).

Step 3: Preparation of2-(2,6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl)-5-(piperazin-1-yl)isoindoline-1,3-dione

To a solution of tert-butyl4-[2-(2,6-dioxo-3-piperidyl)-1,3-dioxo-isoindolin-5-yl]piperazine-1-carboxylate(4 g, 9.04 mmol, 1.00 eq) in dichloromethane (20 mL) was addedhydrochloric acid/dioxane (4 M, 22 mL, 10.00 eq). The mixture wasstirred at 30° C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentratedunder reduced pressure to remove dichloromethane, dioxane andhydrochloric acid to give2-(2,6-dioxo-3-piperidyl)-5-piperazin-1-yl-isoindoline-1,3-dione (3.2 g,8.45 mmol, 93% yield, hydrochloride) as a yellow solid. LCMS (ESI) m/z:343.0 [M+1]⁺; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.10 (s, 1H), 9.56 (s, 2H),7.74 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (dd, J=2.4, 8.4 Hz,1H), 5.09 (dd, J=5.2, 13.2 Hz, 1H), 3.77-3.68 (m, 4H), 3.25-3.15 (m,4H), 2.96-2.83 (m, 1H), 2.63-2.53 (m, 2H), 2.08-1.99 (m, 1H).

Step 4: Preparation of2-(2,6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl)-5-(4-((1-(4-((1R,2S)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)phenyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)piperazin-1-yl)isoindoline-1,3-dione(Exemplary Compound 393)

To a mixture of2-(2,6-dioxo-3-piperidyl)-5-piperazin-1-yl-isoindoline-1,3-dionehydrochloride (46 mg, 0.12 mmol, 1 eq) and sodium acetate (15 mg, 0.18mmol, 1.5 eq) in dichloromethane (2 mL) and methanol (2 mL) was addedacetic acid (0.4 mL) at 25° C. under nitrogen. The mixture was stirredat 25° C. for 15 minutes, then1-(4-((1R,2S)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)phenyl)piperidine-4-carbaldehyde(50 mg, 0.12 mmol, 1 eq, prepared as described for Exemplary Compound341) was added and the mixture was stirred for 0.5 hours. The resultingmixture was cooled to 0° C., sodium cyanoborohydride (38 mg, 0.61 mmol,5 eq) was added and the mixture was further stirred at 25° C. for 1hour. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. Theresidue was purified by preparative HPLC to afford2-(2,6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl)-5-(4-((1-(4-((1R,2S)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)phenyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)piperazin-1-yl)isoindoline-1,3-dione(59.9 mg, 0.08 mmol, 63% yield) as a yellow solid of formic acid salt.LC-MS (ESI) m/z: 738.4 [M+1]⁺; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.08 (s,1H), 9.13 (br s, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 7.67 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (s,1H), 7.25 (br d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.17-7.08 (m, 3H), 6.83 (br d, J=6.8 Hz,2H), 6.64 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.60 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.53 (d, J=8.8 Hz,2H), 6.47 (dd, J=2.4, 8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.19 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 5.07 (dd,J=5.3, 12.9 Hz, 1H), 4.12 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 1H), 3.50-3.41 (m, 12H),2.99-2.84 (m, 3H), 2.62-2.53 (m, 3H), 2.23-2.18 (m, 2H), 2.12-1.97 (m,2H), 1.80-1.61 (m, 4H), 1.23-1.05 (m, 2H).

Synthesis of2-(2,6-dioxopiperidin-3-yl)-5-(4-(2-(1-(4-((1R,2S)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)phenyl)piperidin-4-yl)ethyl)piperazin-1-yl)isoindoline-1,3-dione(Exemplary Compound 395)

To a solution of2-(2,6-dioxo-3-piperidyl)-5-piperazin-1-yl-isoindoline-1,3-dionehydrochloride (107 mg, 0.3 mmol, 1.2 eq, prepared as described forExemplary Compound 393) in dichloromethane (3 mL) and methanol (1 mL)was added sodium acetate (38 mg, 0.5 mmol, 2 eq) at 25° C. Afteraddition, the mixture was stirred at this temperature for 30 min, andthen2-[1-[4-[(1R,2S)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenyl]-4-piperidyl]acetaldehyde(100 mg, 0.3 mmol, 1 eq, prepared as described for Exemplary 343) wasadded at 25° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 30minutes. Then sodium cyanoborohydride (29 mg, 0.5 mmol, 2 eq) was added.The resulting mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 hour. The reactionmixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove solvent. Theresidue was purified by preparative HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18150×25 mm, 10 um; mobile phase: [water (0.225% formic acid) andacetonitrile]; B %: 16%-40% in 8 min) to afford2-(2,6-dioxo-3-piperidyl)-5-[4-[2-[1-[4-[(1R,2S)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenyl]-4-piperidyl]ethyl]piperazin-1-yl]isoindoline-1,3-dione(114.8 mg, 0.2 mmol, 65% yield) as a yellow solid of formic acid salt.LC-MS (ESI) m/z: 752.3 [M+1]⁺; ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.08 (s,1H), 9.10 (s, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H) 7.68-7.66 (d, 1H), 7.31 (s, 1H), 7.25(d, 1H), 7.20-7.10 (m, 3H), 6.82 (d, 2H), 6.65-6.58 (m, 2H), 6.52-6.40(m, 3H), 6.19 (d, 2H), 5.08-5.04 (m, 1H), 4.12-4.11 (d, J=4 Hz, 1H),3.50-3.41 (m 12H), 2.99-2.83 (m, 3H), 2.60-2.52 (m, 3H), 2.40-2.32 (m,2H), 2.15-1.95 (m, 2H), 1.71 (m, 3H), 1.40 (m, 3H), 1.17 (m, 2H).

Synthesis of(3S)-3-[5-[4-[[1-[4-[(1R,2S)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]piperazin-1-yl]-1-oxo-isoindolin-2-yl]piperidine-2,6-dione(Exemplary Compound 411) Step 1: Preparation of tert-butyl(4S)-5-amino-4-(benzyloxycarbonyl amino)-5-oxo-pentanoate

A mixture of(2S)-2-(benzyloxycarbonylamino)-5-tert-butoxy-5-oxo-pentanoic acid (20g, 59.28 mmol, 1.00 eq), di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (94.85 mmol, 21.79mL, 1.60 eq) and pyridine (9.38 g, 118.57 mmol, 9.57 mL, 2.00 eq) in1,4-dioxane (200 mL) was degassed at 0° C. and purged with nitrogen for3 times, and then the mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 0.5 hour undernitrogen atmosphere. Ammonium bicarbonate (14.06 g, 177.85 mmol, 14.65mL, 3.00 eq) was added at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16hours. LC-MS showed the desired mass. The volatiles were removed underreduced pressure. The residue was diluted with water (300 mL) andextracted with ethyl acetate (300 mL×1). The combined organic phase waswashed with aq. hydrochloric acid (0.5 M, 200 mL×2), saturated sodiumbicarbonate (300 mL×3) and brine (500 mL×3), dried with anhydrous sodiumsulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuum to give the crude product.The crude product was triturated (petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=10:1,300 mL) to provide tert-butyl(4S)-5-amino-4-(benzyloxycarbonylamino)-5-oxo-pentanoate (19 g, 56.08mmol, 94% yield, 99% purity) as a white solid. LC-MS (ESI) m/z: 359.0[M+23]⁺. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.39-7.29 (m, 5H), 6.38 (s, 1H), 5.74(d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 5.58 (s, 1H), 5.11 (s, 2H), 4.25 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H),2.55-2.41 (m, 1H), 2.39-2.27 (m, 1H), 2.18-2.04 (m, 1H), 2.02-1.85 (m,1H), 1.45 (s, 9H).

Step 2: Preparation of tert-butyl (4S)-4,5-diamino-5-oxo-pentanoate

To a solution of tert-butyl(4S)-5-amino-4-(benzyloxycarbonylamino)-5-oxo-pentanoate (19 g, 56.48mmol, 1.00 eq) in methanol (200 mL) was added palladium on carbon (2 g,10%) under nitrogen atmosphere. The suspension was degassed and purgedwith hydrogen 3 times. The mixture was stirred under H₂ (50 psi) at 25°C. for 16 hours. Thin layer chromatography (petroleum ether:ethylacetate=1:2) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture wasfiltered and the filtrate was concentrated. Compound tert-butyl(4S)-4,5-diamino-5-oxo-pentanoate (11 g, 54.39 mmol, 96% yield) wasobtained as a light green oil. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.03 (br s,1H), 5.55 (br s, 1H), 3.44 (br s, 1H), 2.49-2.31 (m, 2H), 2.11 (dd,J=6.0, 12.8 Hz, 1H), 1.92-1.76 (m, 1H), 1.66 (s, 2H), 1.45 (s, 9H).

Step 3: Preparation of tert-butyl4-[2-[(1S)-4-tert-butoxy-1-carbamoyl-4-oxo-butyl]-1-oxo-isoindolin-5-yl]piperazine-1-carboxylate

To a solution of tert-butyl4-[3-(bromomethyl)-4-methoxycarbonyl-phenyl]piperazine-1-carboxylate(1.5 g, 3.63 mmol, 1 eq, prepared in step 15, Exemplary Compound 62) inacetonitrile (30 mL) was added tert-butyl(4S)-4,5-diamino-5-oxo-pentanoate (1.10 g, 5.44 mmol, 1.5 eq) anddiisopropylethylamine (1.41 g, 10.89 mmol, 1.90 mL, 3 eq). The mixturewas stirred at 80° C. for 12 hours. LC-MS showed the reaction wascompleted. The mixture was diluted with water (30 mL) and extracted withethyl acetate (20 mL×3). The combined organic layers was washed withbrine (30 mL×2), dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and thefiltrate was concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified bypreparative reverse phase HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi Max-RP 250×50mm, 10 micron; mobile phase: [water (0.225% formic acid)-acetonitrile];B %: 40 acetonitrile %-70 acetonitrile % in 30 min) to providetert-butyl4-[2-[(1S)-4-tert-butoxy-1-carbamoyl-4-oxo-butyl]-1-oxo-isoindolin-5-yl]piperazine-1-carboxylate(1.6 g, 2.94 mmol, 81.05% yield, 92% purity) as an off-white solid.LC-MS (ESI) m/z: 503.2 [M+1]⁺.

Step 4: Preparation of (3S)-3-(1-oxo-5-piperazin-1-yl-isoindolin-2-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione

To a solution of tert-butyl4-[2-[(1S)-4-tert-butoxy-1-carbamoyl-4-oxo-butyl]-1-oxo-isoindolin-5-yl]piperazine-1-carboxylate(700 mg, 1.39 mmol, 1 eq) in acetonitrile (15 mL) was addedbenzenesulfonic acid (440 mg, 2.79 mmol, 2 eq). The mixture was stirredat 85° C. for 12 hours. LC-MS showed the reaction was completed. Themixture was concentrated in vacuum. The residue was triturated withethyl acetate (30 mL×3) to get(3S)-3-(1-oxo-5-piperazin-1-yl-isoindolin-2-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione (630mg, crude) as a gray solid. LC-MS (ESI) m/z: 329.1 [M+1]⁺; 100% ee fromchiral SFC analysis.

Step 5: Preparation of(3S)-3-[5-[4-[[1-[4-[(1R,2S)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]piperazin-1-yl]-1-oxo-isoindolin-2-yl]piperidine-2,6-dione(Exemplary Compound 411)

To a mixture of(3S)-3-(1-oxo-5-piperazin-1-yl-isoindolin-2-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione(1.30 g, 3.47 mmol, 1 eq, benzene sulfonate) in dichloromethane (8 mL)and methanol (32 mL) was added sodium acetate (854 mg, 10.41 mmol, 3 eq)in one portion at 20° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 10minutes. Then1-[4-[(1R,2S)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenyl]piperidine-4-carbaldehyde(1 g, 2.43 mmol, 0.7 eq, prepared as described for Exemplary Compound341) was added. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 10 minutes. Afterthat, acetic acid (0.2 mL) and sodium cyanoborohydride (436 mg, 6.94mmol, 2 eq) was added in one portion. The mixture was stirred at 20° C.for 40 minutes. The mixture was concentrated in vacuum, and 50 mL oftetrahydrofuran and 20 mL of water were added. The mixture was stirredfor 20 minutes. Saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution was addedto adjust the pH to 8-9. The aqueous phase was extracted with ethylacetate and tetrahydrofuran (v:v=2:1, 60 mL×3). The combined organicphase was washed with brine (60 mL×1), dried with anhydrous sodiumsulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purifiedby preparative reverse phase HPLC (column: Phenomenex luna C18 250×50mm, 10 micron; mobile phase: [water (0.225% formic acid)-acetonitrile];B %: 20%-50% in 30 min). The product(3S)-3-[5-[4-[[1-[4-[(1R,2S)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]piperazin-1-yl]-1-oxo-isoindolin-2-yl]piperidine-2,6-dione (964 mg, 1.23mmol, 35% yield, 98% purity, formate) was obtained as a white solid offormic acid salt after lyophilization. Chiral purity was analyzed bychiral SFC (Chiralcel OJ-3 50×4.6 mm, 3 micron; mobile phase: 50%ethanol (0.05% DEA) in C02; flow rate: 3 mL/min, wavelength: 220 nm) andobserved t_(p)=2.89 min with de over 95%. [α□_(D)=−267.5 (c=0.2 in DMF,25° C.). LC-MS (ESI) m/z: 724.2 [M+1]⁺. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ10.94 (s, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1H, formate), 7.51 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.21-6.98(m, 5H), 6.83 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 6.68-6.57 (m, 2H), 6.56-6.44 (m, 3H),6.20 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 5.04 (dd, J=5.2, 13.2 Hz, 1H), 4.32 (d, J=16.8Hz, 1H), 4.19 (d, J=17.2 Hz, 1H), 4.12 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 3.51 (br d,J=10.0 Hz, 4H), 3.27 (br s, 8H), 3.03-2.82 (m, 3H), 2.63-2.54 (m, 1H),2.43-2.28 (m, 2H), 2.19 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 2.15-2.02 (m, 1H), 2.01-1.89(m, 1H), 1.83-1.51 (m, 4H), 1.28-1.04 (m, 2H).

The free non-salt form ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.93 (s, 1H), 9.09(s, 1H), 7.51 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.18-7.09 (m, 3H), 7.08-7.02 (m, 2H),6.83 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 6.64 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.60 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H),6.53 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.48 (dd, J=2.4, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.20 (d, J=8.8 Hz,2H), 5.04 (dd, J=5.2, 13.2 Hz, 1H), 4.39-4.27 (m, 1H), 4.24-4.15 (m,1H), 4.12 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 3.51 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 2H), 3.29-3.24 (m, 5H),3.03-2.83 (m, 3H), 2.62-2.54 (m, 4H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 2.41-2.36 (m, 1H),2.19 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.15-2.08 (m, 1H), 2.00-1.89 (m, 1H), 1.81-1.58(m, 4H), 1.22-1.06 (m, 2H).

Synthesis of(3R)-3-[5-[4-[[1-[4-[(1R,2S)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]piperazin-1-yl]-1-oxo-isoindolin-2-yl]piperidine-2,6-dione(Exemplary Compound 413)

This compound (formic acid salt) was made using the same procedure asdescribed in the preparation of compound 411 except(2R)-2-(benzyloxycarbonylamino)-5-tert-butoxy-5-oxo-pentanoic acid wasused in the preparation of(3R)-3-(1-oxo-5-piperazin-1-yl-isoindolin-2-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione. Thechiral purity of the isolated formic acid salt was analyzed by chiralSFC under the same condition as described in compound 411 and observedt_(p)=2.12 min with de 100%. [α]_(D)=−224.1 (c=0.1 in DMF, 25° C.).LC-MS (ESI) m/z: 724.3 [M+1]⁺; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.95 (s,1H), 9.11 (s, 1H, phenol), 8.15 (s, 0.9H, formate), 7.53 (d, J=8.4 Hz,1H), 7.19-7.10 (m, 3H), 7.09-7.01 (m, 2H), 6.85 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H),6.69-6.59 (m, 2H), 6.57-6.45 (m, 3H), 6.21 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 5.05 (dd,J=5.2, 13.2 Hz, 1H), 4.33 (d, J=16.8 Hz, 1H), 4.20 (d, J=16.8 Hz, 1H),4.14 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 3.52 (br d, 4H), 3.40-3.25 (br, 8H), 3.05-2.83(m, 3H), 2.59 (m, 1H), 2.47-2.30 (m, 2H), 2.23 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H),2.16-2.01 (m, 1H), 2.00-1.91 (m, 1H), 1.82-1.62 (m, 4H), 1.25-1.11 (m,2H).

The free non-salt form ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.93 (s, 1H), 9.09(s, 1H), 7.51 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.20-7.08 (m, 3H), 7.08-7.02 (m, 2H),6.83 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 6.64 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.60 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H),6.53 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.48 (dd, J=2.4, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.20 (d, J=8.8 Hz,2H), 5.04 (dd, J=5.2, 13.2 Hz, 1H), 4.32 (d, J=17.2 Hz, 1H), 4.19 (d,J=17 Hz, 1H), 4.12 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 3.51 (br d, J=10.0 Hz, 2H),3.29-3.24 (m, 5H), 3.03-2.83 (m, 3H), 2.62-2.54 (m, 4H), 2.52 (br s,3H), 2.41-2.36 (m, 1H), 2.19 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.15-2.08 (m, 1H),2.00-1.89 (m, 1H), 1.81-1.58 (m, 4H), 1.22-1.06 (m, 2H).

Synthesis of3-[5-[4-[[1-[2-fluoro-4-[(1R,2S)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]piperazin-1-yl]-1-oxo-isoindolin-2-yl]piperidine-2,6-dione(Exemplary Compound 419)

Using the synthetic route described above under the same conditionsdescribed for Exemplary Compound 341 (exceptpt 3-F-4-hydroxyphenylboronic acid was used instead of 4-hydroxyphenyl boronic acid),3-[5-[4-[[1-[2-fluoro-4-[(1R,2S)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]piperazin-1-yl]-1-oxo-isoindolin-2-yl]piperidine-2,6-dione(76.0 mg, 0.09 mmol, 50% yield in the last step) was obtained as a whitesolid of formic acid salt. LC-MS (ESI) m/z: 742.3 [M+1]⁺; ¹H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.95 (s, 1H), 8.18 (s, 0.9H, formate), 7.51 (d, J=8.8Hz, 1H), 7.20-7.12 (m, 3H), 7.06-7.04 (m, 2H), 6.86 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 2H),6.67-6.61 (m, 3H), 6.49 (dd, J=2.4, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.09 (dd, J=1.6, 8.0Hz, 1H), 5.96 (d, J=14.4 Hz, 1H), 5.04 (dd, J=5.2, 13.2 Hz, 1H), 4.32(d, J=17.2 Hz, 1H), 4.22-4.17 (m, 2H), 3.34-3.11 (m, 13H), 3.00-2.87 (m,3H), 2.60-2.54 (m, 1H), 2.43-2.35 (m, 1H), 2.20 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H),2.08-1.94 (m, 2H), 1.77-1.55 (m, 4H), 1.25-1.15 (m, 2H).

Synthesis of(3S)-3-[5-[4-[[1-[2-fluoro-4-[(1R,2S)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]piperazin-1-yl]-1-oxo-isoindolin-2-yl]piperidine-2,6-dioneExemplary Compound 524)

To a mixture of(3S)-3-(1-oxo-5-piperazin-1-yl-isoindolin-2-yl)piperidine-2,6-dione(1.24 g, 3.33 mmol, 1 eq, benzene sulfonate) in dichloromethane (8 mL)and methanol (32 mL) was added sodium acetate (818 mg, 9.98 mmol, 3 eq)in one portion at 20° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 10 min.1-[2-Fluoro-4-[(1R,2S)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenyl]piperidine-4-carbaldehyde(1 g, 2.33 mmol, 0.7 eq) was added. The mixture was stirred at 20° C.for 10 min. Then acetic acid (0.2 mL) and sodium cyanoborohydride (418mg, 6.65 mmol, 2 eq) was added in one portion. The mixture was stirredat 20° C. for 40 min. The mixture was concentrated in vacuum. Then 50 mLof tetrahydrofuran and 20 mL of water were added and the mixture wasstirred for 20 min. Saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution wasadded to adjust pH to 8-9. The aqueous phase was extracted with ethylacetate and tetrahydrofuran (v:v=2:1, 60 mL×3). The combined organicphase was washed with brine (60 mL×1), dried with anhydrous sodiumsulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purifiedby preparative reverse phase HPLC (column: Phenomenex luna C18 250×50mm, 10 micron; mobile phase: [water (0.225% formic acid)-acetonitrile];B %: 26%-56% in 30 min). The product(3S)-3-[5-[4-[[1-[2-fluoro-4-[(1R,2S)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]piperazin-1-yl]-1-oxo-isoindolin-2-yl]piperidine-2,6-dione (909 mg, 1.12mmol, 33% yield, 96% purity, formate salt) was obtained as a white solidafter lyophilization. Chiral purity was analyzed by chiral SFC(Chiralcel OJ-3, 50×4.6 mm 3 um; mobile phase: 50% ethanol (0.05% DEA)in C02; flow rate: 3 mL/min; wavelength: 220 nm) and observed t_(p)=2.89min with diastereomeric purity (de) over 95%. [α]_(D)=−256.8 (c=0.2 inDMF, 25° C.).

LC-MS (ESI) m/z: 742.2 [M+1]⁺; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.94 (s,1H), 8.15 (s, 0.7H, formate), 7.51 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.24-7.10 (m, 3H),7.09-6.97 (m, 2H), 6.86 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 6.72-6.57 (m, 3H), 6.50 (dd,J=2.4, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.09 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.01-5.90 (m, 1H), 5.04 (dd,J=5.2, 13.2 Hz, 1H), 4.32 (d, J=17 Hz, 1H), 4.22-4.18 (m, 2H), 3.35-3.23(m, 9H), 3.19 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 3H), 3.09-2.78 (m, 3H), 2.63-2.54 (m, 1H),2.42-2.28 (m, 2H), 2.20 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 2.14-2.00 (m, 1H), 1.99-1.89(m, 1H), 1.84-1.52 (m, 4H), 1.32-1.10 (m, 2H).

The free non-salt form ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.94 (s, 1H), 9.15(s, 1H), 7.51 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.23-7.10 (m, 3H), 7.09-7.01 (m, 2H),6.86 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 6.72-6.56 (m, 3H), 6.50 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.09(d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.97 (d, J=14.0 Hz, 1H), 5.04 (dd, J=4.8, 13.2 Hz,1H), 4.38-4.27 (m, 1H), 4.24-4.19 (m, 1H), 4.18 (s, 1H), 3.30-3.23 (m,5H), 3.23-3.15 (m, 2H), 3.06-2.81 (m, 3H), 2.65-2.54 (m, 4H), 2.52-2.51(m, 3H), 2.42-2.34 (m, 1H), 2.20 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.13-2.01 (m, 1H),2.00-1.91 (m, 1H), 1.84-1.70 (m, 3H), 1.68-1.54 (m, 1H), 1.24-1.11 (m,2H).

Synthesis of(3R)-3-[5-[4-[[1-[2-fluoro-4-[(1R,2S)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]piperazin-1-yl]-1-oxo-isoindolin-2-yl]piperidine-2,6-dione(Exemplary Compound 525)

This compound was prepared using the same procedure as described forExemplary Compound 524 except(3R)-3-(1-oxo-5-piperazin-1-yl-isoindolin-2-yl) piperidine-2,6-dione wasused. The purified formic acid salt was analyzed by chiral SFC under thesame condition as in compound 524, t_(p)=1.76 min, de 100%).[α]_(D)=−231.6 (c=0.1 in DMF, 25° C.). LC-MS (ESI) m/z: 742.3 [M+1]⁺; ¹HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.94 (s, 1H), 9.16 (s, 1H), 8.13 (s, 0.35H,formate), 7.53 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.20-7.10 (m, 3H), 7.08-7.00 (m, 2H),6.86 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 6.68-6.60 (m, 3H), 6.50 (m, 1H), 6.09 (d, J=8.4Hz, 1H), 5.97 (d, J=14.4 Hz, 1H), 5.04 (dd, J=5.2, 13.2 Hz, 1H), 4.33(d, J=17.2 Hz, 1H), 4.22-4.15 (m, 2H), 3.42-3.35 (m, 6H), 3.20 (br d,J=8.4 Hz, 3H), 3.01-2.81 (m, 4H), 2.76-2.51 (m, 4H), 2.42-2.25 (m, 3H),2.15-1.88 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.51 (m, 4H), 1.30-1.15 (m, 2H).

The free non-salt form ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ: 10.93 (s, 1H), 9.15(s, 1H), 7.51 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.23-7.09 (m, 3H), 7.08-7.01 (m, 2H),6.86 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 6.69-6.63 (m, 2H), 6.63-6.60 (m, 1H), 6.50 (dd,J=2.4, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.09 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.97 (d, J=14.0 Hz, 1H),5.04 (dd, J=5.2, 13.2 Hz, 1H), 4.37-4.27 (m, 1H), 4.24-4.19 (m, 1H),4.18 (s, 1H), 3.30-3.23 (m, 5H), 3.23-3.15 (m, 2H), 3.06-2.81 (m, 3H),2.65-2.54 (m, 4H), 2.52-2.51 (m, 3H), 2.42-2.34 (m, 1H), 2.20 (d, J=7.2Hz, 2H), 2.13-2.01 (m, 1H), 2.00-1.91 (m, 1H), 1.84-1.70 (m, 3H),1.68-1.54 (m, 1H), 1.24-1.11 (m, 2H).

Synthesis of3-[5-[4-[[1-[3-fluoro-4-[(1S,2S)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]piperazin-1-yl]-1-oxo-isoindolin-2-yl]piperidine-2,6-dione(Exemplary Compound 496) Step 1: Preparation of[1-(4-bromo-3-fluoro-phenyl)-4-piperidyl]methanol

1-Bromo-2-fluoro-4-iodo-benzene (25 g, 83.09 mmol, 1 eq),4-piperidylmethanol (10.53 g, 91.39 mmol, 1.1 eq), L-proline (3.83 g,33.23 mmol, 0.4 eq), copper(I) iodide (3.16 g, 16.62 mmol, 0.2 eq) andpotassium carbonate (22.97 g, 166.17 mmol, 2 eq) in DMSO (400 mL) wasde-gassed and then heated to 90° C. for 10 hours under nitrogen. Themixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (500 mL), washed with saturatedammonium chloride solution (150 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfateand filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuum. The residue waspurified by silica gel chromatography (petroleum ether/ethylacetate=10/1 to 2/1) to afford[1-(4-bromo-3-fluoro-phenyl)-4-piperidyl]methanol (5.02 g, 17.42 mmol,21% yield) as a yellow solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL-d₄) δ 7.26-7.41(m, 1H), 6.63-6.83 (m, 2H), 3.68-3.81 (m, 2H), 3.45 (d, J=6.40 Hz, 2H),3.33 (s, 1H), 2.73 (br t, J=12.23 Hz, 2H), 1.84 (br d, J=12.92 Hz, 2H),1.64 (br d, J=3.26 Hz, 1H), 1.33 (q, J=12.30 Hz, 2H).

Step 2: Preparation of1-(4-bromo-3-fluoro-phenyl)piperidine-4-carbaldehyde

To a mixture of oxalyl dichloride (6.61 g, 52.06 mmol, 4.6 mL, 3 eq) indichloromethane (50 mL) was added dropwise a solution of DMSO (5.42 g,69.41 mmol, 5.4 mL, 4 eq) in dichloromethane (50 mL) at −68° C. When theaddition was over, the mixture was stirred at −68° C. for 30 minutes.Then a solution of [1-(4-bromo-3-fluoro-phenyl)-4-piperidyl]methanol (5g, 17.35 mmol, 1 eq) in dichloromethane (50 mL) was added dropwise tothe reaction mixture. When the addition was over, the mixture wasstirred at −68° C. for 1 hour. Then triethylamine (14.05 g, 138.81 mmol,19.3 mL, 8 eq) was added dropwise at −68° C. The mixture was stirred at25° C. for 16 hours. The reaction was clean according to TLC. Saturatedsodium bicarbonate solution (80 mL) was added. The organic phase waswashed with brine (300 mL), dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate,filtered and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by silicagel chromatography (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate=100/1 to 10/1) toafford 1-(4-bromo-3-fluoro-phenyl)piperidine-4-carbaldehyde (4.98 g,crude) as a yellow oil.

Step 3: Preparation of1-(4-bromo-3-fluoro-phenyl)-4-(dimethoxymethyl)piperidine

To a solution of 1-(4-bromo-3-fluoro-phenyl)piperidine-4-carbaldehyde(4.9 g, 17.12 mmol, 1 eq) in trimethoxymethane (38.72 g, 364.87 mmol, 40mL, 21.31 eq) was added para-toluenesulfonic acid (147 mg, 0.85 mmol,0.05 eq). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 hours. The reactionmixture was quenched with sodium bicarbonate solution, and thenextracted with ethyl acetate 200 mL. The combined organic layers werewashed with brine 200 mL, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filteredand concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified bysilica gel chromatography (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate=1:0 to 30:1) toafford 1-(4-bromo-3-fluoro-phenyl)-4-(dimethoxymethyl)piperidine (4.6 g,13.85 mmol, 81% yield) as a yellow oil. LC-MS (ESI) m/z: 331.9 [M+1]⁺;¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.17-7.29 (m, 1H), 6.45-6.68 (m, 2H), 3.99 (d,J=7.03 Hz, 1H), 3.59 (br d, J=12.42 Hz, 2H), 3.30 (s, 6H), 2.62 (td,J=12.39, 2.45 Hz, 2H), 1.62-1.84 (m, 3H), 1.27-1.42 (m, 2H).

Step 4: Preparation of4-(dimethoxymethyl)-1-[3-fluoro-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl]piperidine

To a solution of1-(4-bromo-3-fluoro-phenyl)-4-(dimethoxymethyl)piperidine (1 g, 3.01mmol, 1 eq),4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-2-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1,3,2-dioxaborolane(1.22 g, 4.82 mmol, 1.6 eq), potassium acetate (590 mg, 6.02 mmol, 2 eq)and 2-di-tert-butylphosphino-2,4,6-triisopropylbiphenyl (287 mg, 0.60mmol, 0.2 eq) in dioxane (10 mL) was added palladium (II) acetate (81mg, 0.36 mmol, 0.12 eq) under nitrogen. The mixture was stirred at 100°C. under nitrogen for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was concentratedunder reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gelchromatography (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate=1:0 to 30:1) to provide4-(dimethoxymethyl)-1-[3-fluoro-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl]piperidine(800 mg, 2.11 mmol, 70% yield) as a gray solid.

Step 5: Preparation of1-[4-(6-benzyloxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl)-3-fluoro-phenyl]-4-(dimethoxymethyl)piperidine

To a solution of4-(dimethoxymethyl)-1-[3-fluoro-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl]piperidine(700 mg, 1.85 mmol, 1 eq) and (6-benzyloxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl)trifluoromethanesulfonate (709 mg, 1.85 mmol, 1 eq) in dioxane (12 mL)and water (2 mL) was added[1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium (II) (135 mg,0.18 mmol, 0.1 eq) and potassium carbonate (765 mg, 5.54 mmol, 3 eq)under nitrogen. The mixture was stirred at 90° C. for 3 hours. Thereaction mixture was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (petroleumether/ethyl acetate=1:0 to 30:1) to afford1-[4-(6-benzyloxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl)-3-fluoro-phenyl]-4-(dimethoxymethyl)piperidine(850 mg, 1.74 mmol, 94% yield) as a yellow solid. LC-MS (ESI) m/z: 488.1[M+1]⁺; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.28-7.45 (m, 5H), 7.11 (t, J=8.60 Hz,1H), 6.77-6.84 (m, 2H), 6.69 (ddd, J=8.60, 6.46, 2.51 Hz, 2H), 6.63 (dd,J=13.36, 2.45 Hz, 1H), 5.93 (t, J=4.52 Hz, 1H), 5.04 (s, 2H), 4.05-4.15(m, 1H), 3.74 (br d, J=12.55 Hz, 2H), 3.36-3.40 (m, 6H), 2.83 (t, J=7.97Hz, 2H), 2.72 (td, J=12.33, 2.45 Hz, 2H), 2.39 (td, J=7.91, 4.77 Hz,2H), 1.71-1.89 (m, 3H), 1.40-1.51 (m, 2H).

Step 6: Preparation of1-[4-(6-benzyloxy-2-bromo-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl)-3-fluoro-phenyl]-4-(dimethoxymethyl)piperidine

To a solution of1-[4-(6-benzyloxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl)-3-fluoro-phenyl]-4-(dimethoxymethyl)piperidine(870 mg, 1.78 mmol, 1 eq) and triethylamine (270 mg, 2.68 mmol, 0.3 mL,1.5 eq) in dichloromethane (20 mL) was added pyridinium tribromide (570mg, 1.78 mmol, 1 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 0.5hour. The reaction was washed with aqueous sodium sulfite solution (40mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (120 mL). The combined organiclayers were washed with brine (100 mL), dried over sodium sulfate,filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue waspurified by silica gel chromatography (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate=1:0to 20:1) to give1-[4-(6-benzyloxy-2-bromo-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl)-3-fluoro-phenyl]-4-(dimethoxymethyl)piperidine(680 mg, 1.20 mmol, 67% yield) as a yellow solid. LC-MS (ESI) m/z: 568.0[M+1]⁺.

Step 7: Preparation of1-[4-(6-benzyloxy-2-phenyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl)-3-fluoro-phenyl]-4-(dimethoxymethyl)piperidine

To a solution of1-[4-(6-benzyloxy-2-bromo-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl)-3-fluoro-phenyl]-4-(dimethoxymethyl)piperidine(680 mg, 1.20 mmol, 1 eq) and phenylboronic acid (146 mg, 1.20 mmol, 1eq) in dioxane (18 mL) and water (3 mL) was added[1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium (II) (87 mg,0.12 mmol, 0.1 eq) and potassium carbonate (331 mg, 2.40 mmol, 2 eq).The mixture was stirred at 100° C. for 3 hours. The reaction mixture wasfiltered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue waspurified by silica gel chromatography (petroleum ether/ethyl acetate=1:0to 10:1) to provide1-[4-(6-benzyloxy-2-phenyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl)-3-fluoro-phenyl]-4-(dimethoxymethyl)-piperidine(600 mg, 1.06 mmol, 88% yield) as a yellow oil. LC-MS (ESI) m/z: 564.2[M+1]⁺; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.31-7.48 (m, 5H), 7.04-7.19 (m, 5H),6.78-6.91 (m, 2H), 6.65-6.76 (m, 2H), 6.49-6.60 (m, 2H), 5.08 (s, 2H),4.08-4.12 (m, 1H), 3.69 (br d, J=12.42 Hz, 2H), 3.34-3.45 (m, 6H),2.88-3.08 (m, 2H), 2.73-2.88 (m, 2H), 2.68 (td, J=12.33, 2.32 Hz, 2H),1.82-1.92 (m, 1H), 1.82-1.92 (m, 1H), 1.72-1.81 (m, 1H), 1.36-1.52 (m,2H).

Step 8: Preparation of1-[4-[4-(dimethoxymethyl)-1-piperidyl]-2-fluoro-phenyl]-2-phenyl-tetralin-6-ol

To a solution of1-[4-(6-benzyloxy-2-phenyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1-yl)-3-fluoro-phenyl]-4-(dimethoxymethyl)piperidine(680 mg, 1.21 mmol, 1 eq) in methanol (10 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (10mL) was added 10% palladium on activated carbon catalyst under nitrogen.The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 hours under hydrogen (15 psi).The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18150×25 mm, 10 micron, mobile phase: [water (0.225% formic acid)-ACN]; B%: 35%-65% in 10 min). Compoundcis-1-[4-[4-(dimethoxymethyl)-1-piperidyl]-2-fluoro-phenyl]-2-phenyl-tetralin-6-ol(450 mg, 0.94 mmol, 78% yield) was obtained as a yellow solid. LC-MS(ESI) m/z: 476.1 [M+1]⁺.

Step 9: Preparation of(1S,2S)-1-[4-[4-(dimethoxymethyl)-1-piperidyl]-2-fluoro-phenyl]-2-phenyl-tetralin-6-ol

1-[4-[4-(Dimethoxymethyl)-1-piperidyl]-2-fluoro-phenyl]-2-phenyl-tetralin-6-ol(450 mg, 0.94 mmol, 1 eq) was purified by SFC (column: AD, 250 mm×30 mm,10 micron); mobile phase: [0.1% ammonium hydroxide in MeOH]; B %:50%-50% in 3.7 min for each run, total 180 min). Compound(1S,2S)-1-[4-[4-(dimethoxymethyl)-1-piperidyl]-2-fluoro-phenyl]-2-phenyl-tetralin-6-ol(170 mg, 0.35 mmol, 37% yield) was obtained as a yellow oil.

Step 10 and 11: Preparation of3-[5-[4-[[1-[3-fluoro-4-[(1S,2S)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]piperazin-1-yl]-1-oxo-isoindolin-2-yl]piperidine-2,6-dione(Exemplary Compound 496)

Using the same procedure as described in step 10 and step 11 forExemplary Compound 341, compound3-[5-[4-[[1-[3-fluoro-4-[(1S,2S)-6-hydroxy-2-phenyl-tetralin-1-yl]phenyl]-4-piperidyl]methyl]piperazin-1-yl]-1-oxo-isoindolin-2-yl]piperidine-2,6-dionewas obtained as a white solid of formic acid salt. LC-MS (ESI) m/z:742.2 [M+1]⁺; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.94 (s, 1H, imide), 9.14 (brs, 1H, phenol), 8.20 (s, 0.45H, formate), 7.52 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H),7.08-7.03 (m, 5H), 6.83 (m, 2H), 6.62 (m, 2H), 6.58-6.42 (m, 3H), 6.26(br d, J=13.68 Hz, 1H), 5.04 (dd, J=13.36, 5.08 Hz, 1H), 4.45 (br d,J=5.02 Hz, 1H), 4.33 (d, J=16.8 Hz, 1H), 4.20 (d, J=16.8 Hz, 1H),3.63-3.50 (m, 2H), 3.29-3.21 (m, 9H), 3.03-2.84 (m, 3H), 2.60 (br, 3H),2.40-2.35 (m, 1H), 2.19 (br d, J=6.7 Hz, 3H), 2.01-1.91 (m, 1H),1.79-1.64 (m, 4H), 1.20-1.07 (m, 2H).

1. A bifunctional compound having the chemical structure:CLM-L-PTM, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, enantiomer,stereoisomer, solvate, polymorph or prodrug thereof, wherein: (a) theCLM is a small molecule E3 ubiquitin ligase binding moiety that bindscereblon E3 ubiquitin ligase, and is represented by the chemicalstructure:

wherein: W is selected from the group consisting of CH₂, CHR, C═O, SO₂,NH, and N-alkyl; each X is independently selected from the groupconsisting of O, S, and H₂; Y is selected from the group consisting ofCH₂, —C═CR′, NH, N-alkyl, N-aryl, N-hetaryl, N-cycloalkyl,N-heterocyclyl, O, and S; Z is selected from the group consisting of O,S, and H₂; G and G′ are independently selected from the group consistingof H, optionally substituted linear or branched alkyl, OH, R′OCOOR,R′OCONRR″, CH₂-heterocyclyl optionally substituted with R′, and benzyloptionally substituted with R′; Q₁, Q₂, Q₃, and Q₄ represent a N,N-oxide, or a carbon C substituted with a group independently selectedfrom H or R; A is independently selected from the group H, optionallysubstituted linear or branched alkyl, cycloalkyl, Cl and F; n is aninteger from 1 to 10; R comprises —CONR′R″, —OR′, —NR′R″, —SR′, —SO₂R′,—SO₂NR′R″, —CR′R″—, —CR′NR′R″—, (—CR′O)_(n)R″, -aryl, -hetaryl,-optionally substituted linear or branched alkyl, -cycloalkyl,-heterocyclyl, —P(O)(OR′)R″, —P(O)R′R″, —OP(O)(OR′)R″, —OP(O)R′R″, —Cl,—F, —Br, —I, —CF₃, —CN, —NR′SO₂NR′R″, —NR′CONR′R″, —CONR′COR″,—NR′C(═N—CN)NR′R″, —C(═N—CN)NR′R″, —NR′C(═N—CN)R″, —NR′C(═C—NO₂)NR′R″,—SO₂NR′COR″, —NO₂, —CO₂R′, —C(C═N—OR′)R″, —CR′═CR′R″, —CCR′,—S(C═O)(C═N—R′)R″, —SF₅ and —OCF₃, wherein one Rn is modified to becovalently joined to the chemical linker group (L); R¹ and R¹¹ areindependently selected from the group consisting of a bond, H, alkyl,cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclic, —C(═O)R, heterocyclyl, eachof which is optionally substituted; and

represents a bond that may be stereospecific ((R) or (S)) ornon-stereospecific; (b) the L is a chemical linking moiety connectingthe ULM and the PTM; and (c) the PTM is an estrogen receptor proteintargeting moiety represented by the chemical structure:

wherein: each X_(PTM) is independently CH or N;

indicates the site of attachment of the chemical linker group (L); eachR_(PTM1) is independently OH, halogen, alkoxy, methoxy, ethoxy, orO(CO)R_(PTM), wherein the substitution can be a mono-, di- ortri-substitution and the R_(PTM) is alkyl or cycloalkyl group with 1 to6 carbons or aryl groups; each R_(PTM2) is independently H, halogen, CN,CF₃, liner or branched alkyl, alkoxy, methoxy, or ethoxy, wherein thesubstitution can be mono- or di-substitution; each R_(PTM3) isindependently H or halogen, wherein the substitution can be mono- ordi-substitution; and R_(PTM4) is a H, alkyl, methyl, or ethyl.
 2. Thebifunctional compound according to claim 1, wherein the CLM has achemical structure represented by:


3. The bifunctional compound according to claim 1, wherein the chemicallinker group (L) comprises a chemical structural unit represented by theformula:-(A^(L))_(q)-, wherein: (A^(L))_(q) is a group which is connected to atleast one of ULM, PTM, or both; q is an integer greater than or equal to1; each A^(L) is independently selected from the group consisting of, abond, CR^(L1)R^(L2), O, S, SO, SO₂, NR^(L3), SO₂NR^(L3), SONR^(L3),CONR^(L3), NR^(L3)CONR^(L4), NR^(L3)SO₂NR^(L4), CO, CR^(L1)═CR^(L2),C≡C, SiR^(L1)R^(L2), P(O)R^(L1), P(O)OR^(L1), NR^(L3)C(═NCN)NR^(L4),NR^(L3)C(═NCN), NR^(L3)C(═CNO₂)NR^(L4), C₃₋₁₁cycloalkyl optionallysubstituted with 0-6 R^(L1) and/or R^(L2) groups, C₃₋₁₁heterocyclyloptionally substituted with 1-6 R^(L1) and/or R^(L2) groups, aryloptionally substituted with 1-6 R^(L1) and/or R^(L2) groups, andheteroaryl optionally substituted with 1-6 R^(L1) and/or R^(L2) groups,where R^(L1) or R^(L2), each independently are optionally linked toother groups to form cycloalkyl and/or heterocyclyl moiety, optionallysubstituted with 1-4 R^(L5) groups; and R^(L1), R^(L2), R^(L3), R^(L4)and R^(L5) are, each independently, H, halo, C₁₋₈alkyl, OC₁₋₈alkyl,SC₁₋₈ alkyl, NHC₁₋₈alkyl, N(C₁₋₈alkyl)₂, C₃₋₁₁cycloalkyl, aryl,heteroaryl, C₃₋₁₁heterocyclyl, OC₃₋₈cycloalkyl, SC₃₋₈cycloalkyl,NHC₃₋₈cycloalkyl, N(C₃₋₈cycloalkyl)₂, N(C₃₋₈cycloalkyl)(C₁₋₈ alkyl), OH,NH₂, SH, SO₂C₁₋₈alkyl, P(O)(OC₁₋₈alkyl)(C₁₋₈alkyl), P(O)(OC₁₋₈alkyl)₂,CC—C₁₋₈ alkyl, CCH, CH═CH(C₁₋₈alkyl), C(C₁₋₈alkyl)═CH(C₁₋₈alkyl),C(C₁₋₈alkyl)═C(C₁₋₈alkyl)₂, Si(OH)₃, Si(C₁₋₈alkyl)₃, Si(OH)(C₁₋₈alkyl)₂,COC₁₋₈alkyl, CO₂H, halogen, CN, CF₃, CHF₂, CH₂F, NO₂, SF₅,SO₂NHC₁₋₈alkyl, SO₂N(C₁₋₈alkyl)₂, SONHC₁₋₈alkyl, SON(C₁₋₈alkyl)₂,CONHC₁₋₈alkyl, CON(C₁₋₈alkyl)₂, N(C₁₋₈alkyl)CONH(C₁₋₈alkyl),N(C₁₋₈alkyl)CON(C₁₋₈ alkyl)₂, NHCONH(C₁₋₈alkyl), NHCON(C₁₋₈alkyl)₂,NHCONH₂, N(C₁₋₈alkyl)SO₂NH(C₁₋₈ alkyl), N(C₁₋₈alkyl)SO₂N(C₁₋₈alkyl)₂, NHSO₂NH(C₁₋₈alkyl), NH SO₂N(C₁₋₈alkyl)₂, or NH SO₂NH₂.
 4. The bifunctionalcompound according to claim 3, wherein the chemical linker group (L)comprises a group represented by a general structure selected from thegroup consisting of:—N(R)—(CH₂)_(m)—O(CH₂)_(n)—O(CH₂)_(o)—O(CH₂)_(p)—O(CH₂)_(q)—O(CH₂)_(r)—OCH2-,—O—(CH₂)_(m)—O(CH₂)_(n)—O(CH₂)_(o)—O(CH₂)_(p)—O(CH₂)_(q)—O(CH₂)_(r)—OCH2-,—O—(CH₂)_(m)—O(CH₂)—O(CH₂)_(o)—O(CH₂)_(p)—O(CH₂)_(q)—O(CH₂)_(r)—O—;—N(R)—(CH₂)_(m)—O(CH₂)_(n)—O(CH₂)_(o)—O(CH₂)_(p)—O(CH₂)_(q)—O(CH₂)_(r)—O—;—(CH₂)_(m)—O(CH₂)_(n)—O(CH₂)_(o)—O(CH₂)_(p)—O(CH₂)_(q)—O(CH₂)_(r)—O—;—(CH₂)_(m)—O(CH₂)_(n)—O(CH₂)_(o)—O(CH₂)_(p)—O(CH₂)_(q)—O(CH₂)_(r)—OCH2-;

wherein m, n, o, p, q, and r, are independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,with the proviso that when the number is zero, there is no N—O or 0-0bond, R is selected from the group H, methyl and ethyl, and X isselected from the group H and F;

wherein each n and m of the linker can independently be 0, 1, 2, 3, 4,5,
 6. 5. The bifunctional compound according to claim 3, wherein thechemical linker group (L) is selected from the group consisting of:


6. The bifunctional compound according to claim 3, wherein the chemicallinker group (L) is selected from the group consisting of:

wherein each m, n, o and p is independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,
 7. 7.The bifunctional compound according to claim 3, wherein the chemicallinker group (L) is selected from the group consisting of:


8. The bifunctional compound according to claim 3, wherein the chemicallinker group (L) is a polyethylenoxy group optionally substituted witharyl or phenyl comprising from 1 to 10 ethylene glycol units.
 9. Thebifunctional compound according to claim 1, wherein the chemical linkergroup (L) comprises the following chemical structure:

wherein: W^(L1) and W^(L2) are each independently a 4-8 membered ringwith 0-4 heteroatoms, optionally substituted with RQ, each RQ isindependently a H, halo, OH, CN, CF3, NH₂, carboxyl, optionallysubstituted linear or branched C1-C6 alkyl, optionally substitutedlinear or branched C1-C6 alkoxy, or 2 RQ groups taken together with theatom they are attached to, form a 4-8 membered ring system containing0-4 heteroatoms; Y^(L1) is each independently a bond, optionallysubstituted linear or branched C1-C6 alkyl and optionally one or more Catoms are replaced with O; or optionally substituted linear or branchedC1-C6 alkoxy; n is an integer from 0 to 10; and

indicates the attachment point to the PTM or CLM.
 10. The bifunctionalcompound according to claim 1, wherein the chemical linker group (L)comprises the following chemical structure:

wherein: W^(L1) and W^(L2) are each independently aryl, heteroaryl,cyclic, heterocyclic, optionally substituted linear or branched C₁₋₆alkyl, optionally substituted linear or branched C1-C6 alkoxy, bicyclic,biaryl, biheteroaryl, or biheterocyclic, each optionally substitutedwith R^(Q), each R^(Q) is independently a H, halo, OH, CN, CF₃, NH₂,carboxyl, hydroxyl, nitro, C≡CH, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, optionallysubstituted linear or branched C₁-C₆ alkyl, optionally substitutedlinear or branched C₁-C₆ alkoxy, OH, NH₂, NR^(Y1)R^(Y2), CN, OC₁₋₃alkyloptionally substituted by 1 or more —F, or 2 R^(Q) groups taken togetherwith the atom they are attached to, form a 4-8 membered ring systemcontaining 0-4 heteroatoms; Y^(L1) is each independently a bond,NR^(YL1), O, S, NR^(YL2), CR^(YL1)R^(YL2), C═O, C═S, SO, SO₂, optionallysubstituted linear or branched C₁-C₆ alkyl and optionally one or more Catoms are replaced with O; optionally substituted linear or branchedC₁-C₆ alkoxy; Q^(L) is a 3-6 membered alicyclic or aromatic ring with0-4 heteroatoms, biheterocyclic, or bicyclic, optionally bridged,optionally substituted with 0-6 R^(Q), each R^(Q) is independently H,linear or branched C₁₋₆ alkyl optionally substituted by 1 or more haloor C₁₋₆ alkoxyl, or 2 R^(Q) groups taken together with the atom they areattached to, form a 3-8 membered ring system containing 0-2 heteroatoms;R^(YL1) and R^(YL2) are each independently H, OH, linear or branchedC₁₋₆ alkyl optionally substituted by 1 or more halo or C₁₋₆ alkoxyl, orR¹ and R² together with the atom they are attached to, form a 3-8membered ring system containing 0-2 heteroatoms; n is an integer from 0to 10; and

indicates the attachment point to the PTM or CLM.
 11. The bifunctionalcompounds according to claim 3, wherein the linker (L) is selected fromthe group consisting of:


12. The bifunctional compound of claim 1, wherein the compound isselected from the group consisting of Exemplary Compounds 4, 7-78,81-88, 93-112, 121-340, 342-392, 394-410, 412-418, 420-481, 483-495,497-506, 508-523, and 526-547.
 13. A composition comprising an effectiveamount of a bifunctional compound of claim 1, and a pharmaceuticallyacceptable carrier.
 14. The composition according to claim 13, whereinthe composition further comprises at least one of additional bioactiveagent or another bifunctional compound.
 15. The composition of claim 14,wherein the additional bioactive agent is anti-cancer agent. 16.-20.(canceled)